Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Exploration & Production / Calumet Specialty Products Partners,

Calumet Specialty Products Partners,

clmt · NASDAQ Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker clmt
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Exploration & Production
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Calumet Specialty Products Partners,
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Dear Fellow Unitholders, 

In 2018, Calumet delivered record annual pro forma Adjusted EBITDA* and results, driven by strong execution 
against our strategic plans, and a number of key achievements realized along the way. We also drove over $75 million 
in  free  cash  flow  from  operations,  redeemed  our  secured  notes,  reduced  our  leverage  profile,  and  positioned  the 
business for future success through investments in our facilities, our people and the way we do business.  One year 
ago, I told you that Calumet had successfully turned the corner in our greater transformation as a company. Today, I 

can report confidently that the momentum driving our transformation is accelerating. 

Fiscal 2018 In Review 

Early in 2018 we reorganized our core Specialty business, appointing general managers to lead individual 
business units, with each unit owning responsibility for its performance. The new general managers established five-
year business enhancement plans aimed at driving greater profitability in each respective unit.  Though these plans 
were  put  in  motion  in  the  latter  part of  the  year,  we’ve  already  seen  strong  contributions  associated  with  a  more 

concentrated effort to better manage our core business.  

Next, we made a number of capital investments aimed at enhancing profitability across our facilities. These 
investments include the new Isomerate unit at San Antonio, the upgraded naphtha production capabilities at Great 
Falls, and the capacity expansions for our Finished Lubricants facilities. Each of these came with low up-front capital 
outlays and short payback periods. These low-risk, high-return investments are representative of our self-help plans 
to achieve greater profitability from our fixed assets and enhance unitholder value. 

Our  third  meaningful  accomplishment  in  2018  stemmed  from  our  Fuels  segment,  where  we  were  able  to 
capture strong contributions from our Fuels refineries, particularly at our Great Falls refinery. Strong execution against 
our strategic plans allowed Great Falls to set numerous operating records through the year, which positioned Calumet 
to capture the market tailwinds of widening crude differentials and strong markets for our fuel products. 

Lastly, and perhaps most importantly, Calumet made significant improvement to our balance sheet in 2018, 
supported by improving cash flows from stronger operational performance. Additionally, we fully redeemed the $400 

million  of  our former  Senior  Secured  Notes, an  essential step  toward  continued  improvement  to  the  Partnership’s 
capital structure. The early redemption of the Secured Notes not only meaningfully reduced our annual cash interest 
expense,  which  will  improve  future  cash flows,  but also  allows for  greater  financial flexibility  moving  forward.  This 
improvement  to  our balance  sheet  and  leverage profile  was  recognized by  our rating agencies  who  subsequently 
upgraded our credit ratings. 

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.  |  2780 Waterfront Pkwy. E. Dr. Indianapolis, IN 46214  |  Phone: 317-328-5660  |  Fax: 317-328-5668 

www.calumetspecialty.com 

 
 
 
 
 
 
2018 was a record-setting year for our business with many notable achievements, even in the face of a number 
of significant challenges. For example, 2018 represented the heaviest year for turnaround activity in our maintenance 
cycle, and those turnarounds, while necessary, required heavy downtime across our facilities. We had turnarounds at 
two  of our core  Specialty  plants,  Shreveport and  Princeton, and  another  large  turnaround  at  our Great  Falls  fuels 
refinery, in addition to some unplanned downtime at our facilities and at third-party suppliers. Higher turnaround activity 
impacted  our  sales  and  production  volumes,  negatively  impacting  our  Adjusted  EBITDA*  results.  Additionally,  we 

navigated headwinds in the Paraffinic base oil market, and despite encouraging sales volumes achieved in the latter 
half of the year, oversupply in that market weighed on our Specialty Products results for 2018. And finally, we faced a 
significant challenge in stabilizing our newly-implemented ERP system that went live in late 2017. Stabilizing our ERP 
system was a significant undertaking, one that unfortunately required us to spend a lot of our time working to stabilize 
the system rather than improving the business.  However, as the year progressed and the stabilization efforts took 
hold, we were able to start to realize some of the benefits of the system and leverage the data and analysis to better 

manage our business and enhance our profitability. 

2019 Priorities  

For those of you who have been involved with the Partnership for the last few years, you will recognize that 
many of the fundamental changes we have instituted in the business are a product of our Self-Help program. Beginning 
in 2016, we set out a three-year goal of achieving $150-to-$200 million in EBITDA* through a combination of cost 
reductions,  optimization  of  our  raw  material  usage,  and  margin  enhancement  efforts.  By  the  end  of  2018  we  had 

successfully achieved our goal after delivering over $180 million of EBITDA* across the last three years. Based off the 
tremendous success of the initial program we launched Self-Help Phase II at the start of 2019, with the goal of adding 
another $100 million in EBITDA* by year-end 2021. There are ample opportunities to capture more profits, namely 
supply chain management initiatives, quick-hit projects that will boost the performance of our facilities and capturing 
the carry-over benefits of projects we completed earlier in 2018. In many ways, our Self-Help efforts are emblematic 
of Calumet’s philosophy of continuous improvement, and over the last three years we have demonstrated that Self-

Help  represents  a  tremendously  high  return  on  our  investment  of  time  and  labor.  This  philosophy  of  constantly 
improving has embedded itself  into our DNA as a company, and I am extremely proud not only of the results the 
program has achieved, but perhaps more importantly, the way it has defined our Company’s culture as one of execution 
and success.  

Last year we delivered record profitability despite significant headwinds presented by our heavy turnaround 
and maintenance activities. We made significant headway in our efforts to reduce our debt and restore health to our 

balance sheet. And finally, we made important investments aimed at enhancing profitability of our assets, while we 
continue to leverage  our specialty chemical expertise at our state-of-the-art Innovation Center. Looking forward to 
2019,  Calumet  will  continue  to  grow  the  Partnership’s  core  Specialty  business,  capitalizing  on  the  business 

2 

 
 
reorganization and profitability enhancement plans that will help us expand our margins and our EBITDA* capture. We 
will continue to manage and operate our Fuels assets in a way that supports the Partnership’s strategic needs. And 
lastly, we will continue our efforts to improve our balance sheet by reducing our leverage and improving our cash flow 
performance. While we are pleased with the record results achieved in 2018, we are in no way satisfied and believe 
we can continue to carry our momentum into 2019 and beyond. I look forward to building upon the successes we 
achieved last year, as we take the next steps of our transformation and continue to position Calumet as the premier 

specialty petroleum products company in the world. 

Tim Go 

Chief Executive Officer  

*    EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  and  Pro  forma  Adjusted  EBITDA  are  non-GAAP  financial  measures  provided  in  this  presentation.  For 

reconciliations to the nearest GAAP financial measures please see the Partnership’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission 

("SEC"), including the latest Annual Report on Form 10-K. These non-GAAP financial measures are not defined by GAAP and should not 

be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income (loss) or other financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. We 

do  not  provide  reconciliation  of  non-GAAP  financial  measures  on  a  forward-looking  basis  as  it  is  impractical  to  do  so  without 
unreasonable effort. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ut(cid:129)ro(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)fgiloilm

(cid:17)(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:21)(cid:22)(cid:23)(cid:24)(cid:25)(cid:22)(cid:26)(cid:7)(cid:6)(cid:27)(cid:10)(cid:27)(cid:7)(cid:28)(cid:29)(cid:30)(cid:31) 
(cid:0)(cid:2)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:8)(cid:4)(cid:9)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:7)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:10)(cid:0)(cid:11)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:2)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:5)(cid:12)(cid:10)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:2)(cid:14)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:10)(cid:15)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:3)(cid:8)(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:2)
(cid:9)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:0)(cid:9)((cid:7)(cid:11)(cid:5))(cid:15)(cid:11)(cid:4)(cid:7))(cid:0)(cid:11)(cid:8)(cid:0)(cid:9)(cid:2)(cid:4)(cid:7)(cid:4)(cid:15)(cid:7)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:10)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:2)(cid:7)$*(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:11)(cid:7)$(cid:30)+,-
(cid:15)!(cid:7)(cid:4)(cid:13)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:10)(cid:0)(cid:11)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:7)(cid:5)(cid:12)(cid:10)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:2)(cid:14)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:10)(cid:4)(cid:7)(cid:15)!(cid:7)$ *(cid:31)
!(cid:25)"(cid:7)(cid:24)(cid:20).(cid:7)/(cid:21)(cid:19)0(cid:18)1(cid:7)2.(cid:18)"(cid:7).(cid:22),.,(cid:7)(cid:6).0.#3."(cid:7)*$(cid:26)(cid:7)(cid:28)(cid:29)$4
(cid:15)(cid:11)
(cid:4)(cid:11)(cid:9)(cid:2)(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:2)(cid:7)(cid:11)(cid:5))(cid:15)(cid:11)(cid:4)(cid:7))(cid:0)(cid:11)(cid:8)(cid:0)(cid:9)(cid:2)(cid:4)(cid:7)(cid:4)(cid:15)(cid:7)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:10)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:2)(cid:7)$*(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:11)(cid:7)$(cid:30)+,-
(cid:15)!(cid:7)(cid:4)(cid:13)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:10)(cid:0)(cid:11)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:7)(cid:5)(cid:12)(cid:10)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:2)(cid:14)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:10)(cid:4)(cid:7)(cid:15)!(cid:7)$ *(cid:31)
!(cid:25)"#(cid:7)$(cid:29)%&
(cid:10)(cid:25)##(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:25)(cid:22)(cid:7)/(cid:21)1.(cid:7)(cid:22)6#3."(cid:7)(cid:29)(cid:29)(cid:29)%(cid:30)$7*(cid:31)

’

5

9:;<=>(cid:7)?<@A(cid:7)BC(cid:7)DAEFG>H(cid:7)G(cid:7)NOAHP

9J><>A(cid:7)BH(cid:7)S>OAH(cid:7)TUHFGLF=>FBI(cid:7)BC
MI=BHKBH<>FBI(cid:7)BH(cid:7)SHEFBIP
(cid:6).1(cid:18)Q(cid:18)".

9MWDWJW(cid:7):@KXBYAH
MLAI>FCF=<>FBI(cid:7)?U@ZAHP
*(cid:30)%$4$$$$R

(cid:28)74(cid:29)(cid:7)(cid:17)(cid:18)(cid:24)."/"(cid:25)(cid:22)(cid:24)(cid:7))(cid:18)"[Q(cid:18)2(cid:7)(cid:5)(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:7)(cid:6)"(cid:21)\.(cid:26)(cid:7)(cid:8)6(cid:21)(cid:24).(cid:7)(cid:28)(cid:29)(cid:29)
(cid:3)(cid:22),(cid:21)(cid:18)(cid:22)(cid:18)8(cid:25)1(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:26)(cid:7)(cid:3)(cid:22),(cid:21)(cid:18)(cid:22)(cid:18)(cid:7)(cid:31)R(cid:28)$(cid:31)
9]LLHAGG^(cid:7)MI=XULFIE(cid:7)_FK(cid:7)NBLA^(cid:7)HaG(cid:7)bHFI=FKFcA(cid:7)SCCF=AGP
+*$7-(cid:7)*(cid:28)4%(cid:30)RR(cid:29)

(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:10)(cid:0)(cid:11)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:7)(cid:11)(cid:5)(cid:14)(cid:3)(cid:8)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:11)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7))(cid:0)(cid:11)(cid:8)(cid:0)(cid:9)(cid:2)(cid:4)(cid:7)(cid:4)(cid:15)(cid:7)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:10)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:2)(cid:7)$(cid:28)+3-(cid:7)(cid:15)!(cid:7)(cid:4)(cid:13)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:10)(cid:4)d

(cid:2)(cid:18)#.(cid:7)(cid:25)/(cid:7)(cid:5)(cid:18)0(cid:20)(cid:7)(cid:5)e0(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:22)(cid:23).(cid:7)(cid:25)(cid:22)(cid:7)(cid:17)(cid:20)(cid:21)0(cid:20)(cid:7)(cid:11).(cid:23)(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:24).".,

(cid:4)(cid:21)(cid:24)1.(cid:7)(cid:25)/(cid:7)(cid:5)(cid:18)0(cid:20)(cid:7)(cid:10)1(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:19)

(cid:10)(cid:18)16#.(cid:24)(cid:7)(cid:8)8.0(cid:21)(cid:18)1(cid:24)2(cid:7))"(cid:25),60(cid:24)(cid:19)(cid:7))(cid:18)"(cid:24)(cid:22)."(cid:19)(cid:26)(cid:7)((cid:27))(cid:27)

fghhgi(cid:7)jiklm(cid:7)nopnomoilkiq(cid:7)rkhklos(cid:7)ptnlion(cid:7)kilonomlm

uvo(cid:7)wxyzx{(cid:7)ylg|}(cid:7)~tn}ol(cid:7)(cid:127)(cid:127)f

(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:10)(cid:0)(cid:11)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:7)(cid:11)(cid:5)(cid:14)(cid:3)(cid:8)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:11)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7))(cid:0)(cid:11)(cid:8)(cid:0)(cid:9)(cid:2)(cid:4)(cid:7)(cid:4)(cid:15)(cid:7)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:10)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:2)(cid:7)$(cid:28)+(cid:23)-(cid:7)(cid:15)!(cid:7)(cid:4)(cid:13)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:10)(cid:4)d
(cid:2)(cid:15)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:27)

(cid:128)isk|tlo(cid:7)(cid:129)(cid:130)(cid:7)|vo|}(cid:7)htn}(cid:7)k(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)noqkmlntil(cid:7)km(cid:7)t(cid:7)(cid:132)orr(cid:133)}ig(cid:132)i(cid:7)motmgios(cid:7)kmmjon(cid:134)(cid:7)tm(cid:7)so(cid:131)kios(cid:7)ki(cid:7)(cid:135)jro(cid:7)(cid:136)(cid:137)(cid:138)(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)yo|jnklkom(cid:7)x|l(cid:139)(cid:7)(cid:140)om(cid:7)
5
wg(cid:7)
’

(cid:128)isk|tlo(cid:7)(cid:129)(cid:130)(cid:7)|vo|}(cid:7)htn}(cid:7)k(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)noqkmlntil(cid:7)km(cid:7)igl(cid:7)no(cid:141)jknos(cid:7)lg(cid:7)(cid:131)kro(cid:7)nopgnlm(cid:7)pjnmjtil(cid:7)lg(cid:7)yo|lkgi(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:143)(cid:7)gn(cid:7)yo|lkgi(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:138)(cid:144)s(cid:145)(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)x|l(cid:139)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:140)om(cid:7)
5

(cid:7)(cid:7)wg(cid:7)
’
(cid:128)isk|tlo(cid:7)(cid:129)(cid:130)(cid:7)|vo|}(cid:7)htn}(cid:7)(cid:132)volvon(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)noqkmlntil(cid:7)(cid:144)(cid:142)(cid:145)(cid:7)vtm(cid:7)(cid:131)kros(cid:7)trr(cid:7)nopgnlm(cid:7)no(cid:141)jknos(cid:7)lg(cid:7)(cid:129)o(cid:7)(cid:131)kros(cid:7)(cid:129)(cid:130)(cid:7)yo|lkgi(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:143)(cid:7)gn(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:138)(cid:144)s(cid:145)(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)yo|jnklkom
(cid:146)(cid:147)|vtiqo(cid:7)x|l(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:148)(cid:143)(cid:136)(cid:7)sjnkiq(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)pno|oskiq(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:149)(cid:7)hgilvm(cid:7)(cid:144)gn(cid:7)(cid:131)gn(cid:7)mj|v(cid:7)mvgnlon(cid:7)ponkgs(cid:7)lvtl(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)noqkmlntil(cid:7)(cid:132)tm(cid:7)no(cid:141)jknos(cid:7)lg(cid:7)(cid:131)kro(cid:7)mj|v(cid:7)nopgnlm(cid:145)
tis(cid:7)(cid:144)(cid:149)(cid:145)(cid:7)vtm(cid:7)(cid:129)ooi(cid:7)mj(cid:129)(cid:150)o|l(cid:7)lg(cid:7)mj|v(cid:7)(cid:131)krkiq(cid:7)no(cid:141)jknohoilm(cid:7)(cid:131)gn(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)ptml(cid:7)(cid:148)(cid:137)(cid:7)st(cid:130)m(cid:139)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:140)om(cid:7)
’

(cid:128)isk|tlo(cid:7)(cid:129)(cid:130)(cid:7)|vo|}(cid:7)htn}(cid:7)(cid:132)volvon(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)noqkmlntil(cid:7)vtm(cid:7)mj(cid:129)hkllos(cid:7)oro|lngik|trr(cid:130)(cid:7)o(cid:151)on(cid:130)(cid:7)(cid:128)ilont|lk(cid:151)o(cid:7)ztlt(cid:7)(cid:152)kro(cid:7)no(cid:141)jknos(cid:7)lg(cid:7)(cid:129)o(cid:7)mj(cid:129)hkllos
pjnmjtil(cid:7)lg(cid:7)(cid:135)jro(cid:7)(cid:136)(cid:137)(cid:138)(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)(cid:135)oqjrtlkgi(cid:7)y(cid:133)u(cid:7)sjnkiq(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)pno|oskiq(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:149)(cid:7)hgilvm(cid:7)(cid:144)gn(cid:7)(cid:131)gn(cid:7)mj|v(cid:7)mvgnlon(cid:7)ponkgs(cid:7)lvtl(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)noqkmlntil(cid:7)(cid:132)tm(cid:7)no(cid:141)jknos
lg(cid:7)mj(cid:129)hkl(cid:7)mj|v(cid:7)(cid:131)krom(cid:145)(cid:139)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:140)om(cid:7)
’

(cid:128)isk|tlo(cid:7)(cid:129)(cid:130)(cid:7)|vo|}(cid:7)htn}(cid:7)k(cid:131)(cid:7)skm|rgmjno(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)sorki(cid:141)joil(cid:7)(cid:131)kronm(cid:7)pjnmjtil(cid:7)lg(cid:7)(cid:128)loh(cid:7)(cid:136)(cid:137)(cid:138)(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)(cid:135)oqjrtlkgi(cid:7)y(cid:133)(cid:153)(cid:7)km(cid:7)igl(cid:7)|giltkios(cid:7)vonoki(cid:134)(cid:7)tis(cid:7)(cid:132)krr
igl(cid:7)(cid:129)o(cid:7)|giltkios(cid:134)(cid:7)lg(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)(cid:129)oml(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)noqkmlntil(cid:154)m(cid:7)}ig(cid:132)rosqo(cid:134)(cid:7)ki(cid:7)so(cid:131)kiklk(cid:151)o(cid:7)png(cid:147)(cid:130)(cid:7)gn(cid:7)ki(cid:131)gnhtlkgi(cid:7)mltlohoilm(cid:7)ki|gnpgntlos(cid:7)(cid:129)(cid:130)(cid:7)no(cid:131)onoi|o(cid:7)ki
(cid:155)tnl(cid:7)(cid:128)(cid:128)(cid:128)(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)lvkm(cid:7)(cid:152)gnh(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:137)(cid:133)(cid:153)(cid:7)gn(cid:7)ti(cid:130)(cid:7)thoishoil(cid:7)lg(cid:7)lvkm(cid:7)(cid:152)gnh(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:137)(cid:133)(cid:153)(cid:139)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)
5

(cid:128)isk|tlo(cid:7)(cid:129)(cid:130)(cid:7)|vo|}(cid:7)htn}(cid:7)(cid:132)volvon(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)noqkmlntil(cid:7)km(cid:7)t(cid:7)rtnqo(cid:7)t||orontlos(cid:7)(cid:131)kron(cid:134)(cid:7)ti(cid:7)t||orontlos(cid:7)(cid:131)kron(cid:134)(cid:7)t(cid:7)igi(cid:133)t||orontlos(cid:7)(cid:131)kron(cid:134)(cid:7)t(cid:7)mhtrron
nopgnlkiq(cid:7)|ghpti(cid:130)(cid:7)gn(cid:7)ti(cid:7)ohonqkiq(cid:7)qng(cid:132)lv(cid:7)|ghpti(cid:130)(cid:139)(cid:7)yoo(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)so(cid:131)kiklkgim(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)(cid:156)rtnqo(cid:7)t||orontlos(cid:7)(cid:131)kron(cid:134)(cid:157)(cid:7)(cid:156)t||orontlos(cid:7)(cid:131)kron(cid:134)(cid:157)(cid:7)(cid:156)mhtrron
nopgnlkiq(cid:7)|ghpti(cid:130)(cid:157)(cid:7)tis(cid:7)(cid:156)ohonqkiq(cid:7)qng(cid:132)lv(cid:7)|ghpti(cid:130)(cid:157)(cid:7)ki(cid:7)(cid:135)jro(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:149)(cid:129)(cid:133)(cid:149)(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)(cid:146)(cid:147)|vtiqo(cid:7)x|l(cid:139)

(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)wg(cid:7)
5

(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)wg(cid:7)
5

(cid:127)tnqo(cid:7)t||orontlos(cid:7)(cid:131)kron
wgi(cid:133)t||orontlos(cid:7)(cid:131)kron

5
5

’
5
5
(cid:128)(cid:131)(cid:7)ti(cid:7)ohonqkiq(cid:7)qng(cid:132)lv(cid:7)|ghpti(cid:130)(cid:134)(cid:7)kisk|tlo(cid:7)(cid:129)(cid:130)(cid:7)|vo|}(cid:7)htn}(cid:7)k(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)noqkmlntil(cid:7)vtm(cid:7)oro|los(cid:7)igl(cid:7)lg(cid:7)jmo(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)o(cid:147)loisos(cid:7)lntimklkgi(cid:7)ponkgs(cid:7)(cid:131)gn
|ghpr(cid:130)kiq(cid:7)(cid:132)klv(cid:7)ti(cid:130)(cid:7)io(cid:132)(cid:7)gn(cid:7)no(cid:151)kmos(cid:7)(cid:131)kiti|ktr(cid:7)t||gjilkiq(cid:7)mltistnsm(cid:7)png(cid:151)ksos(cid:7)pjnmjtil(cid:7)lg(cid:7)yo|lkgi(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:143)(cid:144)t(cid:145)(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)(cid:146)(cid:147)|vtiqo(cid:7)x|l(cid:139)(cid:7)
5

(cid:128)isk|tlo(cid:7)(cid:129)(cid:130)(cid:7)|vo|}(cid:7)htn}(cid:7)(cid:132)volvon(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)noqkmlntil(cid:7)km(cid:7)t(cid:7)mvorr(cid:7)|ghpti(cid:130)(cid:7)(cid:144)tm(cid:7)so(cid:131)kios(cid:7)ki(cid:7)(cid:135)jro(cid:7)(cid:142)(cid:149)(cid:129)(cid:133)(cid:149)(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)x|l(cid:145)(cid:139)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:140)om(cid:7)
5

uvo(cid:7)tqqnoqtlo(cid:7)htn}ol(cid:7)(cid:151)trjo(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)|ghhgi(cid:7)jiklm(cid:7)vors(cid:7)(cid:129)(cid:130)(cid:7)igi(cid:133)t(cid:131)(cid:131)krktlom(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)noqkmlntil(cid:7)(cid:132)tm(cid:7)tppng(cid:147)khtlor(cid:130)(cid:7)(cid:158)(cid:136)(cid:138)(cid:149)(cid:139)(cid:142)(cid:7)hkrrkgi(cid:7)gi
(cid:159)jio(cid:7)(cid:149)(cid:148)(cid:134)(cid:7)(cid:149)(cid:137)(cid:142)(cid:160)(cid:134)(cid:7)(cid:129)tmos(cid:7)gi(cid:7)(cid:158)¡(cid:139)(cid:136)(cid:138)(cid:7)pon(cid:7)jikl(cid:134)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)|rgmkiq(cid:7)pnk|o(cid:7)g(cid:131)(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)|ghhgi(cid:7)jiklm(cid:7)tm(cid:7)nopgnlos(cid:7)gi(cid:7)lvo(cid:7)wxyzx{(cid:7)¢rg(cid:129)tr(cid:7)yoro|l(cid:7)~tn}ol

(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)(cid:7)wg(cid:7)
’

x||orontlos(cid:7)(cid:131)kron
yhtrron(cid:7)nopgnlkiq(cid:7)|ghpti(cid:130)
(cid:146)honqkiq(cid:7)qng(cid:132)lv(cid:7)|ghpti(cid:130)

gi(cid:7)mj|v(cid:7)stlo(cid:139)

£i(cid:7)~tn|v(cid:7)⁄(cid:134)(cid:7)(cid:149)(cid:137)(cid:142)(cid:148)(cid:134)(cid:7)lvono(cid:7)(cid:132)ono(cid:7)¡¡(cid:134)(cid:136)⁄(cid:148)(cid:134)(cid:138)(cid:137)(cid:142)(cid:7)|ghhgi(cid:7)jiklm(cid:7)gjlmltiskiq(cid:139)

(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:10)(cid:0)(cid:16)(cid:5)(cid:2)(cid:4)(cid:8)(cid:7)(cid:3)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:15)(cid:11))(cid:15)(cid:11)(cid:9)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)¥ƒ(cid:7)(cid:11)(cid:5)!(cid:5)(cid:11)(cid:5)(cid:2)(cid:10)(cid:5)

w£w(cid:146)(cid:139)

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.
FORM 10-K — 2018 ANNUAL REPORT

Table of Contents

PART I

Items 1 and 2. Business and Properties
Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Item 1B.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Unitholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers of Our General Partner and Corporate Governance

Executive and Director Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder 
Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits

PART IV

Page

3

25

48

48

48

49

50

57
81

83

136

136

140

141

145

167

169

172

173

1

 
 
Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) includes certain “forward-looking statements.” These statements 
can  be  identified  by  the  use  of  forward-looking  terminology  including  “may,”  “intend,”  “believe,”  “expect,”  “anticipate,” 
“estimate,” “continue,” or other similar words. The statements regarding (i) estimated capital expenditures as a result of required 
audits or required operational changes or other environmental and regulatory liabilities, (ii) our anticipated levels of, use and 
effectiveness of derivatives to mitigate our exposure to crude oil price changes, natural gas price changes and fuel products price 
changes, (iii) estimated costs of complying with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (“EPA”) Renewable Fuel Standard, 
including the prices paid for Renewable Identification Numbers (“RINs”), (iv) our ability to meet our financial commitments, debt 
service obligations, debt instrument covenants, contingencies and anticipated capital expenditures, (v) our access to capital to fund 
capital expenditures and our working capital needs and our ability to obtain debt or equity financing on satisfactory terms, (vi) 
our access to inventory financing under our supply and offtake agreements, (vii) our ability to remediate the identified material 
weaknesses and further strengthen the overall controls surrounding information systems, (viii) the future effectiveness of our new 
enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system to further enhance operating efficiencies and provide more effective management of 
our business operations and (ix) the SEC investigation generally related to our finance and accounting staff, financial reporting, 
public disclosures, accounting policies, disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls, as well as other matters discussed 
in this Annual Report that are not purely historical data, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are 
based on our current expectations and beliefs as of the date hereof concerning future developments and their potential effect on 
us. While management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, there can be no assurance 
that future developments affecting us will be those that we anticipate. All comments concerning our expectations for future sales 
and operating results are based on our forecasts for our existing operations and do not include the potential impact of any future 
acquisition or disposition transactions. Our forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties (some of which 
are beyond our control) and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our 
present expectations or projections. Known material factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those in the forward-
looking statements are those described in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report. Readers are cautioned not to place 
undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly 
update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events 
or otherwise.

References in this Annual Report to “Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.,” “Calumet,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” 
“us” or like terms refer to Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and its subsidiaries. References to “Predecessor” in this Annual 
Report refer to Calumet Lubricants Co., Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities of which were contributed 
to  Calumet  Specialty  Products  Partners,  L.P.  and  its  subsidiaries  upon  the  completion  of  our  initial  public  offering  in  2006. 
References in this Annual Report to “our general partner” refer to Calumet GP, LLC, the general partner of Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P.

2

Table of Contents

Items 1 and 2. Business and Properties

Overview

PART I

We are a leading independent producer of high-quality, specialty hydrocarbon products in North America. We are headquartered 
in Indianapolis, Indiana, and own specialty and fuel products facilities primarily located in northwest Louisiana, northern Montana, 
western  Pennsylvania,  Texas,  New  Jersey  and  eastern  Missouri.  We  own  and  lease  additional  facilities,  primarily  related  to 
production  and  distribution  of  specialty  and  fuel  products,  throughout  the  United  States.  Our  business  is  organized  into  two 
segments: specialty products and fuel products. In our specialty products segment, we process crude oil and other feedstocks into 
a wide variety of customized lubricating oils, white mineral oils, solvents, petrolatums and waxes. Our specialty products are sold 
to domestic and international customers who purchase them primarily as raw material components for basic industrial, consumer 
and automotive goods. We also blend and market specialty products through our Royal Purple, Bel-Ray, TruFuel and Quantum 
brands. In our fuel products segment, we process crude oil into a variety of fuel and fuel-related products, including gasoline, 
diesel, jet fuel, asphalt and heavy fuel oils, and from time to time resell purchased crude oil to third-party customers. As a result 
of the sale of Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, LLC (“Anchor”) in November 2017, we classified its results of operations for all periods 
presented to reflect Anchor as a discontinued operation and classified the assets and liabilities of Anchor as discontinued operations. 
Prior to being reported as discontinued operations, Anchor was included as its own reportable segment as oilfield services. For 
the year ended December 31, 2018, approximately 67% of our continuing operations gross profit and approximately 61% of our 
continuing operations Adjusted EBITDA were generated from our specialty products segment and approximately 33% of our 
continuing operations gross profit and approximately 39% of our continuing operations Adjusted EBITDA were generated from 
our fuel products segment. We consider our specialty products segment our core business. 

Our Primary Operating Assets

Our primary operating assets consist of:

Year
Acquired

 Current Feedstock
Throughput Capacity in
Barrels Per Day (“bpd”)

Refinery/Facility

Location

Shreveport

Great Falls

Louisiana

Montana

San Antonio

Texas

Cotton Valley

Louisiana

Princeton

Louisiana

2001

2012

2013

1995

1990

Karns City

Pennsylvania

2008

Dickinson

Calumet
Packaging

Texas

Louisiana

Royal Purple

Texas

2008

2012

2012

Bel-Ray

New Jersey

2013

Missouri

Missouri

2012

Products

Specialty lubricating oils and waxes, gasoline, diesel, jet 
fuel and asphalt

Gasoline, diesel, jet fuel and asphalt

Diesel, jet fuel, gasoline, other fuel products

Specialty solvents used principally in the manufacture 
of  paints,  cleaners,  automotive  products  and  drilling 
fluids

Specialty lubricating oils, including process oils, base 
oils, transformer oils and refrigeration oils, and asphalt

Specialty  white  mineral  oils,  solvents,  petrolatums, 
gelled hydrocarbons, cable fillers and natural petroleum 
sulfonates

Specialty  white  mineral  oils,  compressor  lubricants, 
natural petroleum sulfonates and biodiesel

Specialty  products  including  premium  industrial  and 
consumer synthetic lubricants, fuels and solvents

Specialty  products  including  premium  industrial  and 
consumer synthetic lubricants

Specialty  products  including  premium  industrial  and 
consumer synthetic lubricants and greases

Specialty 
synthetic lubricants

products 

including 

polyolester-based 

60,000

25,000

21,000

13,500

10,000

5,500

1,300

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Storage, Distribution and Logistics Assets. We own and operate product terminals in Burnham, Illinois (“Burnham”) and 
Elmendorf,  Texas  (“Elmendorf”)  with  aggregate  storage  capacities  of  approximately  150,000  barrels  and  200,000  barrels, 
respectively. The Burnham terminal, as well as additional owned and leased facilities throughout the U.S., facilitate the distribution 
of products in the Upper Midwest, West Coast and Mid-Continent regions of the U.S. and Canada. The Elmendorf terminal is a 
key supply hub for the San Antonio refinery and provides reliable access to high quality crude oil from Texas, primarily from the 
Eagle Ford shale formation.

3

Table of Contents

We also use approximately 2,500 leased railcars to receive crude oil or distribute our products throughout the U.S. and Canada. 

In total, we have approximately 8.1 million barrels of aggregate storage capacity at our facilities and leased storage locations.

Business Strategies

Our management team is dedicated to improving our operations by executing the following strategies:
•  Maintain Sufficient Levels of Liquidity. We are actively focused on maintaining sufficient liquidity to fund our operations 
and business strategies. As part of a broader effort to maintain an adequate level of liquidity, the board of directors of our 
general partner unanimously voted to suspend the then-current quarterly cash distribution of $0.685 per unit, or $2.74 
per unit on an annualized basis, effective beginning the quarter ended March 31, 2016.

•  Concentrate on Stable Cash Flows. We intend to continue to focus on operating assets and businesses that generate stable 
cash flows. Approximately 67% of our continuing operations gross profit and 61% of our continuing operations Adjusted 
EBITDA in 2018 were generated by the sale of specialty products, a segment of our business which is characterized by 
stable customer relationships due to our customers’ requirements for the specialized products we provide. In addition, 
we manage our exposure to crude oil price fluctuations in this segment by passing on incremental feedstock costs to our 
specialty products customers. In our fuel products segment, which accounted for approximately 33% of our continuing 
operations gross profit and 39% of our continuing operations Adjusted EBITDA in 2018, we will sometimes hedge crude 
oil basis differentials and fuel product crack spreads with the intent of capturing spreads that are favorable to the Company, 
while reducing fuel product margin volatility. In the future, we intend to shift more of our focus to our specialty products 
business to further reduce our exposure to commodity price volatility.

•  Develop and Expand Our Customer Relationships. Due to the specialized nature of, and the long lead-time associated 
with, the development and production of many of our specialty products, our customers are incentivized to continue their 
relationships with us. We believe that our larger competitors do not work with customers as we do from product design 
to delivery for smaller volume specialty products like ours. We intend to continue to assist our existing customers in their 
efforts to expand their product offerings, as well as marketing specialty product formulations and services to new customers. 
By striving to maintain our long-term relationships with our broad base of existing customers and by adding new customers, 
we seek to limit our dependence on any one portion of our customer base.

•  Enhance Profitability of Our Existing Assets. We have increased our focus on identifying opportunities to improve our 
existing asset base and to increase our throughput, profitability and cash flows. Historical examples include projects 
designed to maximize the profitability of our acquired assets, such as the increase of production capacity at our Great 
Falls refinery from 10,000 bpd to 25,000 bpd, which was completed in February 2016 and during 2017, the expansion 
of our TruFuel packaging line through the installation of a new filler line dedicated to filling gallon containers. Prior to 
the TruFuel packaging line expansion, we had only one filler line which required the line to be shut down prior to converting 
from quarts to gallons which reduced total run time on the line. Both filler lines are now utilized and we are able to meet 
customer demand and avoid substantial downtime encountered with the previous packaging line. We intend to further 
increase the profitability of our existing asset base through various low capital requirement measures which may include 
changing the product mix of our processing units, debottlenecking units as necessary to increase throughput, restarting 
idle assets and reducing costs by improving operations. We also are increasing our focus on optimizing current operations 
through self-help initiatives and organic growth projects including improving reliability, product quality enhancements, 
product yield improvements and energy savings initiatives.

•  Disciplined Approach to Strategic and Complementary Acquisitions. Our senior management team is focused on acquiring 
assets and product lines where we can enhance operations and improve profitability. In the future, we intend to continue 
pursuing prudent, accretive acquisitions that will benefit our company over the long term. We intend to reduce our leverage 
over time and maintain sufficient liquidity to execute our acquisition strategy. We also may pursue strategic acquisitions 
of assets or agreements with third parties that offer the opportunity for operational efficiencies, the potential for increased 
utilization and expansion of facilities, or the expansion of product offerings principally in our specialty products segment. 

4

Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to execute our business strategies successfully based on the following competitive 

strengths:

•  We Offer Our Customers a Diverse Range of Specialty Products. We offer a wide range of over 3,000 specialty products. 
We believe that our ability to provide our customers with a more diverse selection of products than most of our competitors 
gives us an advantage in competing for new business. We believe that we are the only specialty products manufacturer 
that produces all four of naphthenic lubricating oils, paraffinic lubricating oils, waxes and solvents. A contributing factor 
in our ability to produce numerous specialty products is our ability to ship products between our facilities for product 
upgrading in order to meet customer specifications.

•  We Have Strong Relationships with a Broad Customer Base. We have long-term relationships with many of our customers 
and we believe that we will continue to benefit from these relationships. Many of these relationships involve lengthy 
approval processes or certifications that may make switching to a different supplier more difficult. In fiscal year 2018, 
we sold our fuel and specialty products to approximately 2,700 customers and we are continually seeking new customers. 
No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated sales in each of the three years ended December 31, 
2018, 2017 and 2016.

•  Our Facilities Have Advanced Technology. Our facilities are equipped with advanced, flexible technology that allows us 
to produce high-grade specialty products and to produce fuel products that comply with low sulfur fuel regulations. For 
example, our fuel products refineries have the capability to make ultra-low sulfur diesel and gasoline that meet federally 
mandated low sulfur standards and the Mobile Source Air Toxic Rule II standards (“MSAT II Standards”) set by the EPA 
requiring the reduction of benzene levels in gasoline. Also, unlike larger refineries which lack some of the equipment 
necessary to achieve the narrow distillation ranges associated with the production of specialty products, our operations 
are capable of producing a wide range of products tailored to our customers’ needs.

•  We Have an Experienced Management Team. Our team’s extensive experience and contacts within the refining industry 
provide a strong foundation and focus for managing and enhancing our operations, accessing strategic asset portfolio 
opportunities and constructing and enhancing the profitability of new assets.

Potential Acquisition and Divestiture Activities

Consistent with our business growth strategy, we are continuously engaged in discussions with potential sellers regarding the 
possible purchase of assets and operations that are strategic and complementary to our existing operations. These acquisition efforts 
may involve participation by us in processes that have been made public and involve a number of potential buyers, commonly 
referred to as “auction” processes, as well as situations in which we believe we are the only potential buyer or one of a limited 
number of potential buyers in negotiations with the potential seller. These acquisition efforts often involve assets and operations 
which, if acquired, could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations and require special financing. 

Our acquisition program targets properties that management believes will be financially accretive, and we intend to focus in 
particular  on  strategic  acquisitions  of  specialty  products  assets  that  leverage  existing  core  competencies  and/or  that  have  an 
identifiable competitive advantage we can exploit as the new owner. 

As part of our portfolio strategy, we continuously evaluate our portfolio which allows an objective assessment of potential 
divestiture candidates that are non-core to our business and which are worth more to a strategic buyer than to us. The combination 
of acquisition and divestment activity intends to maximize our return on invested capital by creating and maintaining a portfolio 
of core assets with significant potential to generate more stable and growing cash flows, optimize our assets, improve our operating 
efficiency and capture increased feedstock advantages.

As we continue to seek to optimize our asset portfolio, which may include the divestiture of certain non-core assets, we intend 

to redeploy capital into projects to develop assets that are better suited to our core specialty products business strategy. 

During 2016, 2017 and 2018, we completed the following divestitures: 

• 

• 

In May 2018, Pacific New Investment Limited (“PACNIL”), an entity formed by Calumet and The Heritage Group for 
the purpose of investing in a joint venture with Shandong Hi-Speed Hainan Development Co., Ltd. (“Hi-Speed”), sold 
its equity interest in Hi-Speed to other owners. We received proceeds of $9.9 million for the sale. See Note 6 “Investment 
in  Unconsolidated Affiliates”  under  Part  II,  Item  8  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data”  for  additional 
information.

In November 2017, we sold the Superior, Wisconsin refinery (“Superior Refinery”) and associated inventories, the Superior 
Refinery’s wholesale marketing business and related assets, including certain owned and leased product terminals, and 
certain crude gathering assets and line space in North Dakota for total consideration of $533.1 million, excluding revenues 

5

Table of Contents

related to the Transitional Service Agreement. See Note 5 “Divestitures” under Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data” for additional information.

• 

• 

In November 2017, we sold Anchor, for total consideration of approximately $89.6 million. We have classified the results 
of operations for Anchor as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 4 “Discontinued Operations” 
under Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information.

In June 2016, we sold our 50% equity interest in Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC (“Dakota Prairie”) for total consideration 
of $28.5 million, which was offset by our repayment of $36.0 million in borrowings under Dakota Prairie’s revolving 
credit facility. See Note 6 “Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates” under Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data” for additional information.

Going forward, we intend to tailor our approach toward owning businesses with stable to growing cash flows. As a result, we 
may pursue potential arrangements with third parties to divest certain non-core assets to enable us to further reduce the amount 
of our required capital commitments and potential capital expenditures. We expect that any potential divestitures of non-core assets 
could provide us with cash to reinvest in our business and repay debt, reducing our reliance on the capital markets for sources of 
financing. However, as we develop our strategy with respect to our non-core assets, any changes in our key assumptions regarding 
such assets may require us to record an impairment charge.

We typically do not announce a transaction until we have executed a definitive agreement. However, in certain cases in order 
to protect our business interests or for other reasons, we may defer public announcement of an acquisition or divestiture until 
closing or a later date. Past experience has demonstrated that discussions and negotiations regarding a potential acquisition or 
divestiture can advance or terminate in a short period of time. Moreover, the closing of any transaction for which we have entered 
into a definitive agreement will be subject to customary and other closing conditions, which may not ultimately be satisfied or 
waived. Accordingly, we can give no assurance that our current or future acquisition or divestiture efforts will be successful. 
Although we expect the acquisitions we make to be accretive in the long term, we can provide no assurance that our expectations 
will ultimately be realized.

Partnership Structure and Management

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. is a Delaware limited partnership formed on September 27, 2005. Our general 
partner is Calumet GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. As of March 6, 2019, we have 77,469,501 common units and 
1,581,010 general partner units outstanding. Our general partner owns 2% of the Company and all incentive distribution rights 
and has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. For more information about our general 
partner’s board of directors and executive officers, please read Part III, Item 10 “Directors, Executive Officers of Our General 
Partner and Corporate Governance.”

6

Table of Contents

Our Operating Assets and Contractual Arrangements

General

The following table sets forth information about our combined operations from continuing operations. Facility production 
volume differs from sales volume due to changes in inventories and the sale of purchased fuel product blendstocks, such as ethanol 
and biodiesel, and the resale of crude oil in our fuel products segment. The historical results of operations of Superior are included 
through the effective date of its sale, November 7, 2017.

Total sales volume (1)
Total feedstock runs (2)
Facility production: (3)
Specialty products:

2018

2017

(In bpd)

Year Ended December 31,
% Change

2017

2016

% Change

(In bpd)

97,104
94,137

132,082
128,624

(26.5)%
(26.8)%

132,082
128,624

140,180
134,163

(5.8)%
(4.1)%

Lubricating oils
Solvents
Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products (4)
Other

Total specialty products
Fuel products:
Gasoline
Diesel
Jet fuel
Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other

Total fuel products
Total facility production (3)

11,931
7,649
1,279
2,129
2,113
25,101

20,323
27,367
2,895
19,612
70,197
95,298

14,606
7,761
1,423
2,206
1,811
27,807

35,713
33,277
5,368
29,396
103,754
131,561

(18.3)%
(1.4)%
(10.1)%
(3.5)%
16.7 %
(9.7)%

(43.1)%
(17.8)%
(46.1)%
(33.3)%
(32.3)%
(27.6)%

14,606
7,761
1,423
2,206
1,811
27,807

35,713
33,277
5,368
29,396
103,754
131,561

14,697
7,427
1,571
1,777
1,850
27,322

37,713
34,808
5,306
29,780
107,607
134,929

(0.6)%
4.5 %
(9.4)%
24.1 %
(2.1)%
1.8 %

(5.3)%
(4.4)%
1.2 %
(1.3)%
(3.6)%
(2.5)%

(1)  Total sales volume includes sales from the production at our facilities and certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply 
and/or processing agreements, sales of inventories and the resale of crude oil to third-party customers. Total sales volume 
also includes the sale of purchased fuel product blendstocks, such as ethanol and biodiesel, as components of finished 
fuel products in our fuel products segment sales.

(2)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our facilities and at certain 

third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements.

(3)  Total facility production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing 
crude oil and other feedstocks at our facilities and at certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing 
agreements. The difference between total facility production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag 
between the input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss.

(4)  Represents production of finished lubricants and specialty chemicals products, including the products from the Royal 

Purple, Bel-Ray and Calumet Packaging facilities.

The following table sets forth information about our combined sales of principal products by segment:

7

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Sales of specialty products:

Lubricating oils
Solvents
Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products (1)
Other (2)
Total

Sales of fuel products:

Gasoline
Diesel
Jet fuel
Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other (3)

Total

Consolidated sales

2018
(In millions) % of Sales

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In millions) % of Sales

2016
(In millions) % of Sales

$

$

600.1
331.9
117.0
256.8
76.6
1,382.4

683.1
910.0
100.1
421.9
2,115.1
3,497.5

17.2% $
9.5%
3.3%
7.3%
2.2%
39.5%

19.5%
26.0%
2.9%
12.1%
60.5%
100.0% $

584.2
274.4
117.2
260.7
63.9
1,300.4

948.5
877.9
135.0
502.0
2,463.4
3,763.8

15.5% $
7.3%
3.1%
6.9%
1.7%
34.5%

25.2%
23.4%
3.6%
13.3%
65.5%
100.0% $

538.7
237.7
128.7
244.7
102.5
1,252.3

844.3
808.4
117.5
451.8
2,222.0
3,474.3

15.5%
6.8%
3.7%
7.0%
3.0%
36.0%

24.3%
23.3%
3.4%
13.0%
64.0%
100.0%

(1)  Represents finished lubricants and chemicals specialty products at the Royal Purple, Bel-Ray and Calumet Packaging 

facilities. 

(2)  Represents (a) by-products, including fuels and asphalt, produced in connection with the production of specialty products 
at the Princeton and Cotton Valley refineries and Dickinson and Karns City facilities and (b) polyolester synthetic lubricants 
produced at the Missouri facility. 

(3)  Represents asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other products produced in connection with the production of fuels at the Shreveport, 
Superior, San Antonio and Great Falls refineries and crude oil sales from the Montana and San Antonio refineries to third 
party customers. 

Please read Note 20 “Segments and Related Information” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” 
of this Annual Report for additional financial information about each of our segments and the geographic areas in which we conduct 
business.

Shreveport Refinery

The Shreveport refinery (“Shreveport”), located on a 240 acre site in Shreveport, Louisiana, currently has aggregate crude oil 
throughput  capacity  of  60,000 bpd  and  processes  paraffinic  crude  oil  and  associated  feedstocks  into  fuel  products,  paraffinic 
lubricating oils, waxes, asphalt and by-products.

The Shreveport refinery consists of seventeen major processing units including hydrotreating, catalytic reforming and dewaxing 
units and approximately 3.3 million barrels of storage capacity in 130 storage tanks and related loading and unloading facilities 
and utilities. Since our acquisition of the Shreveport refinery in 2001, we have expanded the refinery’s capabilities by adding 
additional processing and blending facilities, adding a second reactor to the high pressure hydrotreater, resuming production of 
gasoline, diesel and other fuel products and adding both 18,000 bpd of crude oil throughput capacity and the capability to run up 
to 25,000 bpd of sour crude oil with an expansion project completed in May 2008. 

The following table sets forth historical information about production at our Shreveport refinery:

Crude oil throughput capacity
Total feedstock runs (1) (2)
Total refinery production (2) (3)

2018

Shreveport Refinery
Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In bpd)

60,000
34,596
35,771

60,000
37,853
40,741

2016

60,000
40,845
42,075

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(1)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our Shreveport refinery. 
Total feedstock runs do not include certain interplant feedstocks supplied by our Cotton Valley, Princeton and San Antonio 
refineries.

(2)  Total refinery production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing 
crude oil and other feedstocks. The difference between total refinery production and total feedstock runs is primarily a 
result of the time lag between the input of feedstocks and production of finished products and volume loss. 

(3)  Total refinery production includes certain interplant feedstock supplied to our Cotton Valley, Princeton and San Antonio 

refineries and Karns City facility.

The Shreveport refinery has a flexible operational configuration and operating personnel that facilitate development of new 
product opportunities. Product mix may fluctuate from one period to the next to capture market opportunities. The refinery has an 
idle residual fluid catalytic cracking unit and a number of idle towers that can be utilized for future project needs. 

The Shreveport refinery receives crude oil via tank truck, railcar and a common carrier pipeline system that is operated by a 
subsidiary of Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. (“Plains”) and is connected to the Shreveport refinery’s facilities. The Plains 
pipeline system delivers local supplies of crude oil and condensates from north Louisiana and east Texas. The Plains pipeline also 
connects to a Plains terminal in Longview, TX, which gives the refinery access to crude oil in west Texas and access to the Cushing, 
Oklahoma storage hub. Crude oil is also purchased from various suppliers, including local producers, who deliver crude oil to the 
Shreveport refinery via tank truck. 

The Shreveport refinery also has direct pipeline access to the Enterprise Products Partners L.P. pipeline (“TEPPCO pipeline”), 
on which it can ship certain grades of gasoline, diesel and jet fuel. Further, the refinery has direct access to the Red River Terminal 
facility, which provides the refinery with barge access, via the Red River, to major feedstock and petroleum products logistics 
networks on the Mississippi River and Gulf Coast inland waterway system. The Shreveport refinery also ships its finished products 
throughout the U.S. through both truck and railcar service.

Great Falls Refinery

The Great Falls refinery (“Great Falls”), located on an 86 acre site in Great Falls, Montana, currently has aggregate crude oil 
throughput capacity of 25,000 bpd and processes light and heavy crude oil from Canada into fuel and asphalt products. In February 
2016, we completed an expansion project which added 15,000 bpd of crude throughput capacity to the refinery.

The Great Falls refinery consists of fifteen major processing units including hydrotreating, catalytic reforming, hydrocracking, 
fluid catalytic cracking and alkylation units, approximately 1.1 million barrels of storage capacity in 75 tanks and related loading 
and unloading facilities and utilities. 

The following table sets forth historical information about production at the Great Falls refinery:

Crude oil throughput capacity
Total feedstock runs (1) (2)
Total refinery production (2)

2018

Great Falls Refinery
Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In bpd)

25,000
24,684
24,781

25,000
24,511
24,948

2016

25,000
20,930
21,259

(1)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our Great Falls refinery.

(2)  Total refinery production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing 
crude oil and other feedstocks. The difference between total refinery production and total feedstock runs is primarily a 
result of the time lag between the input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss.

Currently, the Great Falls refinery produces gasoline, diesel, jet fuel and asphalt. The Great Falls refinery ships finished fuel 
and asphalt by railcar and truck service. Finished fuel and asphalt sales are primarily made through spot agreements and short-
term contracts. 

The Great Falls refinery purchases crude oil from various suppliers and receives crude oil by pipeline through the Front Range 

Pipeline via the Bow River Pipeline in Canada, providing reliable access to high quality crude oil from western Canada. 

In February 2016, we completed an expansion project that increased production capacity at our Great Falls refinery by 15,000 
bpd to 25,000 bpd. This project allows us to further capitalize on local access to cost-advantaged Bow River crude oil, while 

9

 
 
 
Table of Contents

producing  additional  fuels  and  refined  products  for  delivery  into  the  regional  market. The  scope  of  this  project  included  the 
installation of a new crude unit that can process up to 25,000 bpd of crude oil and other feedstocks, a hydrogen plant and a 14,000 
bpd mild hydrocracker.

San Antonio Refinery 

The San Antonio refinery (“San Antonio”), located on a 32 acre site in San Antonio, Texas, has aggregate crude oil throughput 
capacity of 21,000 bpd and processes light crude oil from south Texas, including the Eagle Ford shale formation, into a variety of 
transportation fuels, petrochemical and refinery feedstocks, and aliphatic solvents. The San Antonio refinery consists of six major 
processing units including crude oil fractionation, naphtha hydrotreating, catalytic reforming, distillate hydrotreating, aromatic 
saturation and specialty fractionation. The refinery has approximately 200,000 barrels of storage capacity in 65 tanks and related 
loading and unloading facilities and utilities. 

Currently, the San Antonio refinery produces diesel, jet fuel, gasoline and other fuel products. The San Antonio refinery is 
compliant with federal regulations for ultra-low sulfur diesel. The San Antonio refinery ships products by railcar and truck service. 
Product sales are primarily made through spot agreements and short-term contracts. The San Antonio refinery purchases crude oil 
and intermediate products from various suppliers and receives crude oil by pipeline originating from its Elmendorf crude oil 
terminal, providing reliable access to high quality crude oil from Texas, primarily from the Eagle Ford shale formation. The San 
Antonio refinery can receive at least 12,000 bpd of crude oil at the refinery through the Karnes North Pipeline System -Elmendorf 
terminal supply route. Elmendorf has aggregate storage capacity of approximately 200,000 barrels. 

Since acquiring the San Antonio refinery, we have expanded the refinery’s capabilities by adding 6,500 bpd of crude oil 
throughput capacity and adding additional processing and blending facilities which allow the San Antonio refinery to blend up to 
7,000 bpd of finished gasoline. Additionally, we completed a project in December 2015 that provides us the capability to take a 
portion of the San Antonio refinery’s diesel and jet fuel production and convert it into up to 3,000 bpd of higher margin solvent 
products that meet customer requirements for low aromatic content. We are also beginning to integrate the San Antonio refinery 
into our other specialty products operations by producing intermediate feedstocks which our Shreveport refinery utilizes in the 
production of lubricating oils.

The following table sets forth historical production information at our San Antonio refinery:

Crude oil throughput capacity
Total feedstock runs (1) (2)
Total refinery production (2) (3)

2018

San Antonio Refinery
Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In bpd)

21,000

16,058
15,896

21,000

16,463
15,782

2016

21,000

17,374
16,736

(1)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our San Antonio refinery. 
(2)  Total refinery production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing 
crude oil and other feedstocks. The difference between total refinery production and total feedstock runs is primarily a 
result of the time lag between the input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss.

(3)  Total refinery production includes certain interplant feedstocks supplied to our Shreveport refinery.

Cotton Valley Refinery

The Cotton Valley refinery (“Cotton Valley”), located on a 77 acre site in Cotton Valley, Louisiana, currently has aggregate 
crude oil throughput capacity of 13,500 bpd, hydrotreating capacity of 6,500 bpd and processes crude oil into specialty solvents 
and residual fuel oil. The residual fuel oil is an important feedstock for the production of specialty products at our Shreveport 
refinery. We believe the Cotton Valley refinery produces the most complete, single-facility line of paraffinic solvents in the U.S.

The Cotton Valley refinery consists of three major processing units that include a crude unit, a hydrotreater and a fractionation 
train, approximately 625,000 barrels of storage capacity in 74 storage tanks and related loading and unloading facilities and utilities. 
Since our acquisition of the Cotton Valley refinery in 1995, we have expanded the refinery’s capabilities by installing a hydrotreater 
that removes aromatics, increased the crude unit processing capability to 13,500 bpd and reconfigured the refinery’s fractionation 
train to improve product quality, enhance flexibility and lower utility costs. 

10

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table sets forth historical information about production at our Cotton Valley refinery:

Crude oil throughput capacity
Total feedstock runs (1) (2)
Total refinery production (2) (3)

2018

Cotton Valley Refinery
Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In bpd)

13,500
6,871
5,859

13,500
6,920
6,466

2016

13,500
6,021
5,399

(1)  Total feedstock runs do not include certain interplant solvent feedstocks supplied by our Shreveport refinery.

(2)  Total refinery production represents the barrels per day of specialty products yielded from processing crude oil and other 
feedstocks. The difference between total refinery production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag 
between the input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss.

(3)  Total refinery production includes certain interplant feedstocks supplied to our Shreveport refinery.

The Cotton Valley refinery has a flexible operational configuration and operating personnel that facilitate development of new 
product opportunities. Product mix may fluctuate from one period to the next to capture market opportunities, which allows us to 
respond to market changes and customer demands by modifying the refinery’s product mix. The reconfigured fractionation train 
also allows the refinery to satisfy demand fluctuations efficiently without large finished product inventory requirements.

The Cotton Valley refinery receives crude oil via tank truck. The Cotton Valley refinery’s feedstock is primarily low sulfur 
and paraffinic crude oil originating from north Louisiana and is purchased from various marketers and gatherers. In addition, the 
Cotton Valley refinery receives interplant feedstocks for solvent production from the Shreveport refinery. The Cotton Valley refinery 
ships finished products by both truck and railcar service.

Princeton Refinery

The Princeton refinery (“Princeton”), located on a 208 acre site in Princeton, Louisiana, currently has aggregate crude oil 
throughput capacity of 10,000 bpd and processes naphthenic crude oil into lubricating oils and asphalt. In addition, feedstock is 
made for the Shreveport refinery for further processing into ultra-low sulfur diesel. The asphalt produced at Princeton may be 
further processed or blended for coating and roofing product applications at the Princeton refinery or transported to the Shreveport 
refinery for further processing into bright stock.

The Princeton refinery consists of seven major processing units, approximately 650,000 barrels of storage capacity in 200 
storage tanks and related loading and unloading facilities and utilities. Since our acquisition of the Princeton refinery in 1990, we 
have debottlenecked the crude unit to increase production capacity to 10,000 bpd, increased the hydrotreater’s capacity to 7,000 bpd 
and upgraded the refinery’s fractionation unit, which has enabled us to produce higher value specialty products. 

The following table sets forth historical information about production at our Princeton refinery:

Crude oil throughput capacity
Total feedstock runs (1)
Total refinery production (1) (2)

2018

Princeton Refinery
Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In bpd)

10,000
6,051
4,950

10,000
6,606
5,396

2016

10,000
6,335
5,242

(1)  Total refinery production represents the barrels per day of specialty products yielded from processing crude oil and other 
feedstocks. The difference between total refinery production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag 
between the input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss.

(2)  Total refinery production includes certain interplant feedstocks supplied to our Shreveport refinery. 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  Princeton  refinery  has  a  hydrotreater  and  significant  fractionation  capability  enabling  the  refining  of  high  quality 
naphthenic lubricating oils at numerous distillation ranges. The Princeton refinery’s processing capabilities consist of atmospheric 
and vacuum distillation, hydrotreating, asphalt oxidation processing and clay/acid treating. In addition, we have the necessary 
tankage and technology to process our asphalt into higher value product applications such as coatings, road paving and specialty 
applications.

The Princeton refinery receives crude oil via tank truck, railcar and the Plains pipeline system. Its crude oil supply primarily 
originates from east Texas, south Texas and north Louisiana, purchased directly from third-party suppliers under month-to-month 
evergreen supply contracts and on the spot market. The Princeton refinery ships its finished products throughout the U.S. via truck, 
barge and railcar service.

Missouri Facility

The Missouri facility (“Missouri”), located on a 22 acre site in Louisiana, Missouri, develops and produces polyolester synthetic 
lubricants for use in refrigeration compressors, commercial aviation and polyolester base stocks. In December 2015, we completed 
a project to double the production capacity of the facility from 35 million pounds to 75 million pounds per year. The facility has 
approximately 35,000 barrels of storage capacity in 64 tanks and related loading and unloading facilities and utilities. The facility 
receives its fatty acids and alcohol feedstocks and additives by truck and railcar under supply agreements or spot agreements with 
various suppliers. 

The Missouri facility utilizes the latest batch esterification processes designed to ensure blending accuracy while maintaining 

production flexibility to meet customer needs. 

Calumet Packaging

The Calumet Packaging facility (“Calumet Packaging”), located on a 10 acre site in Shreveport, Louisiana, develops, blends 
and packages high performance synthetic lubricants, fuels and solvent products for use in industrial, commercial and automotive 
applications. The Calumet Packaging facility’s processing capability includes state-of-the-art blending and packaging equipment. 
The facility has approximately 75,000 barrels of storage capacity and related loading and unloading facilities. The facility receives 
its base oil feedstocks and additives by truck under supply agreements or spot agreements with various suppliers. 

Royal Purple

The Royal Purple facility (“Royal Purple”), located on a 28 acre site in Porter, Texas, develops, blends and packages high 
performance synthetic lubricants and fluid additive products for use in industrial, commercial and automotive applications. The 
Royal Purple facility’s processing capability includes 10 in-house packaging and production lines. Outsourced packaging services 
for specific products are also used. The facility has approximately 30,500 barrels of storage capacity in 91 tanks and related loading 
and  unloading  facilities. The  facility  receives  its  base  oil  feedstocks  and  additives  by  truck  under  supply  agreements  or  spot 
agreements with various suppliers. 

Bel-Ray

The  Bel-Ray  facility  (“Bel-Ray”),  located  on  a  32  acre  site  in  Wall  Township,  New  Jersey,  blends  and  packages  high 
performance synthetic lubricants and greases for use primarily in aerospace, automotive, energy, food, marine, military, mining, 
motorcycle, powersports, steel and textiles applications. The Bel-Ray facility’s processing capability includes 25 blending tanks 
and packaging production lines. In addition, the Bel-Ray facility has approximately 13,000 barrels of storage capacity in 63 tanks 
and related loading and unloading facilities and utilities. The Bel-Ray facility receives its base oil feedstocks and additives by 
truck under supply agreements or spot agreements with various suppliers. 

The Bel-Ray facility is designed with batch processing technology and is also designed to maximize blending flexibility to 
meet customer needs. The packaging operations utilize both in-house packaging equipment and outsourced packaging services 
for specific products.

Karns City and Dickinson Facilities and Other Processing Agreements

The Karns City facility (“Karns City”), located on a 225 acre site in Karns City, Pennsylvania, has aggregate base oil throughput 
capacity  of  5,500 bpd  and  processes  white  mineral  oils,  solvents,  petrolatums,  gelled  hydrocarbons,  cable  fillers  and  natural 
petroleum sulfonates. The Karns City facility’s processing capability includes hydrotreating, fractionation, acid treating, filtering, 
blending and packaging. In addition, the facility has approximately 817,000 barrels of storage capacity in 250 tanks and related 
loading and unloading facilities and utilities.

The Dickinson facility (“Dickinson”), located on a 28 acre site in Dickinson, Texas, has aggregate base oil throughput capacity 
of 1,300 bpd and processes white mineral oils, compressor lubricants and natural petroleum sulfonates. The Dickinson facility’s 
processing capability includes acid treating, filtering and blending, approximately 183,000 barrels of storage capacity in 186 tanks 
and related loading and unloading facilities and utilities.

12

Table of Contents

These facilities each receive their base oil feedstocks by railcar and truck under supply agreements or spot purchases with 
various suppliers, the most significant of which is a long-term supply agreement with Phillips 66. Please read “— Our Crude Oil 
and Feedstock Supply” below for further discussion of the long-term supply agreement with Phillips 66.

The following table sets forth the combined historical information about production at our Karns City, Dickinson and certain 

other facilities:

Combined Karns City, Dickinson and Other Facilities
Year Ended December 31,
2017
(in bpd)

2016

2018

Feedstock throughput capacity (1)
Total feedstock runs (2) (3)
Total production (3)

11,300
5,684
5,749

11,300
5,896
5,932

11,300
6,483
6,522

(1) 

(2) 

Includes Karns City, Dickinson and certain other facilities.

Includes feedstock runs at our Karns City and Dickinson facilities as well as throughput at certain third-party facilities 
pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements and includes certain interplant feedstocks supplied from our Shreveport 
refinery. For more information regarding our purchase commitments related to these supply and/or processing agreements, 
please read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — 
Contractual Obligations and Commitments.”

(3)  Total production represents the barrels per day of specialty products yielded from processing feedstocks at our Karns 
City  and  Dickinson  facilities  and  certain  third-party  facilities  pursuant  to  supply  and/or  processing  agreements. The 
difference between total production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag between the input of 
feedstocks and the production of finished products.

Other Logistics Assets

Our terminals are complementary to our refineries and play a key role in moving our products to end-user markets by providing 
services including distribution and blending to achieve specified products and storage and inventory management. In addition to 
the below terminal, we own and lease additional facilities, primarily related to distribution of finished products, throughout the 
U.S. We operate the following terminal:

Burnham Terminal: We own and operate a terminal located on an 11 acre site, in Burnham, Illinois. The Burnham terminal 
receives specialty products from certain of our refineries primarily by railcar and distributes them by truck and railcar to our 
customers in the Upper Midwest and East Coast regions of the U.S. and in Canada. The terminal includes a tank farm with 90 
tanks having aggregate storage capacity of approximately 150,000 barrels, supplying lube base oils, food grade white oils and 
aliphatic solvents, as well as viscosity index additives and tackifiers.

We use approximately 2,500 railcars leased from various lessors. This fleet of railcars enables us to receive and ship crude 
oil and distribute various specialty products and fuel products throughout the U.S. and Canada to and from each of our facilities. 

Our Crude Oil and Feedstock Supply

We purchase crude oil and other feedstocks from major oil companies as well as from various crude oil gatherers and marketers 

in Texas, north Louisiana and Canada. Crude oil supplies at our refineries are as follows:

Refinery

Shreveport

Crude Oil Slate
West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”), local crude oils from East Texas, 
North Louisiana, Arkansas and Light Louisiana Sweet (“LLS”)

Mode of Transportation

Tank truck, railcar and Plains Pipeline

San Antonio

Local Texas sweet crude oil (e.g. Eagle Ford) and WTI

Cotton Valley
Great Falls
Princeton

Local paraffinic crude oil
Canadian Heavy and Canadian Sour (e.g. Bow River)
Local naphthenic crude oil

Truck  and  pipeline  connected  to  its 
Elmendorf crude oil terminal
Tank truck 
Front Range Pipeline
Tank truck, railcar and Plains Pipeline

In 2018, subsidiaries of Plains supplied us with approximately 53.3% of our total crude oil supply under term contracts and 
month-to-month  evergreen  crude  oil  supply  contracts.  In  2018,  BP  Products  North  America  Inc.  (“BP”)  supplied  us  with 
approximately 5.5% of our total crude oil supply under a crude oil supply agreement. Each of our refineries is dependent on one 

13

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

or more key suppliers and the loss of any of these suppliers would adversely affect our financial results to the extent we were 
unable to find another supplier of this substantial amount of crude oil. 

We have short-term and long-term contracts with our crude oil suppliers. For example, a majority of our crude oil supply 
contracts with Plains are currently month-to-month and terminable upon 90 days’ notice. Additionally, we have a crude oil supply 
agreement with BP which was amended and restated in December 2016 for a term ending March 2020 and automatically renews 
for successive one-year terms unless terminated by either party upon 90 days’ notice (“BP Purchase Agreement”). We also purchase 
foreign crude oil when its spot market price is attractive relative to the price of crude oil from domestic sources. 

We have various long-term feedstock supply agreements with Phillips 66, with some agreements operating under the option 
to continue on a month-to-month basis thereafter, for feedstocks that are key to the operations of our Karns City and Dickinson 
facilities. In addition, certain products of our refineries can be used as feedstocks by these facilities.

We believe that adequate supplies of crude oil and feedstocks will continue to be available to us.

Our cost to acquire crude oil and feedstocks and the prices for which we ultimately can sell refined products depend on a 
number of factors beyond our control, including regional and global supply of and demand for crude oil and other feedstocks and 
specialty and fuel products. These, in turn, are dependent upon, among other things, the availability of imports, overall economic 
conditions, production levels of domestic and foreign suppliers, U.S. relationships with foreign governments, political affairs and 
the extent of governmental regulation. We have historically been able to pass on the costs associated with increased crude oil and 
feedstock prices to our specialty products customers, although the increase in selling prices for specialty products typically lags 
the rising cost of crude oil. From time to time, we use a hedging program to manage a portion of our commodity price risk. Please 
read  Part  II,  Item 7A  “Quantitative  and  Qualitative  Disclosures About  Market  Risk —  Commodity  Price  Risk —  Derivative 
Instruments” for a discussion of our hedging program.

Our Products, Markets and Customers

Products

We produce a full line of specialty products, including lubricating oils, solvents, waxes, packaged and synthetic specialty 
products, other by-products, as well as a variety of fuel and fuel related products, asphalt and heavy fuel oils. Our customers 
purchase specialty products primarily as raw material components for basic industrial, consumer and automotive goods.

The following table depicts a representative sample of the diversity of end-use applications for the products we produce:

Representative Sample of End-Use Applications by Product (1)

Lubricating Oils

17%

Solvents

10%

Waxes

3%

• Paraffin waxes
• FDA compliant 

products
• Candles
• Adhesives
• Crayons
• Floor care
• PVC
• Paint strippers
• Skin & hair care
• Timber treatment
• Waterproofing
• Pharmaceuticals
• Cosmetics

• Waterless hand 

cleaners

• Alkyd resin 

diluents

• Automotive 

products

• Calibration fluids
• Charcoal lighter 

fluids

• Chemical 
processing
• Drilling fluids
• Printing inks
• Water treatment
• Paint and coatings
• Stains

• Hydraulic oils
• Passenger car motor 

oils

• Railroad engine oils
• Cutting oils
• Compressor oils
• Metalworking fluids
• Transformer oils
• Rubber process oils
• Industrial lubricants
• Gear oils
• Grease
• Automatic 

transmission fluid

• Animal feed dedusting
• Baby oils
• Bakery pan oils
• Catalyst carriers
• Gelatin capsule 

lubricants
• Sunscreen

Other

2%

• Roofing
• Paving
• Refrigeration 

compressor oils

• Positive 

displacement and 
roto-dynamic 
compressor oils

Fuels & Fuel Related
Products

61%

• Gasoline
• Diesel
• Jet fuel
• Marine fuel
• Biodiesel
• Ethanol
• Ethanol free fuels
• Fluid catalytic cracking 

feedstock

• Asphalt vacuum 

residuals

• Mixed butanes
• Roofing
• Paving
• Heavy fuel oils

Packaged and Synthetic
Specialty Products

7%

• Refrigeration compressor 

oils

• Positive displacement and 
roto-dynamic compressor 
oils

• Commercial and military 

jet engine oil
• Lubricating greases 
• Gear oils
• Aviation hydraulic oils
• High performance small 

engine fuels

• Two cycle and four stroke 

engine oils

• High performance 

automotive engine oils

• High performance 
industrial lubricants

• High temperature chain 

lubricants 

• Food contact grade 

lubricants

• Charcoal lighter fluids and 

other solvents

• Engine treatment additives

14

Table of Contents

(1)  Based on the percentage of total sales for the year ended December 31, 2018. Except for the listed fuel products and 

certain packaged and synthetic specialty products, we do not produce any of these end-use products.

Marketing

Our salespeople regularly visit customers, and our marketing department works closely with both the laboratories at our 
production  facilities  and  our  technical  services  department  to  help  create  specialized  blends  that  will  work  optimally  for  our 
customers.

Markets

Specialty Products. The specialty products market represents a small portion of the overall petroleum refining industry in the 
U.S. Of the nearly 140 refineries currently in operation in the U.S., only a small number of the refineries are considered specialty 
products producers and only a few compete with us in terms of the number of products produced.

Our specialty products are utilized in applications across a broad range of industries, including:

• 

• 

industrial goods such as metalworking fluids, belts, hoses, sealing systems, batteries, hot melt adhesives, pressure sensitive 
tapes, electrical transformers, refrigeration compressors and drilling fluids;

consumer goods such as candles, petroleum jelly, creams, tonics, lotions, coating on paper cups, chewing gum base, 
automotive aftermarket car-care products (e.g., fuel injection cleaners, tire shines and polishes), paints and coatings, 
charcoal lighter fluids and various aerosol products; and

• 

automotive goods such as motor oils, greases, transmission fluid and tires.

We have the capability to ship our specialty products worldwide. In the U.S., we ship our specialty products via railcars, trucks 
and barges. We use our fleet of approximately 2,500 leased railcars to ship our specialty products and a majority of our specialty 
products sales are shipped in trucks owned and operated by several different third-party carriers. For international shipments, 
which accounted for less than 10% of our consolidated sales in 2018, we ship via railcars and trucks to several ports where the 
product is loaded onto vessels for shipment to customers abroad.

Fuel Products. The fuel products market represents a large portion of the overall petroleum refining industry in the U.S. Of 
the nearly 140 refineries currently in operation in the U.S., a large number of the refineries are fuel products producers; however, 
only a few compete with us in our local markets. 

Gulf Coast Market (PADD 3)

Fuel products produced at our Shreveport refinery can be sold locally or to the Midwest region of the U.S. through the TEPPCO 
pipeline. Local sales are made from the TEPPCO terminal in Bossier City, Louisiana, located approximately 15 miles from the 
Shreveport refinery, as well as from our own Shreveport refinery terminal.

Gasoline, diesel and jet fuel from the Shreveport refinery is sold primarily into the Louisiana, Texas and Arkansas markets, 
and any excess volumes are sold to marketers further up the TEPPCO pipeline. Should the appropriate market conditions arise, 
we have the capability to redirect and sell additional volumes into the Louisiana, Texas and Arkansas markets rather than transport 
them to the Midwest region via the TEPPCO pipeline.

The Shreveport refinery has the capacity to produce about 9,000 bpd of commercial jet fuel that can be marketed to the U.S. 
Department of Defense, sold as Jet-A locally or sold via the TEPPCO pipeline, or occasionally transferred to the Cotton Valley 
refinery to be processed further as a feedstock to produce solvents. 

Fuel products produced at our San Antonio refinery are sold locally in Texas. Additionally, the San Antonio refinery produces 
commercial and specialty jet fuel that can be marketed to the U.S. Department of Defense or sold locally as Jet-A fuel. We have 
a sales contract with the U.S. Department of Defense for approximately 600 bpd of jet fuel. This contract is effective until March 
2022.

Additionally, we produce a number of fuel-related products including fluid catalytic cracking (“FCC”) feedstock, vacuum 
residuals and mixed butanes. FCC feedstock is sold to other refiners as a feedstock for their FCC units to make fuel products. 
Vacuum residuals are blended or processed further to make asphalt products. Volumes of vacuum residuals which we cannot 
process are sold locally into the fuel oil market or sold via railcar to other refiners. Mixed butanes are primarily available in the 
summer months and are primarily sold to local marketers. If the mixed butanes are not sold, they are blended into our gasoline 
production.

15

Table of Contents

Northwest Market (PADD 4)

Fuel products produced at our Great Falls refinery can be sold locally and in Missouri, Oklahoma, Texas, Arizona, North 
Dakota,  South  Dakota,  Idaho,  Oregon,  Utah, Wyoming,  Nevada,  California  and  Canada.  Seasonally,  the  Great  Falls  refinery 
transports fuel products to terminals in Washington and Utah.

Customers

Specialty Products. We have a diverse customer base for our specialty products. In fiscal year 2018, we sold our specialty 
products to approximately 2,400 customers. Many of our customers are long-term customers who use our products in specialty 
applications, after an approval process ranging from six months to two years. No single customer in our specialty products segment 
accounted for 10% or greater of consolidated sales in each of the three years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Fuel Products. We have a diverse customer base for our fuel products. In fiscal year 2018, we sold our fuel products to 
approximately 300 customers. Our diverse customer base includes wholesale distributors and retail chains. We are able to sell the 
majority of the fuel products we produce at the Shreveport refinery to the local markets of Louisiana, Texas and Arkansas. We 
also have the ability to ship additional fuel products from the Shreveport refinery to the Midwest region through the TEPPCO 
pipeline should the need arise. The majority of our fuel products produced at our Great Falls refinery are sold to local markets in 
Montana and Idaho as well as in Canada. Fuel products produced at our San Antonio refinery are sold to local markets in Texas. 
No single customer in our fuel products segment represented 10% or greater of consolidated sales in each of the three years ended 
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Competition

Competition in our markets is from a combination of large, integrated petroleum companies, independent refiners and wax 
production companies. Many of our competitors are substantially larger than us and are engaged on a national or international 
basis in many segments of the petroleum products business, including exploration and production, refining, transportation and 
marketing. These competitors may have greater flexibility in responding to or absorbing market changes occurring in one or more 
of these business segments. We distinguish our competitors according to the products that they produce. Set forth below is a 
description of our significant competitors according to product category.

Naphthenic Lubricating Oils. Our primary competitors in producing naphthenic lubricating oils include Ergon Refining, Inc., 

Cross Oil Refining and Marketing, Inc., San Joaquin Refining Co., Inc. and Martin Midstream Partners L.P.

Paraffinic Lubricating Oils. Our primary competitors in producing paraffinic lubricating oils include ExxonMobil Corporation, 
Motiva  Enterprises,  LLC,  Phillips  66,  Petro-Canada,  HollyFrontier  Corporation,  Chevron  Corporation,  Sonneborn  Refined 
Products and Royal Dutch Shell plc.

Paraffin Waxes. Our primary competitors in producing paraffin waxes include ExxonMobil, HollyFrontier Corporation, The 

International Group Inc. and Sonneborn Refined Products.

Solvents. Our primary competitors in producing solvents include CITGO Petroleum Corporation, ExxonMobil Chemical, 

Phillips 66, Total S.A. and Royal Dutch Shell plc.

Polyolester-Based Specialty Products. Our primary competitors in producing polyolester-based specialty products include 
LANXESS, ExxonMobil, BASF Corporation, Croda International plc, Nyco Products Corporation and Zschimmer & Schwartz, 
Inc.

Packaged and Synthetic Specialty Products. Our primary competitors in retail and commercial packaged and synthetic specialty 
products include ExxonMobil (Mobil 1), Valvoline, Inc. and other independent lubricant manufacturers. Our primary competitors 
in industrial packaged and synthetic specialty products include ExxonMobil Corporation, Royal Dutch Shell plc, Fuchs and other 
independent lubricant manufacturers.

Fuel Products and By-Products. Our primary competitors in producing fuel products in the local markets in which we operate 
include Delek US Holdings, Flint Hills Resources, Marathon Petroleum Corporation (formerly Andeavor before its merger with 
Marathon), ExxonMobil, Valero Energy Corporation, Phillips 66, Cenex and Marathon Petroleum Corporation. 

Our ability to compete effectively depends on our responsiveness to customer needs and our ability to maintain competitive 
prices and product and service offerings. We believe that our flexibility and customer responsiveness differentiate us from many 
of our larger competitors. However, it is possible that new or existing competitors could enter the markets in which we operate, 
which could negatively affect our financial performance.

Governmental Regulation

From time to time, we are a party to certain claims and litigation incidental to our business, including claims made by various 
taxation and regulatory authorities, such as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), the EPA and the U.S. Occupational Safety and 

16

Table of Contents

Health Administration (“OSHA”), as well as various state environmental regulatory bodies and state and local departments of 
revenue, as the result of audits or reviews of our business. In addition, we have property, business interruption, general liability 
and various other insurance policies that may result in certain losses or expenditures being reimbursed to us.

Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety Matters

Environmental

We conduct crude oil and specialty hydrocarbon refining, blending and terminal operations, which activities are subject to 
stringent federal, regional, state and local laws and regulations governing worker health and safety, the discharge of materials into 
the environment and environmental protection. These laws and regulations impose legal standards and obligations that are applicable 
to our operations, such as requiring the acquisition of permits to conduct regulated activities, restricting the manner in which we 
may release materials into the environment, requiring remedial activities to mitigate pollution from former or current operations 
that may include incurring capital expenditures to limit or prevent unauthorized releases from our equipment and facilities, requiring 
the application of specific health and safety criteria addressing worker protection and imposing substantial liabilities for pollution 
resulting from our operations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of sanctions, including 
administrative,  civil  and  criminal  penalties;  the  imposition  of  investigatory,  remedial  or  corrective  action  obligations  or  the 
incurrence  of  capital  expenditures;  the  occurrence  of  restrictions,  delays  or  cancellations  in  the  permitting,  development  or 
expansion of projects; and the issuance of injunctive relief limiting or prohibiting our activities in a particular area. Moreover, 
certain of these laws impose joint and several strict liability for costs required to remediate and restore sites where petroleum 
hydrocarbons, wastes or other materials have been disposed of or released. In addition, new laws and regulations, amendment of 
existing laws and regulations, reinterpretation of legal requirements, increased governmental enforcement or other developments 
could significantly increase our operational or compliance expenditures, as discussed below in more detail.

Remediation of subsurface contamination continues at certain of our refinery sites and is being overseen by the appropriate 
state agencies. Based on current investigative and remedial activities, we believe that the cost to control or remediate the soil and 
groundwater contamination at these refineries will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. However, such 
costs are often unpredictable and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the future costs of these remedial projects will not 
become material.

San Antonio Refinery

In connection with the acquisition of our San Antonio refinery from NuStar, we agreed to indemnify NuStar for an unlimited 
term and without consideration of a monetary deductible or cap from any environmental liabilities associated with the San Antonio 
refinery, except for any governmental penalties or fines that may result from NuStar’s actions or inactions during NuStar’s 20-
month period of ownership of the San Antonio refinery. Anadarko Petroleum Corporation (“Anadarko”) and Age Refining, Inc. 
(“Age Refining”), a third party that has since entered bankruptcy, are subject to a 1995 Agreed Order from the Texas Natural 
Resource Conservation Commission, now known as the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, pursuant to which Anadarko 
and Age  Refining  are  obligated  to  assess  and  remediate  certain  contamination  at  the  San Antonio  refinery  that  predates  our 
acquisition of the facility. Based on current investigative and remedial activities, we do not expect this pre-existing contamination 
at the San Antonio refinery to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations but such costs are 
often unpredictable and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the future costs of this remedial project will not become material.

Great Falls Refinery

In connection with the acquisition of the Great Falls refinery from Connacher Oil and Gas Limited (“Connacher”), we became 
a party to an existing 2002 Refinery Initiative Consent Decree (the “Great Falls Consent Decree”) with the EPA and the Montana 
Department of Environmental Quality (the “MDEQ”). The material obligations imposed by the Great Falls Consent Decree have 
been completed. On September 27, 2012, Montana Refining Company, Inc., received a final Corrective Action Order on Consent, 
replacing the refinery’s previously held hazardous waste permit. This Corrective Action Order on Consent governs the investigation 
and remediation of contamination at the Great Falls refinery. We believe the majority of damages related to such contamination 
at the Great Falls refinery are covered by a contractual indemnity provided by HollyFrontier Corporation (“Holly”), the owner 
and operator of the Great Falls refinery prior to its acquisition by Connacher, under an asset purchase agreement between Holly 
and Connacher, pursuant to which Connacher acquired the Great Falls refinery. Under this asset purchase agreement, Holly agreed 
to  indemnify  Connacher  and  Montana  Refining  Company,  Inc.,  subject  to  timely  notification,  certain  conditions  and  certain 
monetary baskets and caps, for environmental conditions arising under Holly’s ownership and operation of the Great Falls refinery 
and existing as of the date of sale to Connacher. During 2014, Holly provided us a notice challenging our position that Holly is 
obligated to indemnify our remediation expenses for environmental conditions to the extent arising under Holly’s ownership and 
operation of the refinery and existing as of the date of sale to Connacher, which expenses totaled approximately $16.1 million as 
of December 31, 2018, of which $14.6 million was capitalized into the cost of our recently completed expansion project and $1.5 
million was expensed. We continue to believe that Holly is responsible to indemnify us for the majority of these remediation 
expenses disputed by Holly, and on September 22, 2015, we initiated a lawsuit against Holly and the sellers of the Great Falls 

17

Table of Contents

refinery under the asset purchase agreement. On November 24, 2015, Holly and the sellers of the Great Falls refinery under the 
asset purchase agreement filed a motion to dismiss the case pending arbitration. On February 10, 2016, the court ordered that all 
of the claims be addressed in arbitration. The arbitration panel conducted the first phase of the arbitration in July 2018 and issued 
its ruling on September 13, 2018. In its ruling, the arbitration panel confirmed that the sellers of the Great Falls refinery retained 
the liability for all pre-closing contamination with respect to third party claims indefinitely and with respect to first party claims 
for which the sellers received notice within five years after the sale of the refinery, which claims are subject to the requirements 
otherwise set forth in the asset purchase agreement. The second phase of the arbitration regarding damages is scheduled to occur 
in April 2019. In the event the Company is unsuccessful in the legal dispute with Holly, the Company will be responsible for the 
remediation expenses. The Company expects that it may incur costs to remediate other environmental conditions at the Great Falls 
refinery. The Company currently believes that these other costs it may incur will not be material to its financial position or results 
of operations.

Shreveport, Cotton Valley and Princeton Refineries

We are contractually indemnified by Shell Oil Company (“Shell”), as successor to Pennzoil-Quaker State Company, and Atlas 
Processing Company, under an asset purchase agreement between Shell and us, for specified environmental liabilities arising from 
the operations of the Shreveport refinery prior to our acquisition of the facility. We believe the contractual indemnity is unlimited 
in amount and duration, but requires us to contribute $1.0 million of the first $5.0 million of indemnified costs for certain of the 
specified environmental liabilities. We have recorded the $1.0 million liability within other current liabilities in the consolidated 
balance sheets. 

Air Emissions

Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Air Act (“CAA”), and comparable state and local laws. The CAA Amendments 
of 1990 require most industrial operations in the U.S. to incur capital expenditures to meet the air emission control standards that 
are developed and implemented by the EPA and state environmental agencies. Under the CAA, facilities that emit regulated air 
pollutants are subject to stringent regulations, including requirements to install various levels of control technology on sources of 
pollutants. In addition, in recent years, the petroleum refining sector has become subject to stringent federal regulations that impose 
maximum achievable control technology (“MACT”) on refinery equipment emitting certain listed hazardous air pollutants. Some 
of our facilities have been included within the categories of sources regulated by MACT rules. Our refining and terminal operations 
that  emit  regulated  air  pollutants  are  also  subject  to  air  emissions  permitting  requirements  that  incorporate  stringent  control 
technology requirements for which we may incur significant capital expenditures. Any renewal of those air emissions permits or 
a need to modify existing or obtain new air emissions permits has the potential to delay the development of our projects. We can 
provide no assurance that future compliance with existing or any new laws, regulations or permit requirements will not have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations. For example, in 2015, the EPA issued a final 
rule under the CAA lowering the National Ambient Air Quality Standard (“NAAQS”) for ground-level ozone to 70 parts per billion 
under both the primary and secondary standards to provide requisite protection of public health and welfare, respectively. In 2017 
and 2018, the EPA issued area designations with respect to ground-level ozone as either “attainment/unclassifiable,” “unclassifiable” 
or “non-attainment.” Additionally, in November 2018, the EPA issued final requirements that apply to state, local and tribal air 
agencies for implementing the 2015 NAAQS for ground-level ozone. States are expected to implement more stringent requirements 
as a result of this new final rule, which could apply to our operations. Also, in 2015, the EPA published a final rule that amended 
three refinery standards already in effect, imposing additional or, in some cases, new emission control requirements on subject 
refineries. The final rule requires, among other things, the monitoring of air concentrations of benzene around the refinery fence 
line perimeter and submittal of the fence line monitoring data to the EPA on a quarterly basis; upgraded emissions controls for 
storage  tanks,  including  controls  for  smaller  capacity  storage  vessels  and  storage  vessels  storing  materials  with  lower  vapor 
pressures  than  previously  regulated;  enhanced  performance  requirements  for  flares  including  the  use  of  a  minimum  of  three 
pollution prevention measures, continuous monitoring of flares and pressure release devices and analysis and remedy of flare 
release  events;  and  compliance  with  emissions  standards  for  delayed  coking  units. These  final  rules  and  any  other  future  air 
emissions rulemakings could impact us by requiring installation of new emission controls on some of our equipment, resulting in 
longer permitting timelines, and significantly increasing our capital expenditures and operating costs, which could adversely impact 
our business.

From time to time the CAA authorizes the EPA to require modifications in the formulation of the refined transportation fuel 
products we manufacture in order to limit the emissions associated with the fuel product’s final use. For example, in February 
2000, the EPA published regulations limiting the sulfur content allowed in gasoline. These regulations, referred to as “Tier 2 
Standards,” required the phase-in of gasoline sulfur standards beginning in 2004, with special provisions for small refiners and 
for refiners serving those western U.S. states exhibiting lesser air quality problems. Similarly, the EPA published regulations that 
limit the sulfur content of highway diesel beginning in 2006 from its former level of 500 parts per million (“ppm”) to 15 ppm (the 
“ultra-low sulfur standard”). Our Shreveport, Great Falls and San Antonio refineries have implemented the sulfur standard with 
respect to produced gasoline and produced diesel meeting the ultra-low sulfur standard. In 2014, the EPA published more stringent 
sulfur standards, referred to as “Tier 3 Standards,” including requiring that motor gasoline will not contain more than 10 ppm of 

18

Table of Contents

sulfur on an annual average basis by January 1, 2017, except in those instances where refineries receive a “small refinery” exemption, 
in which event the deadline is extended to January 1, 2020. Our Shreveport, Great Falls and San Antonio refineries received small 
refinery exemptions and, thus will implement the 10 ppm sulfur standard with respect to produced gasoline by January 1, 2020. 
In addition, we are required to meet the MSAT II Standards adopted by the EPA to reduce the benzene content of motor gasoline 
produced at our facilities and have completed capital projects at our Shreveport, Great Falls and San Antonio refineries to comply 
with those fuel quality requirements.

The EPA has issued Renewable Fuel Standard (“RFS”) mandates, requiring refiners such as us to blend renewable fuels into 
the petroleum fuels they produce and sell in the United States. We, and other refiners subject to RFS, may meet the RFS requirements 
by blending the necessary volumes of renewable transportation fuels produced by us or purchased from third parties. To the extent 
that refiners will not or cannot blend renewable fuels into the products they produce in the quantities required to satisfy their 
obligations under the RFS program, those refiners must purchase renewable credits, referred to as RINs, to maintain compliance. 
To the extent that we exceed the minimum volumetric requirements for blending of renewable transportation fuels, we generate 
our own RINs for which we have the option of retaining the RINs for current or future RFS compliance or selling those RINs on 
the open market.

Under the RFS program, the volume of renewable fuels that obligated parties are required to blend into their finished petroleum 
fuels increases annually over time until 2022. Our Shreveport, Great Falls and San Antonio refineries are normally subject to 
compliance with the RFS mandates. However, the RFS program further provides for a small refinery to be granted a temporary 
exemption from its annual mandated volume of renewable fuels if such refinery can demonstrate that compliance with those 
mandated volumes would cause the refinery to suffer disproportionate economic hardship. The EPA granted certain of our refineries 
a “small refinery exemption” under the RFS for certain prior calendar years. Under these exemptions granted by the EPA, such 
“small” refineries are not subject to the requirements of RFS as an “obligated party” for fuels produced at these refineries for those 
calendar years.

Under the RFS program, the EPA sets mandates for the production of cellulosic biofuel, biomass-based diesel, advanced 
biofuel, and total renewable fuel volume that applies to all gasoline and diesel produced or imported during each year. Most 
recently, the EPA published final volume mandates in December 2018 for RFS program years 2019 (relating to conventional 
renewable fuel volumes such as corn ethanol) and 2020 (relating to biomass-based diesel). The EPA’s December 2018 final volume 
mandates maintain the conventional (i.e., corn ethanol) renewable fuel volume at 15 billion gallons, the statutory level, which 
remains the same as the level for 2018. The EPA increased the advanced biofuels volume from the 2018 RFS mandate, from 4.29 
billion gallons to 4.92 billion gallons. The final 2019 cellulosic biofuel volume is set at 418 million gallons, which represents an 
increase from the 2018 level of 288 million gallons. The EPA also set a separate biodiesel volume for 2020 at 2.43 billion gallons, 
an increase from the 2.1 billion gallon volume previously finalized for 2019.

In the past, we received a small refinery exemption under the RFS program for certain of our refineries. We have received 
small refinery exemptions for our fuel products refineries for the full year 2016 and 2017. While we received a small refinery 
exemption for certain of our refineries in past years, there is no assurance that such an exemption will be obtained for any of our 
refineries in future years, which would result in the need for more RINs for the applicable calendar year. Our gross 2018 annual 
RINs obligation (“RINs Obligation”), which includes RINs that were required to be secured through either our own blending or 
through the purchase of RINs in the open market, was 79 million RINs for the 2018 calendar year.

The EPA’s implementation of the RFS program has been subject to numerous court challenges. For example, the D.C. Circuit 
remanded the 2016 final volume mandate to the EPA, and challenges to the 2017 and 2018 final volumes remain pending in that 
court as well. Additional lawsuits have been filed by refiners attempting to move the point of compliance for the RFS program 
from refiners to importers and blenders of fuels, and by ethanol groups alleging the need for greater transparency in the EPA’s 
granting of RFS program waivers designated as small refiners. We cannot predict the outcome of these matters or whether they 
may result in increased RFS program compliance costs. Moreover, the price of RINs remains subject to extreme volatility, with 
the potential for significant increases in price. There also continues to be a shortage of advanced biofuel production resulting in 
increased difficulties meeting RFS program mandates. It is possible we could find ourselves unable to blend sufficient quantities 
of ethanol and biodiesel to meet our requirements and would, therefore, have to purchase an increasing number of RINs. It is not 
possible at this time to predict with certainty what those volumes or costs may be, but given the potential increase in volumes and 
the volatile price of RINs, increases in renewable volume requirements could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. 
Existing laws and regulations could change, and the minimum volumes of renewable fuels that must be blended with refined 
petroleum fuels may increase. Because we do not produce renewable transportation fuels at all of our refineries, increasing the 
volume of renewable fuels that must be blended into our products displaces an increasing volume of our Shreveport, Great Falls 
and San Antonio refineries’ fuel products pool, potentially resulting in lower earnings and materially adversely affecting our ability 
to make payments of our debt obligations.

19

Table of Contents

Climate Change

Climate change continues to attract considerable public, governmental and scientific attention. As a result, numerous proposals 
have been made and are likely to continue to be made at the international, national, regional and state levels of government to 
monitor and limit emissions of greenhouse gases (“GHG”). These efforts have included consideration of cap-and-trade programs, 
carbon taxes, GHG reporting and tracking programs and regulations that directly limit GHG emissions from certain sources. 

At the federal level, no comprehensive climate change legislation has been implemented to date but a number of states or 
grouping of states have already taken legal measures to reduce emissions of GHG, primarily through the planned development of 
GHG emission inventories and/or GHG cap-and-trade programs. Additionally, the EPA has determined that GHG emissions present 
a danger to public health and the environment and has adopted regulations under existing provisions of the federal CAA that, 
among other things, establish Prevention of Significant Deterioration (“PSD”) construction and Title V operating permit program 
requiring reviews for GHG emissions from certain large stationary sources that are also potential major sources of criteria pollutant 
emissions. Facilities required to obtain PSD permits for their GHG emissions will also be required to meet “best available control 
technology” standards. Moreover, the EPA entered a settlement agreement with environmental groups in 2010 requiring the agency 
to  propose  and  finalize  GHG  New  Source  Performance  Standards  (“NSPS”)  for  refineries  by  late  2012  but  the  EPA  has  not 
completed those rulemakings, and we do not know when they will be completed. In addition, the EPA has adopted rules requiring 
the monitoring and reporting of GHG emissions from specified large GHG emission sources in the U.S., including petroleum 
refineries, on an annual basis. We monitor for and report upon GHG emissions at our facilities, where required. These EPA policies 
and rulemakings or any new administrative legal requirements could adversely affect our operations and restrict or delay our ability 
to obtain air permits for new or modified facilities.

In 2016, the EPA published NSPS, known as Subpart Quad OOOOa, that require certain new, modified or reconstructed 
facilities in the oil and natural gas sector to reduce these methane gas and volatile organic compound emissions. These Subpart 
OOOOa standards will expand previously issued NSPS published by the EPA in 2012 and known as Subpart OOOO, by using 
certain equipment-specific emissions control practices. In June 2017, the EPA published a proposed rule to stay certain portions 
of the 2016 standards for two years but the rule has not been finalized. Rather in February 2018, the EPA finalized amendments 
to certain requirements of the 2016 final rule and, in September 2018, the agency proposed amendments that include rescission 
or revision of specific rule requirements, such as fugitive emission monitoring frequency. These rules, should they remain in effect, 
and any other new methane emission standards imposed on the oil and gas sector could result in increased costs to our operations 
as well as result in delays or curtailment in such operations, which costs, delays or curtailment could adversely affect our business.

Internationally, in April 2016, the United States joined other countries in entering a United Nations-sponsored non-binding 
agreement negotiated in Paris, France for nations to limit their GHG emissions through individually-determined emission reduction 
goals every five years beginning in 2020. However, in August 2017, the U.S. State Department informed the United Nations of 
the United States’ intention to withdraw from this Paris agreement, which provides for a four-year exit process beginning when 
it took effect in November 2016. The United States’ adherence to the exit process and/or the terms on which the United States 
may re-enter the Paris Agreement or a separately negotiated agreement are unclear at this time.

The adoption of any legislation or regulations that requires reporting of GHG or otherwise limits emissions of GHG from our 
equipment and operations could require us to incur costs to reduce emissions of GHG associated with our operations or could 
adversely affect demand for the refined petroleum products that we produce.

Non-governmental activists concerned about the potential effects of climate change have directed their attention at sources 
of funding for fossil-fuel energy companies, which has resulted in certain financial institutions, funds and other sources of capital 
restricting or eliminating their investment in oil and natural gas activities. Ultimately, this could make it more difficult to secure 
funding for exploration and production activities and result in decreased production of oil, which indirectly could have an adverse 
impact on our operations. Notwithstanding potential risks related to climate change, the International Energy Agency estimates 
that oil and gas will continue to represent a major share of global energy use through 2040, and other studies by the private sector 
project continued growth in demand for the next two decades. Additionally, it should be noted that some scientists have concluded 
that increasing concentrations of GHG in the earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical 
effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, floods and other climatic events; if any such effects were to occur, 
they could have an adverse effect on our operations.

20

Table of Contents

Hazardous Substances and Wastes

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended (“CERCLA”), also known as 
the “Superfund” law, and comparable state laws impose liability without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on 
certain classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. Such 
classes  of  persons  include  the  current  and  past  owners  and  operators  of  sites  where  a  hazardous  substance  was  released  and 
companies that disposed or arranged for disposal of hazardous substances at offsite locations, such as landfills. Under CERCLA, 
these “responsible persons” may be subject to joint and several, strict liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances 
that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. It is not 
uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly 
caused by the release of hazardous substances into the environment. In the course of our operations, we generate wastes or handle 
substances that may be regulated as hazardous substances, and we could become subject to liability under CERCLA and comparable 
state laws.

We also may incur liability under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (“RCRA”), and comparable state 
laws, which impose requirements related to the handling, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. 
In the course of our operations, we generate petroleum product wastes and ordinary industrial wastes that may be regulated as 
hazardous wastes. In addition, our operations also generate non-hazardous solid wastes, which are regulated under RCRA and 
state laws. Historically, our environmental compliance costs under the existing requirements of RCRA and similar state and local 
laws have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, and the cost involved in complying with these requirements 
is not material.

We currently own or operate, and have in the past owned or operated, properties that for many years have been used for 
refining and terminal activities. These properties have in the past been operated by third parties whose treatment and disposal or 
release of petroleum hydrocarbons and wastes were not under our control. Although we used operating and disposal practices that 
were standard in the industry at the time, petroleum hydrocarbons or wastes have been released on or under the properties owned 
or operated by us. These properties and the materials disposed or released on them may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA and 
analogous state laws. Under such laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes or property 
contamination or to perform remedial activities to prevent future contamination.

In addition, new laws and regulations, amendment of existing laws and regulations, reinterpretation of legal requirements, 
increased  governmental  enforcement  or  other  developments  could  significantly  increase  our  operational  or  compliance 
expenditures. 

Water Discharges

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, as amended, also known as the federal Clean Water Act, and analogous 
state laws impose restrictions and stringent controls on the discharge of pollutants, including oil, into regulated waters. Such 
discharges are prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or the appropriate state agencies. 
Any unpermitted release of pollutants, including crude oil or hydrocarbon specialty oils as well as refined products, could result 
in penalties, as well as significant remedial obligations. Spill prevention, control, and countermeasure requirements of federal laws 
require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to help prevent the contamination of navigable waters in the event 
of a petroleum hydrocarbon tank spill, rupture, or leak. In July 2017, the EPA issued a questionnaire soliciting data from nine 
petroleum refining companies related to their wastewater characteristics. The request pertains to the types of processing units, 
wastewater treatment technologies, and related information. The EPA is expected to use the data collected in this request to evaluate 
water use, wastewater generation, pollution prevention, and wastewater management, treatment, and disposal. Historically, our 
environmental compliance costs under the existing requirements of the federal Clean Water Act and similar state laws have not 
had a material adverse effect on our results of operations but these laws and their implementing regulations are subject to change 
and there can be no assurance that such future costs will not be material.

The primary federal law for oil spill liability is the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended (“OPA”), which addresses three 
principal areas of oil pollution — prevention, containment and cleanup. The OPA applies to vessels, offshore facilities and onshore 
facilities, including refineries, terminals and associated facilities that may affect waters of the U.S. Under the OPA, responsible 
parties, including owners and operators of onshore facilities, may be subject to oil cleanup costs and natural resource damages as 
well  as  a  variety  of  public  and  private  damages  from  oil  spills.  Our  past  environmental  compliance  costs  under  the  existing 
requirements of the OPA have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations but this law and its implementing 
regulations are subject to change and there can be no assurance that such future costs will not be material.

21

Table of Contents

Occupational Health and Safety

We are subject to various laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety, including the federal Occupational 
Safety and Health Act, as amended, and comparable state laws. These laws and regulations strictly govern the protection of the 
health  and  safety  of  employees.  In  addition,  OSHA’s  hazard  communication  standard,  the  EPA’s  community  right-to-know 
regulations under Title III of CERCLA and similar state statutes require that we maintain information about hazardous materials 
used or produced in our operations and provide this information to employees, contractors, state and local government authorities 
and customers. We maintain safety and training programs as part of our ongoing efforts to ensure compliance with applicable laws 
and regulations. We conduct periodic audits of Process Safety Management (“PSM”) systems at each of our locations subject to 
the PSM standard. Our compliance with applicable health and safety laws and regulations has required, and continues to require, 
substantial expenditures. Changes in occupational safety and health laws and regulations or a finding of non-compliance with 
current laws and regulations could result in additional capital expenditures or operating expenses, as well as civil penalties and, 
in the event of a serious injury or fatality, criminal charges.

Other Environmental and Maintenance Items

We perform preventive and normal maintenance on most, if not all, of our refining and terminal assets and make repairs and 

replacements when necessary or appropriate. We also conduct inspections of these assets as required by law or regulation.

Insurance

Our operations are subject to certain hazards of operations, including fire, explosion and weather-related perils. We maintain 
insurance policies, including business interruption insurance for each of our facilities, with insurers in amounts and with coverage 
and deductibles that we, with the advice of our insurance advisors and brokers, believe are reasonable and prudent. We cannot, 
however, ensure that this insurance will be adequate to protect us from all material expenses related to potential future claims for 
personal and property damage or that these levels of insurance will be available in the future at economical prices. We are not fully 
insured against certain risks because such risks are not fully insurable, coverage is unavailable, or premium costs, in our judgment, 
do not justify such expenditures.

Seasonality

The operating results for the fuel products segment, including the selling prices of asphalt products we produce, generally 
follow seasonal demand trends. Asphalt demand is generally lower in the first and fourth quarters of the year, as compared to the 
second and third quarters, due to the seasonality of the road construction and roofing industries we supply. Demand for gasoline 
and diesel is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway 
traffic. In addition, our natural gas costs can be higher during the winter months, as demand for natural gas as a heating fuel 
increases during the winter. As a result, our operating results for the first and fourth calendar quarters may be lower than those for 
the second and third calendar quarters of each year due to seasonality related to these and other products that we produce and sell.

Properties

We own and lease the principal properties which are listed below. The principal properties which we own, as well as others 
not listed below, are pledged as collateral under our Collateral Trust Agreement as discussed in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit 
Facilities.” We believe that all properties are suitable for their intended purpose, are being efficiently utilized and provide adequate 
capacity to meet demand for the next several years.

Property
Shreveport refinery
Great Falls refinery
San Antonio refinery
Princeton refinery
Cotton Valley refinery
Burnham terminal
Karns City facility
Dickinson facility
Missouri facility
Calumet Packaging facility
Royal Purple facility
Bel-Ray facility
Elmendorf terminal

Business Segment(s)
Fuels and Specialty
Fuels
Fuels and Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Fuels

Acres
240
86
32
208
77
11
225
28
22
10
28
32
8

22

Owned /
Leased
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Leased
Owned
Owned
Owned

Location
Shreveport, Louisiana
Great Falls, Montana
San Antonio, Texas
Princeton, Louisiana
Cotton Valley, Louisiana
Burnham, Illinois
Karns City, Pennsylvania
Dickinson, Texas
Louisiana, Missouri
Shreveport, Louisiana
Porter, Texas
Wall Township, New Jersey
Elmendorf, Texas

Table of Contents

In addition to the items listed above, we lease or own a number of storage tanks, railcars, warehouses, equipment, land, crude 

oil loading facilities and precious metals.

Intellectual Property

Our patents relating to our refining operations are not material to us as a whole. Our products consist of composition patents 
which are integral to the formulas of our products. We own, have registered or applied for registration of a variety of tradenames, 
service marks and trademarks for us in our business. The trademarks, tradenames and design marks under which we conduct our 
branded business (including Royal Purple, Bel-Ray, TruFuel and Quantum) and other trademarks employed in the marketing of 
our products are integral to our marketing operations. We also license intellectual property rights from third parties. We are not 
aware of any facts as of the date of this filing which would negatively impact our continuing use of our tradenames, service marks 
or trademarks.

Office Facilities

In addition to our principal properties discussed above, as of December 31, 2018, we were a party to a number of cancelable 
and noncancelable leases for certain properties, including our corporate headquarters in Indianapolis, Indiana, and administrative 
offices in Houston, Texas. The corporate headquarters lease is for 58,501 square feet of office space. The lease term expires in 
August 2024. The Houston facility lease is for 24,025 square feet of office space. The lease term expires in August 2022. See Note 
8 “Commitments and Contingencies” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements” of this Annual Report for additional information regarding our leases.

While we may require additional office space as our business expands, we believe that our existing facilities are adequate to 
meet our needs for the immediate future and that additional facilities will be available on commercially reasonable terms as needed.

Employees

As of March 7, 2019, our general partner employs approximately 1,700 people who provide direct support to our operations. 

Of these employees, approximately 500 are covered by collective bargaining agreements. 

Employees at the following locations are covered by the following separate collective bargaining agreements:

Facility/ Refinery
Cotton Valley
Princeton
Dickinson

Shreveport

Missouri

Karns City

Great Falls

Union
International Union of Operating Engineers
International Union of Operating Engineers
International Union of Operating Engineers
United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied-Industrial
and Service Workers International Union
United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied-Industrial
and Service Workers International Union
United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy Allied-Industrial
and Service Workers International Union
United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy Allied-Industrial
and Service Workers International Union

Expiration Date
January 15, 2023
October 31, 2020
December 12, 2021

April 30, 2022

April 30, 2019

January 31, 2023

July 31, 2022

None of the employees at the San Antonio refinery, Royal Purple facility, Bel-Ray facility or at the Burnham or Elmendorf 
terminals are covered by collective bargaining agreements. In 2019, the United Steelworkers union petitioned and won the vote 
to unionize our Calumet Packaging facility. This collective bargaining contract is currently being drafted and has not been finalized. 
Our general partner considers its employee relations to generally be good, with no history of work stoppages.

Address, Internet Website and Availability of Public Filings

Our principal executive offices are located at 2780 Waterfront Parkway East Drive, Suite 200, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46214 

and our telephone number is (317) 328-5660. Our website is located at http://www.calumetspecialty.com.

Our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings are available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after 
we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the SEC. We make available, free of charge on our website, 
our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to 
those  reports  filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the 
“Exchange Act”). These documents are located on our website at http://www.calumetspecialty.com by selecting the “Investor 
Relations” link and then selecting the “SEC Filings” link. We also make available, free of charge on our website, our Charters for 
the Audit, Compensation and Conflicts Committees, Related Party Transactions Policy and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. 
We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K relating to amendments to or waivers from any 
provision of either of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial 

23

Table of Contents

officer, principal accounting officer and other persons performing similar functions by posting such information on our website. 
These documents are located on our website at http://www.calumetspecialty.com by selecting the “Investor Relations” link and 
then selecting the “Corporate Governance” link. All reports and documents filed with the SEC are also available via the SEC 
website, http://www.sec.gov.

The above information is available to anyone who requests it and is free of charge either in print from our website or upon 
request by contacting Investor Relations using the contact information listed above. Information on our website is not incorporated 
into this Annual Report or our other securities filings and is not a part of them.

24

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Risks Relating to our Business

We may not have sufficient cash from operations, following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and 

expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner, to enable us to pay distributions to our unitholders.

In April 2016, we announced suspension of our quarterly cash distribution to unitholders. We may not have sufficient available 
cash from operations each quarter to enable us to resume payment of a distribution to unitholders. The amount of cash we can 
distribute on our common units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate 
from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

overall demand for specialty hydrocarbon products, fuel and other refined products;

the level of foreign and domestic production of crude oil and refined products;

our ability to produce fuel products and specialty products that meet our customers’ unique and precise specifications;

the marketing of alternative and competing products;

the extent of government regulation;

results of our hedging activities; and

overall economic and local market conditions.

In addition, the actual amount of cash we have available for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are 

beyond our control, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the level of capital expenditures we make, including those for acquisitions, if any;

our debt service requirements;

fluctuations in our working capital needs;

our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;

restrictions on distributions and on our ability to make working capital borrowings for distributions contained in our debt 
instruments; and

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner for the proper conduct of our business.

If we generate insufficient cash from our operations for a sustained period of time and/or forecasts demonstrate expectations 
of continued future insufficiencies, the board of directors of our general partner may determine not to reinstate our distribution to 
unitholders. Any such continued suspension or elimination in distributions may cause the trading price of our units to decline.

The amount of cash we have available for distribution to unitholders depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely 

on profitability.

Unitholders should be aware that the amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon our cash flow, 
including cash flow from financial reserves and working capital borrowings, and not solely on profitability, which will be affected 
by non-cash items. As a result, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record net losses and may not make cash 
distributions during periods when we record net income.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which may adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our 

business.

We had approximately $1.6 billion of outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2018, and availability for borrowings of 
approximately $295.7 million under our senior secured revolving credit facility. We continue to have the ability to incur additional 
debt, including the ability to borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $600.0 million at any time, subject to borrowing base 
limitations, under our revolving credit facility. A tranche of the revolving credit facility includes a $25.0 million senior secured 
first loaned in and last to be repaid out (“FILO”) revolving credit facility. Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our 
results  of  operations,  business  and  financial  condition,  and  our  ability  to  meet  our  debt  obligations  and  resume  payment  of 
distributions to our unitholders. In addition, our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to us, including the 
following:

• 

• 

our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other 
purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

covenants contained in our existing and future credit and debt arrangements will require us to meet financial tests that 
may  affect  our  flexibility  in  planning  for  and  reacting  to  changes  in  our  business,  including  possible  acquisition 
opportunities;

25

Table of Contents

•  we will need a substantial portion of our cash flow to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, reducing 
the  funds  that  would  otherwise  be  available  for  operations,  future  business  opportunities  and  payments  of  our  debt 
obligations; 

• 

• 

our ability to execute our acquisition and divestiture strategy; and

our debt level will make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn 
in our business or the economy in general.

Any of these factors could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations, 

business prospects and ability to satisfy our obligations under our senior notes and revolving credit facility.

Our ability to service our indebtedness will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, 
which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are 
beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to 
take actions such as continuing the suspension of distributions to our unitholders, reducing or delaying our business activities, 
acquisitions, investments and/or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our indebtedness, or seeking 
additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at 
all. Please read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — 
Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit Facilities” for additional information regarding our indebtedness.

Refining margins are volatile, and a continued reduction in our refining margins will adversely affect the amount of cash 

we will have available for distribution to our unitholders and for payments of our debt obligations.

Our financial results are primarily affected by the relationship, or margin, between our specialty products prices and fuel 
products prices and the prices for crude oil and other feedstocks. The costs to acquire our feedstocks and the prices at which we 
can ultimately sell our refined products depend upon numerous factors beyond our control. When the margin between refined 
product prices and crude oil and other feedstock prices tightens, our earnings, profitability and cash flows are negatively impacted. 
Historically, refining margins have been volatile, and they are likely to continue to be volatile in the future.

A widely used benchmark in the fuel products industry to measure market values and margins is the Gulf Coast 2/1/1 crack 
spread (“Gulf Coast crack spread”), which represents the approximate gross margin resulting from refining crude oil, assuming 
that two barrels of a benchmark crude oil are converted, or cracked, into one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of heating oil. The 
Gulf Coast crack spread ranged from a high of $22.53 per barrel to a low of $12.17 per barrel during 2018 and averaged $17.41
per barrel during 2018 compared to an average of $16.76 in 2017 and $12.33 in 2016. 

Our actual refining margins vary from the Gulf Coast crack spread due to the actual crude oil used and products produced, 
transportation costs, regional differences, and the timing of the purchase of the feedstock and sale of the refined products, but we 
use the Gulf Coast crack spread as an indicator of the volatility and general levels of fuels refining margins.

The prices at which we sell specialty products are strongly influenced by the commodity price of crude oil. If crude oil prices 
increase, our specialty products segment margins will fall unless we are able to pass through these price increases to our customers. 
Increases in selling prices for specialty products typically lag behind the rising cost of crude oil and may be difficult to implement 
quickly enough when crude oil costs increase dramatically over a short period of time. It is possible we may not be able to pass 
through all or any portion of increased crude oil costs to our customers. In addition, we are not able to completely eliminate our 
commodity risk through our hedging activities.

Refining margins are volatile, and we have experienced fluctuations in our refining margins. There can be no assurance that 
our refining margins will not deteriorate. If our refining margins deteriorate, it will adversely affect the amount of cash we have 
available for funding operations, for distributions to our unitholders and for payments of our debt obligations.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting which, if not remediated, could 

result in material misstatements in our financial statements.

As of December 31, 2018, we have identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that pertain to 
(1) the ineffective design and implementation of effective controls with respect to the implementation of our ERP system consistent 
with our financial reporting requirements and (2) untimely and insufficient operation of controls in the financial statement close 
process, specifically lack of timely account reconciliation, analysis and review related to all financial statement accounts. A material 
weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable 
possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected 
on a timely basis.

Although we have developed and are implementing a plan to remediate these material weaknesses and believe, based on our 
evaluation to date, that these material weaknesses will be remediated in a timely fashion, we cannot assure you that this will occur 
within a specific timeframe. These material weaknesses will not be remediated until all necessary internal controls have been 
implemented, tested and determined to be operating effectively. In addition, we may need to take additional measures to address 
26

Table of Contents

the material weaknesses or modify the planned remediation steps, and we cannot be certain that the measures we have taken, and 
expect to take, to improve our internal controls will be sufficient to address the issues identified, to ensure that our internal controls 
are effective or to ensure that the identified material weaknesses will not result in a material misstatement of our consolidated 
financial statements. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will not identify additional material weaknesses in our internal 
control over financial reporting in the future.

If we are unable to remediate the material weaknesses, our ability to record, process and report financial information accurately, 
and  to  prepare  financial  statements  within  the  time  periods  specified  by  the  rules  and  forms  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission, could be adversely affected. This failure could negatively affect the market price and trading liquidity of our common 
units, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, subject us to civil and criminal investigations and 
penalties and generally materially and adversely impact our business and financial condition.

Our hedging activities may not be effective in reducing the volatility of our cash flows and may reduce our earnings, 

profitability and cash flows.

We are exposed to fluctuations in the price of crude oil, fuel products, natural gas and interest rates. From time to time, we 
utilize derivative financial instruments related to the future price of crude oil, natural gas, fuel products and their relationship with 
each other with the intent of reducing volatility in our cash flows due to fluctuations in commodity prices and spreads. Historically, 
we have utilized derivative instruments related to interest rates for future periods with the intent of reducing volatility in our cash 
flows due to fluctuations in interest rates. We are not able to enter into derivative financial instruments to reduce the volatility of 
the prices of the specialty products we sell as there is no established derivative market for such products.

The extent of our commodity price exposure is related largely to the effectiveness and scope of our hedging activities. The 
derivative instruments we utilize are based on posted market prices, which may differ significantly from the actual crude oil prices, 
natural gas prices or fuel products prices that we incur or realize in our operations. For example, excluding our crude oil basis 
swaps, all of the crude oil derivatives in our hedge portfolio are based on the market price of New York Mercantile Exchange 
(“NYMEX”) WTI and the fuel products derivatives are all based on U.S. Gulf Coast market prices. In recent periods, the spread 
between NYMEX WTI and other crude oil indices (specifically Light Louisiana Sweet, Western Canadian Select and Brent, on 
which a portion of our crude oil purchases are priced) has changed period to period, which has reduced the effectiveness of certain 
crude oil hedges. Accordingly, our commodity price risk management policy may not protect us from significant and sustained 
increases in crude oil or natural gas prices or decreases in fuel products prices. Conversely, our policy may limit our ability to 
realize cash flows from crude oil and natural gas price decreases.

We have a policy to enter into derivative transactions related to only a portion of the volume of our expected purchase and 
sales requirements and, as a result, we will continue to have direct commodity price exposure to the unhedged portion of our 
expected purchase and sales requirements. Thus, we could be exposed to significant crude oil cost increases on a portion of our 
purchases. Please read Part II, Item 7A “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Our actual future purchase and sales requirements may be significantly higher or lower than we estimate at the time we enter 
into derivative transactions for such period. If the actual amount is higher than we estimate, we will have greater commodity price 
exposure than we intended. If the actual amount is lower than the amount that is subject to our derivative financial instruments, 
we might be forced to satisfy all or a portion of our derivative transactions without the benefit of the cash flow from our sale or 
purchase of the underlying physical commodity, which may result in a substantial diminution of our liquidity. As a result, our 
hedging activities may not be as effective as we intend in reducing the volatility of our cash flows. In addition, our hedging activities 
are subject to the risks that a counterparty may not perform its obligations under the applicable derivative instrument, the terms 
of the derivative instruments are imperfect, and our hedging policies and procedures are not properly followed. It is possible that 
the steps we take to monitor our derivative financial instruments may not detect and prevent violations of our risk management 
policies and procedures, particularly if deception or other intentional misconduct is involved.

Our financing arrangements contain operating and financial provisions that restrict our business and financing activities.

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our financing arrangements, including our revolving credit facility, 
indentures governing each series of our outstanding senior notes and master derivative contracts, do currently restrict, and any 
future financing agreements could restrict, our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue 
our business activities, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:

• 
• 

• 

• 

sell assets, including equity interests in our subsidiaries;
pay distributions on or redeem or repurchase our units or redeem or repurchase our subordinated debt;

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred units;

create or incur certain liens;

•  make certain acquisitions and investments;
• 

redeem or repay other debt or make other restricted payments;

27

Table of Contents

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

enter into transactions with affiliates;

enter into agreements that restrict distributions or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries to us;

create unrestricted subsidiaries;

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

enter into a merger, consolidation or transfer or sale of assets, including equity interests in our subsidiaries; and

engage in certain business activities.

Our revolving credit facility also contains a springing financial covenant which provides that, if availability under the revolving 
credit facility falls below the sum of the amount of FILO loans outstanding plus the greater of (a) 10.0% of the Borrowing Base 
(as defined in the revolving credit agreement) then in effect and (b) $35 million (which amount is subject to increase in proportion 
to revolving commitment increases), plus the amount of FILO Loans outstanding, then the Company will be required to maintain 
as of the end of each fiscal quarter a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the revolving credit agreement) of at least 1.0 to 
1.0 

Our existing indebtedness imposes, and any future indebtedness may impose, a number of covenants on us regarding collateral 
maintenance and insurance maintenance. As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we will be limited in the manner in which 
we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital 
needs.

Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our financing arrangements may be affected by events 
beyond our control. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants and restrictions 
may be impaired. A failure to comply with the covenants, ratios or tests in our financing arrangements or any future indebtedness 
could result in an event of default under these financing arrangements, which, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse 
effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations. Among  other  things,  in  the  event  of  any  default  on  our 
indebtedness, our debt holders and lenders:

•  will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us;

• 

• 

could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and 
payable;

could elect to require that all obligations accrue interest at the default rate, if such rate has not already been imposed;

•  may have the ability to require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings; 

•  may prevent us from making debt service payments under our other agreements, any of which could result in an event 

of default under our other financing arrangements; or

• 

in the case of our revolving credit facility, foreclose on the collateral pledged pursuant to the terms of the revolving credit 
facility.

If our existing indebtedness were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that we would have, or be able to obtain, sufficient 
funds to repay such indebtedness in full. Even if new financing were available, it may be on terms that are less attractive to us 
than our then existing indebtedness or it may not be on terms that are acceptable to us. In addition, our obligations under our 
revolving credit facility are secured by a first-priority lien on our accounts receivable, inventory and substantially all of our cash; 
and our obligations under our master derivative contracts are secured by a first-priority lien on our and our subsidiaries’ real 
property, plant and equipment, fixtures, intellectual property, certain financial assets, certain investment property, commercial tort 
claims, chattel paper, documents, instruments and proceeds of the forgoing (including proceeds of hedge agreements), and if we 
are  unable  to  repay  our  indebtedness  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  or  master  derivative  contracts,  the  lenders  under  our 
revolving credit facility and the counterparties to our master derivative contracts could seek to foreclose on these assets. Please 
read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and 
Capital Resources — Debt and Credit Facilities,” “— Short-Term Liquidity,” “— Long-Term Financing” and “— Master Derivative 
Contracts” for additional information regarding our long-term debt.

Decreases in the price of crude oil may lead to a reduction in the borrowing base under our revolving credit facility and 
our  ability  to  issue  letters  of  credit  or  the  requirement  that  we  post  substantial  amounts  of  cash  collateral  for  derivative 
instruments, which could adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition and our ability to distribute cash to our unitholders.

We rely on borrowings and letters of credit under our revolving credit agreement to purchase crude oil or other feedstocks 
for our facilities, lease certain precious metals for use in our refinery operations and enter into derivative instruments of crude oil 
and natural gas purchases and fuel products sales. From time to time, we also rely on our ability to issue letters of credit to enter 
into certain hedging arrangements in an effort to reduce our exposure to adverse fluctuations in the prices of crude oil, natural gas 
and  crack  spreads. The  borrowing  base  under  our  revolving  credit  facility  is  determined  weekly  or  monthly  depending  upon 
availability levels or the existence of a default or event of default. Reductions in the value of our inventories as a result of lower 
crude oil prices could result in a reduction in our borrowing base, which would reduce the amount of financial resources available 

28

Table of Contents

to meet our capital requirements. Furthermore, our borrowing base may be subject to decreases due to the sale of inventories and 
accounts as part of a divestiture. If, under certain circumstances, our available capacity under our revolving credit facility falls 
below certain threshold amounts, or a default or event of default exists, then our cash balances in a dominion account established 
with the administrative agent will be applied on a daily basis to our outstanding obligations under our revolving credit facility. In 
addition, decreases in the price of crude oil or increases in crack spreads may require us to post substantial amounts of cash 
collateral to our hedging counterparties in order to maintain our derivative instruments. If, due to our financial condition or other 
reasons, the borrowing base under our revolving credit facility decreases, we are limited in our ability to issue letters of credit or 
we are required to post substantial amounts of cash collateral to our hedging counterparties, our liquidity, financial condition and 
our ability to distribute cash to our unitholders could be materially and adversely affected. Please read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit 
Facilities” for additional information.

We  must  make  substantial  capital  expenditures  on  our  refineries  and  other  facilities  to  maintain  their  reliability  and 
efficiency. If we are unable to complete capital projects at their expected costs and/or in a timely manner, or if the market 
conditions assumed in our project economics deteriorate, our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, and our 
ability to make distributions to unitholders, could be adversely affected.

Delays or cost increases related to the engineering, procurement and construction of new facilities, or improvements and 
repairs to our existing facilities and equipment, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results 
of  operations  or  our  ability  to  make  distributions  to  our  unitholders.  Such  delays  or  cost  increases  may  arise  as  a  result  of 
unpredictable factors in the marketplace, many of which are beyond our control, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

denial or delay in obtaining regulatory approvals and/or permits;

unplanned increases in the cost of equipment, materials or labor;

disruptions in transportation of equipment and materials;

severe adverse weather conditions, natural disasters or other events (such as equipment malfunctions, explosions, fires 
or spills) affecting our facilities, or those of our vendors and suppliers;

shortages of sufficiently skilled labor, or labor disagreements resulting in unplanned work stoppages;

•  market-related increases in a project’s debt or equity financing costs; and/or

• 

nonperformance  or  declarations  of  force  majeure  by,  or  disputes  with,  our  vendors,  suppliers,  contractors  or  sub-
contractors.

Our refineries have been in operation for many years. Equipment, even if properly maintained, may require significant capital 

expenditures and expenses to keep it operating at optimum efficiency.

Any one or more of these occurrences noted above could have a significant impact on our business. If we were unable to make 
up the delays or to recover the related costs, or if market conditions change, it could materially and adversely affect our financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows and, as a result, our ability to make distributions.

We depend on certain key crude oil and other feedstock suppliers for a significant portion of our supply of crude oil and 
other feedstocks, and the loss of any of these key suppliers or a material decrease in the supply of crude oil and other feedstocks 
generally available to our facilities could materially reduce our ability to make distributions to unitholders and payments of 
our debt obligations.

We purchase crude oil and other feedstocks from major oil companies as well as from various crude oil gatherers and marketers 
primarily in Texas, north Louisiana and Canada. In 2018, subsidiaries of Plains supplied us with approximately 53.3% of our total 
crude oil supplies under term contracts and month-to-month evergreen crude oil supply contracts. In 2018, BP supplied us with 
approximately 5.5% of our total crude oil supplies under the BP Purchase Agreement. Each of our facilities is dependent on one 
or more of these suppliers and the loss of any of these suppliers would adversely affect our financial results to the extent we were 
unable to find another supplier of this substantial amount of crude oil on acceptable terms. We maintain short-term and long-term 
contracts with our suppliers. For example, the majority of our contracts with Plains are currently month-to-month and terminable 
upon 90 days’ notice, and our contract with BP was amended and restated in December 2016 for a term ending March 2020 and 
will automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless terminated by either party upon 90 days’ notice.

We purchase all of our crude oil supply directly from third-party suppliers, generally under month-to-month evergreen supply 
contracts and on the spot market. Evergreen contracts are generally terminable upon 30 days’ notice and purchases on the spot 
market may expose us to changes in commodity prices. For additional discussion regarding our crude oil and feedstock supply, 
please read Items 1 and 2 “Business and Properties — Our Crude Oil and Feedstock Supply.”

To the extent that our suppliers reduce the volumes of crude oil and other feedstocks that they supply us as a result of our 
existing credit ratings or perception of our creditworthiness or declining production or competition or otherwise, our sales, net 
income and cash available for distribution to unitholders and payments of our debt obligations would decline unless we were able 

29

Table of Contents

to acquire comparable supplies of crude oil and other feedstocks on comparable terms from other suppliers. Finding comparable 
suppliers may not be possible in areas where the supplier that reduces its volumes is the primary supplier in the area. Fluctuations 
in crude oil prices can greatly affect production rates and investments by third parties in the development of new oil reserves. 
Drilling activity generally decreases as crude oil prices decrease. We have no control over the level of drilling activity in the fields 
that supply our refineries, the amount of reserves underlying the wells in these fields, the rate at which production from a well 
will decline or the production decisions of producers. A material decrease in either the crude oil production from or the drilling 
activity  in  the  fields  that  supply  our  refineries,  as  a  result  of  depressed  commodity  prices,  natural  gas  production  declines, 
governmental moratoriums on drilling or production activities, the availability and the cost of capital or otherwise, could result in 
a decline in the volume of crude oil we refine.

We may not be able to obtain funding on acceptable terms or at all because of volatility and uncertainty in the credit and 

capital markets. This may hinder or prevent us from meeting our future capital needs.

The domestic and global financial markets and economic conditions are disrupted and volatile from time to time due to a 

variety of factors, including low consumer confidence, high unemployment, geoeconomic and geopolitical issues, weak 
economic conditions and uncertainty in the financial services sector. In addition, the fixed-income markets have experienced 
periods of extreme volatility, which negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. In recent years, the equity and debt 
markets for many energy industry companies have been adversely affected by low oil prices. As a result, the cost of raising 
money in the debt and equity capital markets has increased substantially at times while the availability of funds from these 
markets diminished significantly. In particular, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the 
solvency of lending counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets may increase as many 
lenders and institutional investors increase interest rates, enact tighter lending standards, refuse to refinance existing debt on 
similar terms or at all and reduce, or in some cases cease to provide, funding to borrowers. In addition, lending counterparties 
under any existing revolving credit facility and other debt instruments may be unwilling or unable to meet their funding 
obligations, or we may experience a decrease in our capacity to issue debt or obtain commercial credit or a deterioration in our 
credit profile, including a rating agency lowering or withdrawing of our credit ratings if, in its judgment, the circumstances 
warrant. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that new debt or equity financing will be available on acceptable terms. If 
funding is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as 
they come due or we may be required to sell assets. Moreover, without adequate funding, we may be unable to execute our 
growth strategy, complete future acquisitions or construction projects, take advantage of other business opportunities or respond 
to competitive pressures, comply with regulatory requirements, or meet our short-term or long-term working capital 
requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations. Failure to comply 
with regulatory requirements in a timely manner or meet our short-term or long-term working capital requirements could 
subject us to regulatory action.

 From time to time, we may seek to divest portions of our business that are no longer core to our strategy, which could 

materially affect our results of operations and result in disruption to other parts of the business.

As demonstrated in 2016 with the disposition of our 50% equity interest in Dakota Prairie, in 2017 with the dispositions of 
the Superior Refinery and Anchor and 2018 with the disposition of our 23.8% equity interest in PACNIL, we may continue to 
dispose of portions of our current business or assets, based on a variety of factors and strategic considerations, consistent with our 
strategy  of  preserving  liquidity  and  streamlining  our  business  to  better  focus  on  the  advancement  of  our  core  business. 
These dispositions, together with any other future dispositions we make, may involve risks and uncertainties, including disruption 
to other parts of our business, potential loss of employees, customers or revenue, exposure to unanticipated liabilities or result in 
ongoing obligations and liabilities to us following any such divestiture. For example, in connection with a disposition, we may 
enter into transition services agreements or other strategic relationships, which may result in additional expense. In addition, in 
connection with a disposition, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the business 
or assets. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers to the extent that our representations turn out to be inaccurate or 
with respect to certain potential liabilities. These indemnification obligations may require us to pay money to the purchasers as 
satisfaction of their indemnity claims.  It may also take us longer than expected to fully realize the anticipated benefits of these 
transactions, and those benefits may ultimately be smaller than anticipated or may not be realized at all, which could adversely 
affect our business and operating results. Further, such divestitures may result in proceeds to us in an amount less than we expect 
or less than our assessment of the value of those assets. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our financial condition and 
results of operations.

30

Table of Contents

We depend on certain third-party pipelines for transportation of crude oil and refined fuel products, and if these pipelines 
become  unavailable  to  us,  our  revenues  and  cash  available  for  distributions  to  our  unitholders  and  payment  of  our  debt 
obligations could decline.

Our Shreveport refinery is interconnected to a pipeline that supplies a portion of its crude oil and a pipeline that ships a portion 
of its refined fuel products to customers, such as pipelines operated by subsidiaries of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. and Plains. 
Our Great Falls refinery receives crude oil through the Front Range pipeline system via the Bow River Pipeline in Canada. Our 
San Antonio refinery receives crude oil through the Karnes North Pipeline System in Texas. Since we do not own or operate any 
of these pipelines, their continuing operation is not within our control. In addition, any of these third-party pipelines could become 
unavailable  to  transport  crude  oil  or  our  refined  fuel  products  because  of  acts  of  God,  accidents,  earthquakes  or  hurricanes, 
government  regulation,  terrorism  or  other  third-party  events.  The  unavailability  of  any  of  these  third-party  pipelines  for  the 
transportation of crude oil or our refined fuel products, because of acts of God, accidents, earthquakes or hurricanes, government 
regulation, terrorism or other third-party events, could lead to disputes or litigation with certain of our suppliers or a decline in 
our sales, net income and cash available for distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

The price volatility of fuel and utility services may result in decreases in our earnings, profitability and cash flows.

The volatility in costs of fuel, principally natural gas, and other utility services, principally electricity, used by our refinery 
and other operations affect our net income and cash flows. Fuel and utility prices are affected by factors outside of our control, 
such as supply and demand for fuel and utility services in both local and regional markets. Natural gas prices have historically 
been volatile.

For example, daily prices for natural gas as reported on the NYMEX ranged between $4.84 and $2.55 per million British 
thermal unit (“MMBtu”) in 2018, and between $3.42 and $2.56 per MMBtu in 2017. Typically, electricity prices fluctuate with 
natural gas prices. Future increases in fuel and utility prices may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Fuel 
and utility costs constituted approximately 14.7% and 14.6% of our total operating expenses included in cost of sales for the years 
ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. If our natural gas costs rise, they will adversely affect the amount of cash 
available for distribution to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

Our refineries, blending and packaging sites, terminals and related facility operations face operating hazards, and the 

potential limits on insurance coverage could expose us to potentially significant liability costs.

Our refineries, blending and packaging sites, terminals and related facility operations are subject to certain operating hazards, 
and our cash flow from those operations could decline if any of our facilities experience a major accident, pipeline rupture or spill, 
explosion or fire, is damaged by severe weather or other natural disaster, or otherwise is forced to curtail its operations or shut 
down. These operating hazards could result in substantial losses due to personal injury and/or loss of life, severe damage to and 
destruction of property and equipment and pollution or other environmental damage and may result in significant curtailment or 
suspension of our related operations.

Although we maintain insurance policies, including personal and property damage and business interruption insurance for 
each of our facilities, we cannot ensure that this insurance will be adequate to protect us from all material expenses related to 
potential  future  claims  for  personal  and  property  damage  or  significant  interruption  of  operations.  Our  business  interruption 
insurance will not apply unless a business interruption exceeds 60 days. Furthermore, we may be unable to maintain or obtain 
insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for 
certain of our insurance policies have increased and could escalate further. In some instances, certain insurance could become 
unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. In addition, we are not fully insured against all risks incident to 
our business because certain risks are not fully insurable, coverage is unavailable, or premium costs, in our judgment, do not justify 
such expenditures. For example, we are not insured for all environmental liabilities, including, but not limited to, product spills 
and other releases at all of our facilities. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could 
affect our financial condition and diminish our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

We  may  incur  significant  environmental  costs  and  liabilities  in  the  operation  of  our  refineries,  terminals  and  related 

facilities.

The operation of our refineries, blending and packaging sites, terminals, and related facilities subject us to the risk of incurring 
significant environmental costs and liabilities due to our handling of petroleum hydrocarbons and wastes, because of air emissions 
and water discharges related to our operations and activities, and as a result of historical operations and waste disposal practices 
at our facilities or in connection with our activities, some of which may have been conducted by prior owners or operators. We 
currently own or operate properties that for many years have been used for industrial or oilfield activities, including refining and 
blending operations or terminal storage operations, sometimes by third parties over whom we had or continue to have no control 
with respect to their operations or waste disposal activities. Petroleum hydrocarbons or wastes have been released on, under or 
from  the  properties  owned  or  operated  by  us.  For  example,  we  are  investigating  and  remediating,  in  some  cases  pursuant  to 
government order, soil and groundwater contamination at our Great Falls refinery arising from a predecessor operators’ handling 

31

Table of Contents

of petroleum hydrocarbons and wastes. While we believe our costs in pursuing these investigatory and remedial activities are 
subject to reimbursement under a contractual indemnification right we received from the predecessor operator in the share purchase 
agreement transferring ownership of this refinery, this predecessor operator is currently disputing responsibility for reimbursement 
of certain of these remedial costs being incurred at our Great Falls refinery, which dispute had resulted in the filing of a suit by us 
against the predecessor operator and the matter is currently in arbitration. An arbitration panel conducted the first phase of the 
arbitration in July 2018 and issued its ruling on September 13, 2018, in which the panel confirmed that the sellers of the Great 
Falls refinery retained the liability for all pre-closing contamination with respect to third-party claims indefinitely and with respect 
to first party claims for which the sellers received notice within five years after the sale of the refinery, which claims are subject 
to the requirements otherwise set forth in the asset purchase agreement. The second phase of the arbitration regarding damages is 
scheduled to occur in April 2019. Additionally, joint and several, strict liability may be incurred in connection with releases of 
petroleum hydrocarbons and wastes on, under or from our properties and facilities. Neither the owners of our general partner nor 
their affiliates have indemnified us for any environmental liabilities, including those arising from non-compliance or pollution 
that may be discovered at, or arise from operations on, the assets they contributed to us in connection with the closing of our initial 
public offering. Private parties, including the owners of properties adjacent to our operations and facilities where our petroleum 
hydrocarbons or wastes are taken for reclamation or disposal, may also have the right to pursue legal actions to enforce compliance 
as well as to seek damages for non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations or for personal injury or property damage. 
We may not be able to recover some or any of these costs from insurance or other sources of indemnity. To the extent that the costs 
associated with meeting any or all of these requirements are significant and not adequately secured or indemnified for, there could 
be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to compliance with stringent environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations that 

may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

Our refining, blending and packaging site, terminal and related facility operations are subject to stringent federal, regional, 
state and local laws and regulations governing worker health and safety, the discharge of materials into the environment and 
environmental protection. These laws and regulations impose legal standards and numerous obligations that are applicable to our 
operations,  including  the  obligation  to  obtain  permits  to  conduct  regulated  activities,  the  incurrence  of  significant  capital 
expenditures for air pollution control equipment to otherwise limit or prevent releases of pollutants from our refineries, blending 
and packaging sites, terminals, and related facilities, the expenditure of significant monies in the application of specific health and 
safety criteria addressing worker protection, the requirement to maintain information about hazardous materials used or produced 
in our operations and to provide this information to employees, state and local government authorities, and local residents and the 
incurrence of significant costs and liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations or from those of prior owners or operators 
of our facilities. Numerous federal governmental authorities, such as the EPA and OSHA as well as state agencies, such as the 
Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (“LDEQ”), the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality and the MDEQ, 
have the power to enforce compliance with these laws and regulations and the permits issued under them, often requiring difficult 
and costly actions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations as well as any issued permits and orders may result in the 
assessment of administrative, civil, and criminal sanctions, including monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial obligations 
or  corrective  actions  or  the  incurrence  of  capital  expenditures,  the  occurrence  of  delays  or  cancellations  in  the  permitting, 
development or expansion of projects, and the issuance of injunctions limiting or preventing some or all of our operations. 

On occasion, we receive notices of violation, other enforcement proceedings and regulatory inquiries from governmental 
agencies alleging non-compliance with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations. For 
example, we have pending proceedings with the LDEQ involving a series of alleged unauthorized emissions of pollutants from 
equipment at the Shreveport refinery, as described in a draft “Consolidated Compliance Order and Notice of Potential Penalty” 
issued in April 2013, for which a penalty of more than $0.1 million may result.

New worker safety and environmental laws and regulations, new interpretations of existing laws and regulations, increased 
governmental enforcement or other developments could require us to make additional unforeseen expenditures. Many of these 
laws and regulations are becoming increasingly stringent, and the cost of compliance with these requirements can be expected to 
increase. For example, in 2014, the EPA published its final Tier 3 fuel standards that require, among other things, a lower allowable 
sulfur level in gasoline to no more than 10 ppm by January 1, 2017. In another example, in 2015, the EPA issued a final rule under 
the CAA lowering the NAAQS for ground-level ozone to 70 parts per billion under both the primary and secondary standards. In 
2017  and  2018,  the  EPA  issued  area  designations  with  respect  to  ground-level  ozone  as  either  “attainment/unclassifiable,” 
“unclassifiable” or “non-attainment.”  Additionally, in November 2018, the EPA issued final requirements that apply to state, local 
and tribal air agencies for implementing the 2015 NAAQS for ground-level ozone. States are expected to implement more stringent 
requirements as a result of this new final rule, which could apply to our and our customers’ operations. One or more of these 
regulatory initiatives or any new environmental laws or regulations could impact us by requiring installation of new emission 
controls on some of our equipment, resulting in longer permitting timelines, and significantly increasing our capital expenditures 
and operating costs, which could adversely impact our business, cash flows and results of operation. Please read Items 1 and 2 
“Business and Properties — Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety Matters” for additional information.

32

Table of Contents

Renewable transportation fuels mandates may reduce demand for the petroleum fuels we produce, which could have a 
material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  and  our  ability  to  make  distributions  to  our 
unitholders.

The EPA has issued RFS mandates, requiring refiners such as us to blend renewable fuels into the petroleum fuels they produce 
and sell in the United States. We, and other refiners subject to RFS, may meet the RFS requirements by blending the necessary 
volumes of renewable transportation fuels produced by us or purchased from third parties. To the extent that refiners will not or 
cannot blend renewable fuels into the products they produce in the quantities required to satisfy their obligations under the RFS 
program, those refiners must purchase renewable credits, referred to as RINs, to maintain compliance. To the extent that we exceed 
the minimum volumetric requirements for blending of renewable transportation fuels, we generate our own RINs for which we 
have the option of retaining the RINs for current or future RFS compliance or selling those RINs on the open market.

Under RFS, the volume of renewable fuels that obligated parties are required to blend into their finished petroleum fuels 
increases annually over time until 2022. Each year until 2022, the EPA sets mandates for the production of cellulosic biofuel, 
biomass-based diesel, advanced biofuel, and total renewable fuel volume that applies to all gasoline and diesel produced or imported 
during the applicable year. Most recently, the EPA published final volume mandates in December 2018 for RFS program years 
2019 (relating to conventional renewable fuel volumes such as corn ethanol) and 2020 (relating to biomass-based diesel). The 
EPA’s December 2018 final volume mandates maintain the conventional (i.e., corn ethanol) renewable fuel volume at 15 billion 
gallons, the statutory level, which remains the same as the level for 2018. The EPA increased the advanced biofuels volume from 
the 2018 RFS mandate, from 4.29 billion gallons to 4.92 billion gallons. The final 2019 cellulosic biofuel volume is set at 418 
million gallons, which represents an increase from the 2018 level of 288 million gallons. The EPA also set a separate biodiesel 
volume for 2020 at 2.43 billion gallons, an increase from the 2.1 billion gallon volume previously finalized for 2019.

Our Shreveport, Great Falls and San Antonio refineries are normally subject to compliance with the RFS mandates. However, 
the EPA granted our fuel products refineries a “small refinery exemption” under the RFS in the past years including, most recently, 
in the 2017 calendar year, as provided under the CAA. Under these exemptions granted by the EPA, such exempt refineries were 
not subject to the requirements of RFS as an “obligated party” for fuels produced at these “small” refineries for those calendar 
years. While we received a small refinery exemption for certain of our refineries in past years, there is no assurance that such an 
exemption will be obtained for any of our refineries in future years, which would result in the need for more RINs for the applicable 
calendar year. Our gross 2018 annual RINs Obligation, which includes RINs that were required to be secured through either our 
own blending or through the purchase of RINs in the open market, was approximately 79 million RINs for the 2018 calendar year.

The EPA’s implementation of the RFS program has been subject to numerous court challenges. For example, the D.C. Circuit 
remanded the 2016 final volume mandate to the EPA, and challenges to the 2017 and 2018 final volumes remain pending in that 
court as well. Additional lawsuits have been filed by refiners attempting to move the point of compliance for the RFS program 
from refiners to importers and blenders of fuels, and by ethanol alleging the need for greater transparency into the EPA’s granting 
of RFS program waivers to refineries designated as small refiners. We cannot predict the outcome of these matters or whether they 
may result in increased RFS program compliance costs. Moreover, the price of RINs remains subject to extreme volatility, with 
the potential for significant increases in price. There also continues to be a shortage of advanced biofuel production resulting in 
increased difficulties meeting RFS program mandates. It is possible we could find ourselves unable to blend sufficient quantities 
of ethanol and biodiesel to meet our requirements and would, therefore, have to purchase an increasing number of RINs. It is not 
possible at this time to predict with certainty what those volumes or costs may be, but given the potential increase in volumes and 
the volatile price of RINs, increases in renewable volume requirements could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Existing laws, regulations or regulatory initiatives could change and, notwithstanding that the EPA’s volume mandates for 
2018 and 2019 may be relatively lower than the statutory mandates, such volume mandates could be increased in the future. 
Because we do not produce renewable transportation fuels at all of our refineries, increasing the volume of renewable fuels that 
must be blended into our products causes an increase in volume of our Shreveport, Great Falls and San Antonio refineries’ fuel 
products pool, potentially resulting in lower earnings and materially adversely affecting our ability to make distributions to our 
unitholders. The inability to receive an exemption under the RFS program for one or more of our refineries, any increase in the 
final minimum volumes of renewable fuels that must be blended with refined petroleum fuels, and/or any increase in the cost to 
acquire  RINs  may,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  have  the  potential  to  result  in  significant  costs  in  connection  with  RIN 
compliance, which costs could be material. Finally, there is no current regulatory standard that authenticates RINs that may be 
purchased on the open market from third parties and, while we believe that the RINs we purchase are from reputable sources, are 
valid and serve to demonstrate compliance with applicable RFS requirements, if any such RINs purchased by us on the open 
market are subsequently found to be invalid, then we may incur significant costs, penalties or other liabilities in connection with 
replacing such invalid RINs.

33

Table of Contents

Our arrangement with Macquarie exposes us to Macquarie-related credit and performance risk.

In March 2017, we entered into several agreements with Macquarie Energy North America Trading Inc. (“Macquarie”) to 
support the operations of the Great Falls refinery (the “Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements”). In June 2017, we entered 
into several agreements with Macquarie to support the operations of the Shreveport refinery (the “Shreveport Supply and Offtake 
Agreements”, and together with the Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements, the “Supply and Offtake Agreements”). We have 
Supply and Offtake Agreements with Macquarie, pursuant to which Macquarie will intermediate crude oil supplies and refined 
product inventories at our Great Falls and Shreveport refineries. Macquarie will own all of the crude oil in our tanks and substantially 
all of our refined product inventories prior to our sale of the inventories. Upon termination of the Supply and Offtake Agreements, 
which may be terminated by Macquarie with nine months’ notice any time prior to June 2019, we are obligated in certain scenarios 
to repurchase all crude oil and refined product inventories then owned by Macquarie and located at the specified storage facilities 
at then current market prices. Relying on Macquarie’s ability to honor its supply and offtake obligations exposes us to Macquarie’s 
credit and business risks. An adverse change in Macquarie’s business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition could 
adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations, which could consequently have a material adverse effect on our business, 
results of operations or liquidity and, as a result, our business and operating results. In addition, we may be required to use substantial 
capital to repurchase crude oil and refined product inventories from Macquarie upon termination of the agreements, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The repurchase obligations under the Supply and Offtake Agreements may be at substantially higher cost than which we sold 

the inventory. 

Downtime for maintenance at our refineries and facilities will reduce our revenues and cash available for distributions to 

our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

Our refineries and facilities consist of many processing units, a number of which have been in operation for a long time. One 
or more of the units may require additional unscheduled downtime for unanticipated maintenance or repairs that are more frequent 
than our scheduled turnaround for each unit every one to five years. Scheduled and unscheduled maintenance reduce our revenues 
and increase our operating expenses during the period of time that our processing units are not operating and could reduce our 
ability to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

An impairment of our equity method investments, our long-lived assets or goodwill could reduce our earnings or negatively 

impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We continually monitor our business, the business environment and the performance of our operations to determine if an event 
has occurred that indicates that an equity method investment, a long-lived asset or goodwill may be impaired. If an event occurs, 
which is a determination that involves judgment, we may be required to utilize cash flow projections to assess our ability to recover 
the carrying value based on the ability to generate future cash flows. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we did not 
recognize  any  goodwill  impairment  charges.  During  the  years  ended  December 31,  2017  and  2016,  we  recognized  goodwill 
impairment charges of $0.7 million and $34.8 million, respectively. In 2017, we recorded impairment on long-lived assets primarily 
at our San Antonio refinery and Missouri facility totaling $206.6 million. No such impairments were recorded in 2018. Our equity 
method investments, long-lived assets and goodwill impairment analyses are sensitive to changes in key assumptions used in our 
analysis, such as expected future cash flows, the degree of volatility in equity and debt markets and our unit price. If the assumptions 
used in our analysis are not realized, it is possible a material impairment charge may need to be recorded in the future. We cannot 
accurately predict the amount and timing of any impairment of long-lived assets or goodwill. Further, as we continue to develop 
our strategy regarding certain of our non-core assets, we will need to continue to evaluate the carrying value of those assets. Any 
additional impairment charges that we may take in the future could be material to our results of operations and financial condition.

Our asset reconfiguration and enhancement initiatives may not result in revenue or cash flow increases, may be subject 
to significant cost overruns and are subject to regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks, which could 
adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition.

Historically we have grown our business in part through the reconfiguration and enhancement of our existing refinery assets. 
For example, we completed an expansion project at our Shreveport refinery to increase throughput capacity and crude oil processing 
flexibility in May 2008. Additionally, in February 2016 we completed an expansion project that increased production capacity at 
our  Great  Falls  refinery  by  15,000  bpd  to  25,000  bpd.  These  expansion  projects  and  the  construction  of  other  additions  or 
modifications to our existing refineries have involved and will continue to involve numerous regulatory, environmental, political, 
legal, labor and economic uncertainties beyond our control, which could cause delays in construction or require the expenditure 
of significant amounts of capital, and which we may finance with additional indebtedness or by issuing additional equity securities. 
Our forecasted internal rates of return on such projects are also based on our projections of future market fundamentals, which 
are not within our control, including changes in general economic conditions, available alternative supply and customer demand. 
For example, the total cost of the Shreveport refinery expansion project completed in 2008 was approximately $375.0 million and 
was significantly over budget due primarily to increased construction labor costs. Future reconfiguration and enhancement projects 

34

Table of Contents

may not be completed at the budgeted cost, on schedule, or at all due to the risks described above which could significantly affect 
our cash flows and financial condition.

We face substantial competition from other refining companies.

The refining industry is highly competitive. Our competitors include large, integrated, major or independent oil companies 
that, because of their more diverse operations, larger refineries or stronger capitalization, may be better positioned than we are to 
withstand volatile industry conditions, including shortages or excesses of crude oil or refined products or intense price competition 
at the wholesale level. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may lose existing customers or fail to acquire new customers. 
For example, if a competitor attempts to increase market share by reducing prices, our operating results and cash available for 
distribution to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations could be reduced.

A  decrease  in  the  demand  for  our  specialty  products  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  resume  distributions  to  our 

unitholders and to make payments of our debt obligations.

Changes in our customers’ products or processes may enable our customers to reduce consumption of the specialty products 
that we produce or make our specialty products unnecessary. Should a customer decide to use a different product due to price, 
performance or other considerations, we may not be able to supply a product that meets the customer’s new requirements. In 
addition, the demand for our customers’ end products could decrease, which could reduce their demand for our specialty products. 
Our specialty products customers are primarily in the industrial goods, consumer goods and automotive goods industries and we 
are therefore susceptible to overall economic conditions, which may change demand patterns and products in those industries. 
Consequently, it is important that we develop and manufacture new products to replace the sales of products that mature and 
decline in use. If we are unable to manage successfully the maturation of our existing specialty products and the introduction of 
new specialty products, our revenues, net income and cash available for distribution to our unitholders and payments of our debt 
obligations could be reduced.

A decrease in demand for fuel products in the markets we serve could adversely affect our ability to resume distributions 

to our unitholders and to make payments of our debt obligations.

Any sustained decrease in demand for fuel products in the markets we serve could result in a significant reduction in our cash 
flows, reducing our ability to make distributions to unitholders and payments of our debt obligations. Factors that could lead to a 
decrease in market demand include, among others:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a recession or other adverse economic condition that results in lower spending by consumers on gasoline, diesel and 
travel;

higher fuel taxes or other governmental or regulatory actions that increase, directly or indirectly, the cost of fuel products;

an increase in fuel economy or the increased use of alternative fuel sources;

an increase in the market price of crude oil that leads to higher refined product prices, which may reduce demand for fuel 
products;

competitor actions; and

availability of raw materials.

We depend on unionized labor for the operation of many of our facilities. Any work stoppages or labor disturbances at 

these facilities could disrupt our business.

Substantially all of our operating personnel at our Shreveport, Great Falls, Princeton, Cotton Valley, Karns City, Dickinson 
and Missouri facilities are employed under collective bargaining agreements. If we are unable to renegotiate these agreements as 
they expire, any work stoppages or other labor disturbances at these facilities could have an adverse effect on our business and 
impact our ability to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations. In addition, employees who are 
not currently represented by labor unions may seek union representation in the future, and any renegotiation of current collective 
bargaining agreements may result in terms that are less favorable to us.

Because  of  the  volatility  of  crude  oil  and  refined  products  prices,  our  method  of  valuing  our  inventory  may  result  in 

decreases in net income.

The nature of our business requires us to maintain substantial quantities of crude oil and refined product inventories. Because 
crude oil and refined products are essentially commodities, we have no control over the changing market value of these inventories. 
Because our inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”) value, if the market value of our inventory were to decline 
to an amount less than our cost, we would record a write-down of inventory and a non-cash charge to cost of sales. In a period of 
decreasing crude oil or refined product prices, our inventory valuation methodology may result in decreases in net income. For 
example, due to the decrease in crude oil prices in the fourth quarter of 2018, we recorded an unfavorable LCM inventory adjustment 
of $30.6 million. 

35

Table of Contents

Inadequate liquidity could materially and adversely affect our business operations in the future.

If  our  cash  flow  and  capital  resources  are  insufficient  to  fund  our  obligations,  we  may  be  forced  to  reduce  our  capital 
expenditures, seek additional equity or debt capital or restructure our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that any of these remedies 
could, if necessary, be transacted on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Our liquidity is constrained by our need to satisfy 
our obligations under our credit agreements and our Supply and Offtake Agreements. The availability of capital when the need 
arises will depend upon a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include general economic and 
financial market conditions, the crack spread, natural gas and crude oil prices, our credit ratings, interest rates, market perceptions 
of us or the industries in which we operate, our market value and our operating performance. We may be unable to execute our 
long-term operating strategy if we cannot obtain capital from these or other sources when the need arises.

The operating results for our fuel products segment, including the asphalt we produce and sell, are seasonal and generally 

lower in the first and fourth quarters of the year.

The operating results for our fuel products segment, including the selling prices of asphalt products we produce, can be 
seasonal. Asphalt demand is generally lower in the first and fourth quarters of the year as compared to the second and third quarters 
due to the seasonality of road construction. Demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the 
winter months due to seasonal increases in highway traffic. In addition, our natural gas costs can be higher during the winter 
months. Our operating results for the first and fourth calendar quarters may be lower than those for the second and third calendar 
quarters of each year as a result of this seasonality.

Our  Supply  and  Offtake Agreements  with  Macquarie  include  provisions  for  early  termination  and  could  represent  a 

refinancing risk.

When we executed the Supply and Offtake Agreements, the inventories associated with such agreements were taken out of 
our  revolving  credit  facility  borrowing  base.  As  such,  these  inventories  are  not  part  of  our  revolving  credit  facility.   Should 
Macquarie choose to exercise its option to terminate the Supply and Offtake Agreements by giving nine months’ notice any time 
prior to June 2019 of such termination, we would need to seek alternative sources of financing, including putting the inventory 
back into our revolving credit facility, to meet our obligation to repurchase the inventory at then current market prices.  In addition, 
the cost of repurchasing the inventory may be at higher prices than we sold the inventory. If the price of crude oil is well above 
the price at which we sold the inventory, we would have to pay more for the inventory than the price we sold the inventory for. If 
this is the case at the time of termination and we are unable to include the inventory in our borrowing base, we could suffer 
significant reductions in liquidity when Macquarie terminates the Supply and Offtake Agreements and we have to repurchase the 
inventories. 

Due to our lack of asset and geographic diversification, adverse developments in our operating areas would impact our 

ability to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

We rely primarily on sales generated from products processed at the facilities we own. Furthermore, the majority of our assets 
and operations are located in Louisiana, Montana and Texas. Due to our lack of diversification in asset type and location, an adverse 
development in these businesses or areas, including adverse developments due to catastrophic events or weather, decreased supply 
of crude oil and feedstocks and/or decreased demand for refined petroleum products, would have a significantly greater impact 
on our financial condition and results of operations than if we maintained more diverse assets in more diverse locations, which in 
turn could impact our ability to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

Climate change legislation or regulations restricting emissions of GHG could result in increased operating costs and a 

decreased demand for our refined products.

Climate change continues to attract considerable public, governmental and scientific attention. As a result, numerous proposals 
have been made and are likely to continue to be made at the international, national, regional and state levels of government to 
monitor and limit emissions of GHGs. These efforts have included consideration of cap-and-trade programs, carbon taxes, GHG 
reporting and tracking programs and regulations that directly limit GHG emissions from certain sources. At the federal level, no 
comprehensive climate change legislation has been implemented to date but a number of states or grouping of states have already 
taken legal measures to reduce emissions of GHGs, primarily through the planned development of GHG emission inventories and/
or GHG cap-and-trade programs. Additionally, the EPA has determined that GHG emissions present a danger to public health and 
the environment and has adopted rules under authority of the federal CAA that, among other things, establish PSD construction 
and Title V operating permit reviews for GHG emissions from certain large stationary sources that are also potential major sources 
of certain principal, or criteria, pollutant emissions, which reviews could require securing PSD permits at covered facilities emitting 
GHGs and meeting “best available control technology” standards for those GHG emissions. In addition, the EPA has adopted rules 
requiring the monitoring and annual reporting of GHG emissions from certain petroleum and natural gas system sources in the 
U.S., including, among others, onshore and offshore production facilities, which include certain of our producing customers’ 
operations. In 2015, the EPA amended and expanded the GHG reporting requirements to all segments of the oil and natural gas 
industry.

36

Table of Contents

In 2016, the EPA published Subpart Quad OOOOa standards that require certain new, modified or reconstructed facilities in 
the oil and natural gas sector to reduce these methane gas and volatile organic compound emissions. These Subpart OOOOa 
standards will expand previously issued Subpart OOOO standards published by the EPA in 2012, by using certain equipment-
specific emissions control practices. In June 2017, the EPA published a proposed rule to stay certain portions of the 2016 standards 
for two years but the rule has not been finalized. Rather, in February 2018, the EPA finalized amendments to certain requirements 
of the 2016 final rule and, in September 2018, the agency proposed amendments that include rescission or revision of specific rule 
requirements, such as fugitive emission monitoring frequency. These rules, should they remain in effect, and any other new methane 
emission standards imposed on the oil and gas sector could result in increased costs to our operations as well as result in delays 
or curtailment in such operations, which costs, delays or curtailment could adversely affect our business.

  Internationally, in April 2016, the United States joined other countries in entering into a United Nations-sponsored non-
binding agreement negotiated in Paris, France for nations to limit their GHG emissions through individually-determined emission 
reduction goals every five years beginning in 2020. However, in August 2017, the U.S. State Department informed the United 
Nations of the United States' intention to withdraw from this Paris agreement, which provides for a four-year exit process beginning 
when it took effect in November 2016. The United States’ adherence to the exit process and/or the terms on which the United 
States may re-enter the Paris Agreement or a separately negotiated agreement are unclear at this time.

The adoption and implementation of any international, federal or state legislation or regulations that require reporting of GHGs 
or otherwise restrict emissions of GHGs from our equipment and operations could require us to incur costs to reduce emissions 
of GHG associated with our operations or could adversely affect demand for the refined petroleum products that we produce. Non-
governmental activists concerned about the potential effects of climate change have directed their attention at sources of funding 
for fossil-fuel energy companies, which has resulted in certain financial institutions, funds and other sources of capital restricting 
or eliminating their investment in oil and natural gas activities. Ultimately, this could make it more difficult to secure funding for 
exploration and production activities and result in decreased production of oil, which indirectly could have an adverse impact on 
our operations. Notwithstanding potential risks related to climate change, the International Energy Agency estimates that oil and 
gas will continue to represent a major share of global energy use through 2040, and other studies by the private sector project 
continued growth in demand for the next two decades. Additionally, some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations 
of GHG in the atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and 
severity of storms, droughts, and floods and other climate events that could have an adverse effect on our operations and the 
operations of our customers.

Our business involves the shipping by rail of crude oil, which involves risks of derailment, accidents and liabilities associated 
with cleanup and damages, as well as regulatory changes that may adversely impact our business, financial condition or results 
of operations.

Our operations involve the purchasing of crude oil and shipping it by rail on railcars that we lease. Past derailments of trains 
transporting crude oil in the United States and Canada have caused various regulatory agencies and industry organizations, as well 
as federal, state and municipal governments, to focus attention on transportation of flammable materials by rail. In May 2015, the 
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”) adopted a final rule that, among other things, imposes a new 
tank car design standard, a phase out by as early as January 2018 for older DOT-111 tank cars that are not retrofitted, and a 
classification  and  testing  program  for  unrefined  petroleum  based  products,  including  crude  oil.  The  rule  also  includes  new 
operational requirements such as speed restrictions; however, in September 2018, PHMSA published a final rule that removed 
requirements for the new braking standard established under it 2015 rule. 

In 2016, PHMSA released a final rule mandating a phase-out schedule for all DOT-111 tank cars used to transport Class 3 
flammable liquids, including crude oil and ethanol, between 2018 and 2029. Additionally, in 2016, PHMSA proposed a new rule, 
which has not been finalized, that would expand the applicability of comprehensive oil spill response plans so that any railroad 
that transports a single train carrying 20 or more loaded tanks of liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or a single train carrying 
35 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil throughout the train must have a current, comprehensive written plan. Also in 
response to a petition from the New York Attorney General, PHMSA issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (“ANPR”) 
in early 2017 stating that it was considering revising the Hazardous Materials Regulations (“HMR”) to establish vapor pressure 
limits for unrefined petroleum-based products and potentially all Class 3 flammable liquid hazardous materials that would apply 
during the transportation of the products or materials by any mode. PHMSA has not yet issued a final version of the rule. Similarly, 
in early 2016, the Federal Railroad Administration modified its accident and incident reports to gather additional data concerning 
rail cars carrying crude oil in any train involved in a Federal Railroad Agency-reportable accident. In addition to these other actions 
taken or proposed by federal agencies, a number of states proposed or enacted laws in recent years that encourage safer rail 
operations or urge the federal government to strengthen requirements for these operations.

We have reviewed the final rule in detail and assessed the impact on our business, including the potential impact on the tank 
cars that we lease to transport our products, and determined that the rail cars we are currently leasing are in compliance with the 
final rule. We are unable to predict what impact these or other regulatory changes may have, if any, on our business or the industry 
as a whole in future years as the new tank car design requirements may result in significant constraints on transportation capacity 
37

Table of Contents

during the period while tank cars are being retrofitted or newly constructed to comply with the new regulations. Such transportation 
capacity constraints could increase the cost of transporting crude oil by rail.

Efforts are likewise underway in Canada to assess and address risks from the transport of crude oil by rail. For example, in 
2014, Transport Canada issued a protective order prohibiting oil shippers from using 5,000 of the DOT 111 tank cars and imposing 
a three year phase out period for approximately 65,000 tank cars that do not meet certain safety requirements. Transport Canada 
also imposed a 50 mile per hour speed limit on trains carrying hazardous materials and required all crude oil shipments in Canada 
to have an emergency response plan. At the same time that PHMSA released its 2015 rule, Canada’s Minister of Transport announced 
Canada’s new tank car standards, which largely align with the requirements in the PHMSA rule. Likewise, Transport Canada’s 
rail car retrofitting and phase out timeline largely aligns with the timeline introduced under the 2015 and 2016 PHMSA rules. 
Transport Canada has also introduced new requirements that railways carry minimum levels of insurance depending on the quantity 
of crude oil or dangerous goods that they transport as well as a final report recommending additional practices for the transportation 
of dangerous goods. Both Transport Canada and PHMSA issued final rules in January 2018 and November 2018, respectively, 
that further harmonize their respective tank car standards, including with respect to tank car approvals and design requirements.

We cannot assure that costs incurred to comply with any new standards and regulations, including those finalized by PHMSA 
or by Transport Canada between 2015 and 2018 will not be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations. 
In addition, any derailment involving crude oil that we have purchased or are shipping may result in claims being brought against 
us that may involve significant liabilities. Although we believe that we are adequately insured against such events, we cannot 
provide assurance that our policies will cover the entirety of any damages that may arise from such an event.

We could incur substantial costs or disruptions in our business if we cannot obtain or maintain necessary permits and 

authorizations or otherwise comply with health, safety, environmental and other laws and regulations.

Our operations require numerous permits and authorizations under various laws and regulations. These authorizations and 

permits are subject to revocation, renewal or modification and can require operational changes to limit impacts or potential 
impacts on the environment and/or health and safety. A violation of authorization or permit conditions or other legal or 
regulatory requirements could result in substantial fines, criminal sanctions, permit revocations, injunctions and/or facility 
shutdowns. Any or all of these matters could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and cash flow 
available for distribution to our unitholders.

We could be subject to damages based on claims brought against us by our customers or lose customers as a result of the 

failure of our products to meet certain quality specifications.

Our specialty products provide precise performance attributes for our customers’ products. If a product fails to perform in a 
manner consistent with the detailed quality specifications required by the customer, the customer could seek replacement of the 
product or damages for costs incurred as a result of the product failing to perform as guaranteed. A successful claim or series of 
claims against us could result in a loss of one or more customers and impact our ability to make distributions to unitholders and 
payments of our debt obligations.

The enactment of derivatives legislation could have an adverse effect on our ability to use derivative instruments to hedge 

risks associated with our business.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Act”), enacted on July 21, 2010, established federal 
oversight and regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market and entities, such as us, that participate in that market. The 
Act requires the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the SEC to promulgate rules and regulations implementing 
the Act. Although the CFTC has finalized certain regulations, others remain to be finalized or implemented and it is not possible 
at this time to predict when this will be accomplished. 

In its rulemaking under the Act, the CFTC has re-proposed rules to set position limits for certain futures and option contracts 
in the major energy markets and for swaps that are their economic equivalents, subject to exceptions for certain bona fide hedging 
transactions. As these new position limit rules are not yet final, their impact on us is uncertain at this time. 

The CFTC has designated certain interest rate swaps and credit default swaps for mandatory clearing and the associated rules 
also require us, in connection with covered derivative activities, to comply with clearing and trade-execution requirements or take 
steps to qualify for an exemption to such requirements. Although we believe that we qualify for the end-user exceptions to the 
mandatory clearing and trade execution requirements with respect to those swaps entered to hedge our commercial risks, the 
application of such requirements to other market participants, such as swap dealers, may change the cost and availability of the 
swaps that we use for hedging. In addition, certain banking regulators and the CFTC have adopted final rules establishing minimum 
margin requirements for uncleared swaps. Although we expect to qualify for the end-user exception from such margin requirements 
for swaps entered into to hedge our commercial risks, the application of such requirements to other market participants, such as 
swap dealers, may change the cost and availability of the swaps that we use for hedging. If any of our swaps do not qualify for 
the  commercial  end-user  exception,  posting  of  collateral  could  impact  liquidity  and  reduce  cash  available  to  us  for  capital 
expenditures, therefore reducing our ability to execute hedges to reduce risk and protect cash flow. 

38

Table of Contents

The Act and any new regulations could significantly increase the cost of derivative instruments, materially alter the terms of 
derivative instruments, reduce the availability of derivatives to protect against risks we encounter and reduce our ability to monetize 
or restructure our existing derivatives contracts. An increase in the cost of derivatives contracts would affect our results of operations 
and cash available for distribution to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations. If we reduce our use of derivatives as 
a result of the Act and regulations, our results of operations may become more volatile and our cash flows may be less predictable, 
which could adversely affect our ability to plan for and fund capital expenditures and make distributions to our unitholders and 
payments of our debt obligations. Finally, the Act was intended, in part, to reduce the volatility of oil and natural gas prices, which 
some legislators attributed to speculative trading in derivatives and commodity instruments related to oil and natural gas. Our 
revenues could therefore be adversely affected if a consequence of the Act and regulations is to lower commodity prices. Any of 
these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, our financial condition, and our results of operations. 

In addition, the European Union and other non-U.S. jurisdictions are implementing regulations with respect to the derivatives 

market. To the extent we transact with counterparties in foreign jurisdictions, we may become subject to such regulations.

We depend on key personnel for the success of our business and the loss of those persons could adversely affect our business 

and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

The loss of the services of any member of senior management or key employee could have an adverse effect on our business 
and reduce our ability to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations. We may not be able to locate 
or employ on acceptable terms qualified replacements for senior management or other key employees if their services were no 
longer available. We have employment agreements in place with respect to Timothy Go and F. William Grube. We do not maintain 
any key-man life insurance.

An increase in interest rates will cause our debt service obligations to increase.

Borrowings under our revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate equal to prime plus a basis points margin or the London 
Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a basis points margin, at our option. As of December 31, 2018, we had no outstanding 
borrowings under our revolving credit facility and $35.1 million in standby letters of credit were issued under our revolving credit 
facility. The interest rate is subject to adjustment based on fluctuations in LIBOR or the prime rate, as applicable. An increase in 
the interest rates associated with our floating-rate debt would increase our debt service costs and affect our results of operations 
and cash flow available for distribution to our unitholders. In addition, an increase in interest rates could adversely affect our future 
ability to obtain financing or materially increase the cost of any additional financing.

A change of control could result in us facing substantial repayment obligations under our revolving credit agreement, our 

senior notes, our Collateral Trust Agreement and our Supply and Offtake Agreements.

Certain events relating to a change of control of our general partner, our partnership and our operating subsidiaries would 
constitute an event of default under our revolving credit agreement, the indentures governing our senior notes, our Collateral Trust 
Agreement and our Supply and Offtake Agreements. In addition, an event of default under our revolving credit agreement would 
likely constitute an event of default under our master derivatives contracts and the BP Purchase Agreement. As a result, upon a 
change of control event, we may be required immediately to repay the outstanding principal, any accrued interest on and any other 
amounts owed by us under our revolving credit facility, the senior notes and Supply and Offtake Agreements and the outstanding 
payment  obligations  under  our  master  derivatives  contracts  and  the  BP  Purchase Agreement.  The  source  of  funds  for  these 
repayments would be our available cash or cash generated from other sources and there can be no assurance that we would have, 
or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to repay such indebtedness and other payment obligations in full. 

In addition, our obligations under our revolving credit facility are secured by a first-priority lien on our accounts receivable, 
inventory  and  substantially  all  of  our  cash;  and  our  obligations  under  our  master  derivatives  contracts  and  the  BP  Purchase 
Agreement are secured by a first-priority lien on our and our subsidiaries’ real property, plant and equipment, fixtures, intellectual 
property, certain financial assets, certain investment property, commercial tort claims, chattel paper, documents, instruments and 
proceeds of the forgoing (including proceeds of hedge agreements). If we are unable to repay our indebtedness under the revolving 
credit facility, satisfy the payment obligations under our master derivative contracts or the payment obligations under the BP 
Purchase Agreement  or  obtain  waivers  of  such  defaults,  then  the  lenders  under  our  revolving  credit  facility,  the  derivative 
counterparties under our master derivative contracts and BP, respectively, would have the right to foreclose on those assets, which 
would have a material adverse effect on us. There is no restriction in our partnership agreement on the ability of our general partner 
to enter into a transaction which would trigger the change of control provisions of our revolving credit facility agreement, the 
indentures governing our senior notes, our Collateral Trust Agreement or our Supply and Offtake Agreements.

We are subject to cybersecurity risks and other cyber incidents resulting in disruption. 

39

Table of Contents

Threats to information technology systems associated with cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents or attacks continue to grow. 
We depend on information technology systems. In addition, our use of the internet, cloud services and other public networks 
exposes our business and that of other third parties with whom we do business to cyber-attacks that attempt to gain unauthorized 
access to data and systems, intentional or inadvertent releases of confidential information, corruption of data and disruption of 
critical systems and operations.  Despite the security measures we have in place and any additional measures we may implement 
in the future, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers, could be vulnerable to security breaches, 
computer viruses, lost or misplaced data, programming errors, human errors, acts of vandalism or other events. Any disruption of 
our systems or security breach or event resulting in the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of confidential 
information, whether by us directly or our third-party service providers, could damage our reputation, expose us to the risks of 
litigation and liability, disrupt our business or otherwise affect our results of operations.  In addition, as cyber-attacks continue to 
evolve in magnitude and sophistication, and our reliance on digital technologies continues to grow, we may be required to expend 
additional resources in order to continue to enhance our cyber security measures and to investigate and remediate any digital 
systems, related infrastructure, technologies and network security vulnerabilities.

We are exposed to trade credit risk in the ordinary course of our business activities.

We are exposed to risks of loss in the event of nonperformance by our customers and by counterparties of our derivative 
instruments. Some of our customers and counterparties may be highly leveraged and subject to their own operating and regulatory 
risks. Even if our credit review and analysis mechanisms work properly, we may experience financial losses in our dealings with 
other parties. Any increase in the nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers and/or counterparties could reduce our ability 
to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

At March 6, 2019, the families of our chairman, executive vice chairman, The Heritage Group and certain of their affiliates 
own an approximate 21.0% limited partner interest in us and own and control our general partner, which has sole responsibility 
for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates have conflicts of interest and 
limited fiduciary duties, which may permit them to favor their own interests to other unitholders’ detriment.

At March 6, 2019, the families of our chairman, executive vice chairman, The Heritage Group, and certain of their affiliates 
own an approximate 21.0% limited partner interest in us. In addition, The Heritage Group and the families of our chairman and 
executive vice chairman own our general partner. In May 2018, The Heritage Group disclosed in a Schedule 13D filing that it is 
considering various alternatives with respect to its investment in us, including potential consolidation, acquisitions or sales of our 
assets or common units, as well as potential changes to our capital structure. The Heritage Group also disclosed that it may make 
formal proposals to us, holders of our common units or other third parties regarding such strategic alternatives.

Conflicts of interest may arise between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on 
the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, the general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates over 
the interests of our unitholders. These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as its affiliates, in resolving 
conflicts of interest, which has the effect of limiting its fiduciary duty to our unitholders;

our general partner has limited its liability and reduced its fiduciary duties under our partnership agreement and has also 
restricted the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of 
fiduciary duty. As a result of purchasing common units, unitholders consent to some actions and conflicts of interest that 
might otherwise constitute a breach of fiduciary or other duties under Delaware law;

our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, borrowings, issuance of additional 
partnership securities, and reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to unitholders;

our general partner determines which costs incurred by it and its affiliates are reimbursable by us;

our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is a 
maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces operating surplus, or a capital expenditure for acquisitions or capital 
improvements, which does not. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is available for distribution to our 
unitholders and payments of our debt obligations;

our general partner has the flexibility to cause us to enter into a broad variety of derivative transactions covering different 
time periods, the net cash receipts or payments from which will increase or decrease operating surplus and adjusted 
operating surplus, with the result that our general partner may be able to shift the recognition of operating surplus and 
adjusted operating surplus between periods to increase the distributions it and its affiliates receive on their incentive 
distribution rights; and

in some instances, our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, 
even if the purpose or effect of the borrowing is to make incentive distributions.

40

Table of Contents

The Heritage Group and certain of its affiliates may engage in limited competition with us.

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement we entered into in connection with our initial public offering, The Heritage Group and its 
controlled affiliates have agreed not to engage in, whether by acquisition or otherwise, the business of refining or marketing 
specialty lubricating oils, solvents and wax products as well as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel products in the continental U.S. for so 
long as it controls us. This restriction does not apply to certain assets and businesses which are more fully described under Part 
III, Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence — Omnibus Agreement.”

Although Mr. Grube is prohibited from competing with us pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, the owners 
of our general partner, other than The Heritage Group, are not prohibited from competing with us, except to the extent described 
above. Currently, The Heritage Group is an active marketer of asphalt products and has been engaged in this business for much 
longer than us. In certain geographical areas, there can be overlap where both The Heritage Group and we market asphalt. 

Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s fiduciary duties to our unitholders and restricts the remedies available 

to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise 

be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement:

• 

• 

• 

• 

permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our 
general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no 
duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. 
Examples include the exercise of its limited call right, its voting rights with respect to the units it owns, its registration 
rights and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of our partnership or amendment 
of our partnership agreement;

provides that our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as 
a  general  partner  so  long  as  it  acted  in  good  faith,  meaning  it  believed  the  decision  was  in  the  best  interests  of  our 
partnership;

generally  provides  that  affiliated  transactions  and  resolutions  of  conflicts  of  interest  not  approved  by  the  conflicts 
committee of the board of directors of our general partner and not involving a vote of unitholders must be on terms no 
less  favorable  to  us  than  those  generally  being  provided  to  or  available  from  unrelated  third  parties  or  be  “fair  and 
reasonable” to us. In determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” our general partner may 
consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly 
advantageous or beneficial to us; and

provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited 
partners  for  any  acts  or  omissions  unless  there  has  been  a  final  and  non-appealable  judgment  entered  by  a  court  of 
competent jurisdiction determining that the general partner or those other persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud 
or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that such person’s conduct was criminal.

By purchasing a common unit, a unitholder agrees to be bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the 

provisions discussed above.

Unitholders have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our 
business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders do not elect our 
general partner or its board of directors, and have no right to elect our general partner or its board of directors on an annual or 
other continuing basis. The board of directors of our general partner is chosen by the members of our general partner. Furthermore, 
if the unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, the vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all 
outstanding units voting together as a single class is required to remove the general partner. At March 6, 2019, the owners of our 
general partner and certain of their affiliates own approximately 21.0% of our common units. As a result of these limitations, the 
price at which the common units trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the 
trading price.

Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of those unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.

Unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by the partnership agreement provision providing that any units held by a 
person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner, its affiliates, their transferees, 
and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner, cannot vote on any 
matter.  Our  partnership  agreement  also  contains  provisions  limiting  the  ability  of  unitholders  to  call  meetings  or  to  acquire 
information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction 
of management.

41

Table of Contents

Our general partner interest or control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder 

consent.

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all 
of its assets without the consent of the unitholders. Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the 
members of our general partner from transferring their respective membership interests in our general partner to a third party. The 
new members of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and officers of our general partner 
with their own choices and thereby control the decisions taken by the board of directors.

We do not have our own officers and employees and rely solely on the officers and employees of our general partner and 

its affiliates to manage our business and affairs.

We do not have our own officers and employees and rely solely on the officers and employees of our general partner and its 
affiliates to manage our business and affairs. We can provide no assurance that our general partner will continue to provide us the 
officers and employees that are necessary for the conduct of our business nor that such provision will be on terms that are acceptable 
to us. If our general partner fails to provide us with adequate personnel, our operations could be adversely impacted and our cash 
available for distribution to unitholders and payments of our debt obligations could be reduced.

We may issue additional common units without unitholder approval, which would dilute our current unitholders’ existing 

ownership interests.

We may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without the approval of our unitholders. Our 
partnership agreement does not give our unitholders the right to approve our issuance of common units or equity securities ranking 
junior to the common units at any time. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit the issuance by our subsidiaries 
of equity securities, which may effectively rank senior to the common units. The issuance of additional common units or other 
equity securities of equal or senior rank to the common units will have the following effects:

•  our unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us may decrease;

• 

• 

• 

• 

the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished;

the market price of the common units may decline; and

the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase.

Our general partner’s determination of the level of cash reserves may reduce the amount of available cash for distribution 

to unitholders.

Our partnership agreement requires our general partner to deduct from operating surplus cash reserves that it establishes are 
necessary to fund our future operating expenditures. In addition, our partnership agreement also permits our general partner to 
reduce available cash by establishing cash reserves for the proper conduct of our business, to comply with applicable law or 
agreements to which we are a party, or to provide funds for future distributions to partners. These reserves will affect the amount 
of cash available for distribution to unitholders.

We have a holding company structure in which our subsidiaries conduct our operations and own our operating assets and 
our ability to distribute cash to our unitholders and make payments of our debt obligations depends on the performance of our 
subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us.

We are a holding company, and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have 
no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to distribute cash to our unitholders 
and make payments of debt obligations depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. 
The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us is restricted by our revolving credit facility and the indentures governing 
our senior notes and may be restricted by, among other things, applicable state laws and other laws and regulations. If we are 
unable to obtain the funds necessary to distribute cash to our unitholders or make payments of debt obligations, we may be required 
to adopt one or more alternatives, such as a refinancing our indebtedness or incurring borrowings under our revolving credit facility. 
We cannot assure unitholders that we would be able to refinance our indebtedness or that the terms on which we could refinance 
our indebtedness would be favorable.

Cost reimbursements due to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce cash available for distribution to unitholders 

and payments of our debt obligations.

42

Table of Contents

Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all expenses 
they incur on our behalf. Any such reimbursement will be determined by our general partner and will reduce the cash available 
for distribution to unitholders and payments of our debt obligations. These expenses will include all costs incurred by our general 
partner and its affiliates in managing and operating us. Please read Part III, Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 
and Director Independence.”

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require unitholders to sell their units at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the issued and outstanding common units, our general 
partner will have the right, but not the obligation, which right it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not 
less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price not less than their then-current market price. As a result, 
unitholders may be required to sell their common units to our general partner, its affiliates or us at an undesirable time or price 
and may not receive any return on their investment. Unitholders may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of their common units. 
At March 6, 2019, our general partner and its affiliates own approximately 21.0% of our common units.

Unitholder liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those 
contractual  obligations  of  the  partnership  that  are  expressly  made  without  recourse  to  the  general  partner.  Our  partnership  is 
organized under Delaware law and we conduct business in a number of other states. The limitations on the liability of holders of 
limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some of the other states 
in which we do business. Unitholders could be liable for any and all of our obligations as if they were a general partner if:

• 

• 

a court or government agency determined that we were conducting business in a state but had not complied with that 
particular state’s partnership statute; or

unitholders’ right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to 
our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constitute “control” of our business.

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully distributed to them.

Under  certain  circumstances,  unitholders  may  have  to  repay  amounts  wrongfully  returned  or  distributed  to  them.  Under 
Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which we call the Delaware Act, we may not make a 
distribution to our unitholders if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law 
provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution 
and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution 
amount. Purchasers of units who become limited partners are liable for the obligations of the transferring limited partner to make 
contributions to the partnership that are known to the purchaser of the units at the time it became a limited partner and for unknown 
obligations  if  the  liabilities  could  be  determined  from  the  partnership  agreement.  Liabilities  to  partners  on  account  of  their 
partnership interest and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a 
distribution is permitted.

Our common units have a low trading volume compared to other units representing limited partner interests.

Our common units are traded publicly on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CLMT.” However, our 
common units have a low average daily trading volume compared to many other units representing limited partner interests quoted 
on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. 

The market price of our common units may continue to be volatile and may also be influenced by many factors, some of 

which are beyond our control, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

our quarterly distributions or failure to provide such distributions;

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

changes in commodity prices or refining margins;

loss of a large customer;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

general economic conditions;
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

future sales of our common units; and

the other factors described in Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

43

Table of Contents

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being 
subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal 
income tax purposes, or if we become subject to material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, 
then our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.

The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a 

partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Despite the fact that we are organized as a limited partnership under Delaware law, we would be treated as a corporation for 
federal income tax purposes unless we satisfy a “qualifying income” requirement. Based upon our current operations and private 
letter  rulings  we  have  received  with  respect  to  certain  aspects  of  our  business,  we  believe  we  satisfy  the  qualifying  income 
requirement. Failing to meet the qualifying income requirement or a change in current law could cause us to be treated as a 
corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.

If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income 
at the corporate tax rate. Distributions to our unitholders would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, 
gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to our unitholders. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, 
our cash available for distribution to our unitholders could be substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of us as a corporation 
would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to the unitholders, likely causing a substantial 
reduction in the value of our common units.

Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects 
us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to a material amount of entity-level taxation for federal, state or local 
income tax purposes, the anticipated quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect 
the impact of that law or interpretation on us. At the state level, several states have been evaluating ways to subject partnerships 
to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise, or other forms of taxation. Imposition of a similar tax 
on us in the jurisdictions in which we operate or in other jurisdictions to which we may expand could substantially reduce our 
cash available for distribution to our unitholders. 

The tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships or an investment in our common units could be subject to potential 

legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly applied on a retroactive basis.

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common 
units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial changes or differing interpretations at any time. For example, from 
time to time, members of Congress have proposed and considered such substantive changes to the existing U.S. federal income 
tax laws that affect publicly-traded partnerships. Although there is no such current legislative proposal, a prior legislative proposal 
would have eliminated the qualifying income exception to the treatment of all publicly-traded partnerships as corporations upon 
which we rely for our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Moreover, the Treasury Department has 
issued, and in the future may issue, regulations interpreting those laws that affect publicly-traded partnerships.

In addition, on January 24, 2017, final regulations regarding which activities give rise to qualifying income within the meaning 
of Section 7704 of the Code (the “Final Regulations”) were published in the Federal Register. Although we are still studying the 
application of the Final Regulations to portions of our business, the Final Regulations reflect a number of changes from the proposed 
regulations that are responsive to our requests for clarifications to the proposed regulations. Although we anticipate that the vast 
majority of our income will qualify under new standards adopted by the Final Regulations, because of our private letter rulings 
portions of our income that may not qualify under the Final Regulations can be treated as qualifying throughout a ten-year transition 
period. However, there can be no assurance that there will not be further changes to the IRS’s interpretation of the qualifying 
income rules that could impact our ability to qualify as a partnership in the future.

Any  modification  to  the  U.S.  federal  income  tax  laws  may  be  applied  retroactively  and  could  make  it  more  difficult  or 
impossible for us to meet the exception for certain publicly-traded partnerships to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income 
tax purposes. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes or other proposals will ultimately be enacted. Any similar or 
future changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.

If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely impacted 

and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court 
proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take. Any 
contest by the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. Our 
costs of any contest by the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce 
our cash available for distribution. We have requested and obtained a favorable private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that, 
based on facts presented in the private letter ruling request, our income from refining, blending, processing, packaging, marketing 
and distribution of lubricants will constitute “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.

44

Table of Contents

If the IRS makes audit adjustments to our income tax returns for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, it (and 
some  states)  may  assess  and  collect  any  taxes  (including  any  applicable  penalties  and  interest)  resulting  from  such  audit 
adjustment directly from us, in which case our cash available for distribution to our unitholders might be substantially reduced 
and our current and former unitholders may be required to indemnify us for any taxes (including any applicable penalties and 
interest) resulting from such audit adjustments that were paid on such unitholders’ behalf.

Pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, if the IRS makes audit 
adjustments to our income tax returns, it (and some states) may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties 
and interest) resulting from such audit adjustment directly from us. To the extent possible under the new rules, our general partner 
may elect to either pay the taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) directly to the IRS or, if we are eligible, issue a 
revised information statement to each unitholder with respect to an audited and adjusted return. Although our general partner may 
elect to have our unitholders take such audit adjustment into account in accordance with their interests in us during the tax year 
under audit, there can be no assurance that such election will be practical, permissible or effective in all circumstances. As a result, 
our current unitholders may bear some or all of the tax liability resulting from such audit adjustment, even if such unitholders did 
not own units in us during the tax year under audit. If, as a result of any such audit adjustment, we are required to make payments 
of taxes, penalties and interest, our cash available for distribution to our unitholders might be substantially reduced and our current 
and former unitholders may be required to indemnify us for any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting 
from such audit adjustments that were paid on such unitholders’ behalf. These rules are not applicable for tax years beginning on 
or prior to December 31, 2017.

Unitholders  will  be  required  to  pay  taxes  on  their  share  of  our  taxable  income  even  if  they  do  not  receive  any  cash 

distributions from us, including their share of income from the cancellation of debt.

Unitholders will be required to pay federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on their share of 
our taxable income, whether or not they receive any cash distributions from us. During periods in which the partnership suspends 
or suppresses cash distributions or reinvests cash in its business, the ratio of the partnership’s allocable taxable income to cash 
distributions will increase. Unitholders may not receive cash distributions from us equal to their share of our taxable income or 
even equal to the actual tax liability which results from that income.

Additionally, in response to current market conditions, we may engage in transactions to de-lever and manage our liquidity, 
which may result in income and gain to our unitholders without a corresponding cash distribution. For example, if we sell assets 
and use the proceeds to repay existing debt or fund capital expenditures, you may be allocated taxable income and gain resulting 
from the sale without receiving a cash distribution. Further, taking advantage of opportunities to reduce our existing debt, such as 
debt exchanges, debt repurchases or modifications of our existing debt, could result in “cancellation of indebtedness income” (also 
referred to as “COD income”) being allocated to our unitholders as taxable income. Unitholders may be allocated COD income, 
and income tax liabilities arising therefrom may exceed cash distributions. The ultimate effect of any such allocations will depend 
on the unitholder’s individual tax position with respect to its units. Unitholders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors with 
respect to the consequences to them of COD income.

The Heritage Group and certain of its affiliates are considering and may, from time to time, formulate plans for various 
alternatives with respect to their investment in us, including changes to our capital structure that would affect the tax treatment 
of our unitholders.

The Heritage Group, which along with the families of our chairman and executive vice chairman and certain of their affiliates 
owns  an  approximate  21.0%  limited  partnership  interest  in  us  and  control  our  general  partner,  has  stated  publicly  that  it  is 
considering, and may, from time to time, formulate plans or proposals for various alternatives with respect to their investment in 
us, including, without limitation, potential consolidation, acquisitions or sales of assets or Common Units or changes to our capital 
structure, and hold discussions with or make formal proposals to the Issuer, other holders of Common Units or other third parties 
regarding such matters. If we were to convert to a corporation, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the 
corporate tax rate. Distributions would generally be taxed again to our shareholders as dividends to the extent of our current and 
accumulated earnings and profits, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to our unitholders. 
Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution could be substantially reduced. Please 
read “-Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being 
subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal 
income tax purposes, or if we become subject to material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then 
our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.”  In addition, a conversion transaction could 
in some circumstances itself be a taxable event for our unitholders. 

Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

45

Table of Contents

If our unitholders sell their common units, they will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount 
realized and their tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of a unitholder’s allocable share of our net 
taxable income result in a decrease in such unitholder’s tax basis in their common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess 
distributions with respect to the units they sell will, in effect, become taxable income to our unitholders if they sell such units at 
a price greater than their tax basis in those units, even if the price they receive is less than their original cost. In addition, because 
the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if unitholders sell their units, they may incur a tax 
liability in excess of the amount of cash they receive from the sale.

Furthermore, a substantial portion of the amount realized from the sale of common units, whether or not representing gain, 
may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture of depreciation and deductions and certain other items. Thus, our 
unitholders may recognize both ordinary income and capital loss from the sale of their units if the amount realized on a sale of 
such units is less than their adjusted basis in the units. Net capital loss may only offset capital gains and, in the case of individuals, 
up to $3,000 of ordinary income per year. In the taxable period in which our unitholders sell their units, they may recognize ordinary 
income from our allocations of income and gain to them prior to the sale and from recapture items that generally cannot be offset 
by any capital loss recognized upon the sale of units.

Unitholders may be subject to limitation on their ability to deduct interest expense incurred by us.

In general, our unitholders are entitled to a deduction for the interest we have paid or accrued on indebtedness properly 
allocable to our trade or business during our taxable year. However, under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, for taxable years beginning 
after December 31, 2017, our deduction for “business interest” is limited to the sum of our business interest income and 30% of 
our “adjusted taxable income.” For the purposes of this limitation, our adjusted taxable income is computed without regard to any 
business interest expense or business interest income, and in the case of taxable years beginning before January 1, 2022, any 
deduction allowable for depreciation, amortization, or depletion. If our “business interest” is subject to limitation under these rules, 
our unitholders will be limited in their ability to deduct their share of any interest expense that has been allocated to them. As a 
result, unitholders may be subject to limitation on their ability to deduct interest expense incurred by us.

Pending  further  guidance  specific  to  this  issue,  we  have  not  yet  determined  the  impact  the  limitation  could  have  on  our 
unitholders’ ability to deduct our interest expense, but it is possible that our unitholders’ interest expense deduction will be limited.

Tax-exempt entities face unique tax issues from owning our common units that may result in adverse tax consequences 

to them.

Investment in our common units by tax-exempt entities, such as employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts 
(known as IRAs) raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations that are exempt 
from U.S. federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be 
taxable to them. Further, with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, a tax-exempt entity with more than one 
unrelated trade or business (including by attribution from investment in a partnership such as ours that is engaged in one or more 
unrelated trade or business) is required to compute the unrelated business taxable income of such tax-exempt entity separately 
with respect to each such trade or business (including for purposes of determining any net operating loss deduction). As a result, 
for years beginning after December 31, 2017, it may not be possible for tax-exempt entities to utilize losses from an investment 
in our partnership to offset unrelated business taxable income from another unrelated trade or business and vice versa. Tax-exempt 
entities should consult a tax advisor before investing in our common units.

Non-U.S. Unitholders will be subject to U.S. taxes and withholding with respect to their income and gain from owning our 

units.

Non-U.S.  unitholders  are  generally  taxed  and  subject  to  income  tax  filing  requirements  by  the  United  States  on  income 
effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (“effectively connected income”). Income allocated to our unitholders and any 
gain from the sale of our units will generally be considered to be “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business.  As a result, 
distributions to a Non-U.S. unitholder will be subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate and a Non-U.S. 
unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit will also be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the gain realized from the 
sale or disposition of that unit. 

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act imposes a withholding obligation of 10% of the amount realized upon a Non-U.S. unitholder’s 
sale or exchange of an interest in a partnership that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business. However, due to challenges of administering 
a  withholding  obligation  applicable  to  open  market  trading  and  other  complications,  the  IRS  has  temporarily  suspended  the 
application of this withholding rule to open market transfers of interests in publicly traded partnerships pending promulgation of 
regulations or other guidance that resolves the challenges.  It is not clear if or when such regulations or other guidance will be 
issued.  Non-U.S. unitholders should consult a tax advisor before investing in our common units.

46

Table of Contents

We have subsidiaries that are treated as corporations for federal income tax purposes and subject to corporate-level income 

taxes.

Even though we (as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) are not subject to U.S. federal income tax, some of 
our operations are currently conducted through subsidiaries that are organized as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 
The taxable income, if any, of such subsidiaries are subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes, which may reduce the 
cash available for distribution to us and, in turn, to our unitholders. If the IRS or other state or local jurisdictions were to successfully 
assert that these corporations have more tax liability than we anticipate or legislation was enacted that increased the corporate tax 
rate, the cash available for distribution could be further reduced. The income tax return filings positions taken by these corporate 
subsidiaries require significant judgment, use of estimates, and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. Significant 
judgment is also required in assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items. Despite our belief that the income 
tax return positions taken by these subsidiaries is fully supportable, certain positions may be successfully challenged by the IRS, 
state or local jurisdictions.

We will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common 

units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

Because  we  cannot  match  transferors  and  transferees  of  common  units  and  because  of  other  reasons,  we  have  adopted 
depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS 
challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to our unitholders. It also could affect the 
timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from unitholders’ sale of common units and could have a negative impact on 
the value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to their tax returns.

We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each 
month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular 
unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss 
and deduction among our unitholders.

We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our common units 
each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first day of each month (the “Allocation Date”), instead of on 
the basis of the date a particular common unit is transferred. Similarly, we generally allocate gain or loss realized on a sale or other 
disposition of our assets or, in the discretion of the general partner, any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction 
on the Allocation Date. Nonetheless, we allocate certain deductions for depreciation of capital additions based upon the date the 
underlying property is placed in service. The U.S. Department of the Treasury adopted final Treasury Regulations allowing a 
similar monthly simplifying convention but such regulations do not specifically authorize all aspects of our proration method. If 
the IRS were to successfully challenge our proration method or new Treasury Regulations were issued, we may be required to 
change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss, and deduction among our unitholders.

We  have  adopted  certain  valuation  methodologies  in  determining  unitholder’s  allocations  of  income,  gain,  loss  and 
deduction. The IRS may challenge these methods or the resulting allocations, and such a challenge could adversely affect the 
value of our common units.

In determining the items of income, gain, loss and deduction allocable to our unitholders, we must routinely determine the 
fair market value of our respective assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding 
valuation matters, we make many fair market value estimates using a methodology based on the market value of our common 
units as a means to measure the fair market value of our respective assets. The IRS may challenge these valuation methods and 
the resulting allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction.

A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could adversely affect the amount, character, and timing of taxable 
income or loss being allocated to our unitholders. It also could affect the amount of gain from our unitholders’ sale of common 
units and could have a negative impact on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ tax 
returns without the benefit of additional deductions.

A unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale 
of common units) may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax 
purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from 
the disposition.

Because there are no specific rules governing the U.S. federal income tax consequences of loaning a partnership interest, a 
unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan may be considered as having disposed of the loaned units. In 
that case, the unitholder may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the 
period of the loan and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan, 
any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any 
cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders 
47

Table of Contents

desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller should modify any 
applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their common units.

Unitholders will likely be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in jurisdictions where they do not 

live as a result of investing in our common units.

In addition to U.S. federal income taxes, our unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, including state and local taxes, 
unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we 
conduct business or own property now or in the future, even if they do not live in any of those jurisdictions. We own assets and 
conduct business in most states. Our unitholders may be required to file foreign, state and local income tax returns and pay state 
and local income taxes in any state in which we now or may conduct business in the future. Further, they may be subject to penalties 
for failure to comply with those requirements. As we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may own assets or conduct 
business in additional states or foreign jurisdictions that impose a personal income tax. It is the responsibility of our unitholders 
to file all U.S. federal, foreign, state and local tax returns and pay any taxes due in these jurisdictions. Unitholders should consult 
with their own tax advisors regarding the filing of such tax returns, the payment of such taxes and the deductibility of any taxes 
paid.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to, and our property is not the subject of, any pending legal proceedings other than ordinary routine litigation 
incidental to our business. Our operations are subject to a variety of risks and disputes normally incident to our business. As a 
result, we may, at any given time, be a defendant in various legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of 
business. Please see Items 1 and 2 “Business and Properties — Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety Matters” for 
a description of our current regulatory matters related to the environment, health and safety. Additionally, the information provided 
under Note 8 “Commitments and Contingencies” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements” is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

48

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Unitholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common units are quoted and traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “CLMT.” 
As of March 6, 2019, there were approximately 34 unitholders of record of our common units. The actual number of unitholders 
is greater than the number of holders of record. As of March 6, 2019, there were 77,469,501 common units outstanding. The last 
reported sale price of our common units by NASDAQ on March 6, 2019, was $2.84.

Cash Distribution Policy

General. Within 45 days after the end of each quarter, we distribute our available cash (as defined in our partnership agreement), 

if any, to unitholders of record on the applicable record date.

Available Cash. Available cash generally means, for any quarter, all cash on hand at the end of the quarter:
• 

less the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to:

provide for the proper conduct of our business;

comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; and

provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four 
quarters.

• 

plus all cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings 
made after the end of the quarter for which the determination is being made. Working capital borrowings are generally 
borrowings that will be made under our revolving credit facility and in all cases are used solely for working capital 
purposes or to pay distributions to partners.

Cash Distribution Policy. We distribute to the holders of common units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly 
distribution of $0.45 per unit, or $1.80 in aggregate per year, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after 
establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner. However, since April 
2016, we have not paid, and there is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the units in any quarter. 
See “— Distribution Suspension.”  Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions 
paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner, taking into consideration the 
terms of our partnership agreement. We will be prohibited from making any distributions to unitholders if it would cause an event 
of default, or an event of default exists, under our debt instruments, including our revolving credit agreement and the indentures 
governing our 2021 Notes, 2022 Notes and 2023 Notes. Please read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit Facilities” for a discussion 
of the restrictions in our debt instruments that restrict our ability to make distributions.

General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights. Our general partner is entitled to 2% of all quarterly distributions 
since inception that we make prior to our liquidation. This general partner interest is represented by 1,581,010 general partner 
units. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 
current general partner interest. The general partner’s 2% interest in these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units 
in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2% general partner 
interest. Our general partner also currently holds incentive distribution rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up 
to a maximum of 50%, of the cash we distribute from operating surplus (as defined in our partnership agreement) in excess of 
$0.495 per unit. The maximum distribution of 50% includes distributions paid to our general partner on its 2% general partner 
interest, and assumes that our general partner maintains its general partner interest at 2%. The maximum distribution of 50% does 
not include any distributions that our general partner may receive on units that it owns. Our general partner earned no incentive 
distribution rights for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

49

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our general partner is entitled to incentive distributions if the amount we distribute to unitholders with respect to any quarter 

exceeds specified target levels shown below: 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution
First Target Distribution
Second Target Distribution
Third Target Distribution
Thereafter

Distribution Suspension

Total Quarterly
Distribution
Target Amount
Per Common Unit
$0.45
up to $0.495
above $0.495 up to $0.563
above $0.563 up to $0.675
above $0.675

Marginal Percentage
Interest in Distributions

Unitholders

General Partner

98%
98%
85%
75%
50%

2%
2%
15%
25%
50%

In April 2016 and effective beginning the first quarter 2016, the board of directors of our general partner suspended payment 
of our quarterly cash distribution. The board of directors of our general partner will continue to evaluate our ability to reinstate 
the distribution.

Equity Compensation Plans

The equity compensation plan information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K in response to this Item 5 is incorporated 
by reference into Part III, Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder 
Matters” of this Annual Report.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

 Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table shows selected historical consolidated financial and operating data of the Company. The selected historical 
consolidated financial and operating data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the balance sheet data as of 
December 31,  2018  and  2017  are  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  Item  8  “Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated financial and 
operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 
2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K

The selected historical consolidated financial and operating data contains the historical results of (i) Superior through the 
effective date of its sale, November 7, 2017, (ii) the historical results of operations acquired as part of the acquisition of United 
Petroleum, LLC from its date of acquisition, February 28, 2014 and (iii) as a result of the sale to a subsidiary of Q’Max Solutions 
Inc. (“Q’Max”) of all of the issued and outstanding membership interests in Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, LLC (“Anchor”) that 
we completed on November 21, 2017, the classification of Anchor’s results of operations and assets and liabilities for all periods 
presented to reflect Anchor as a discontinued operation in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

The following table includes the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow. 
For a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow to Net loss and Net cash provided by (used in) 
operating activities, our most directly comparable financial performance and liquidity measures calculated in accordance with 
GAAP, please read “— Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

50

 
 
Table of Contents

The information in the following table should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical 
consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data” except for operating data, such as sales volume, feedstock runs and facility production. The following table also should be 
read together with Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Statement of Operations Data:
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating costs and expenses:

Selling
General and administrative
Transportation
Taxes other than income taxes
Asset impairment
Gain on sale of business, net
Other

Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense):

Interest expense
Debt extinguishment costs
Gain (loss) on derivative instruments
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
Gain (loss) on sale of unconsolidated affiliates
Other

Total other expense
Net loss from continuing operations before income taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
Net loss from continuing operations
Net loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
Net loss

$

2018

2017

2015

2014

Year Ended December 31,
2016
(In millions)

$

$

3,497.5
3,060.8
436.7

$

3,763.8
3,265.6
498.2

$

3,474.3
3,088.0
386.3

$

3,930.3
3,393.9
536.4

5,422.6
5,014.9
407.7

58.2
122.5
137.2
18.1
—
(4.8)
(17.4)
122.9

(155.5)
(58.8)
33.8
(3.7)
0.2
10.8
(173.2)

65.7
138.7
137.1
24.1
207.3
(236.0)
3.3
158.0

(183.1)
—
(9.6)
—
—
3.3
(189.4)

69.8
105.8
154.3
19.3
35.7
—
1.7
(0.3)

(161.7)
—
(4.1)
(18.3)
(113.4)
1.2
(296.3)

71.8
125.9
153.6
17.1
—
—
10.8
157.2

(104.9)
(46.6)
(31.4)
(61.1)
—
1.6
(242.4)

(50.3)
0.7
(51.0)
(4.1)
(55.1) $

(31.4)
(0.1)
(31.3)
(72.5)
(103.8) $

(296.6)
0.2
(296.8)
(31.8)
(328.6) $

(85.2)
0.2
(85.4)
(54.0)
(139.4) $

80.6
94.2
143.3
13.0
—
—
14.1
62.5

(110.8)
(89.9)
43.2
(3.2)
—
1.4
(159.3)

(96.8)
0.6
(97.4)
(14.8)
(112.2)

51

 
 
 
Table of Contents

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2016
(In millions, except unit, per unit and operating data)

2017

2015

2014

Weighted average limited partner units outstanding:

Basic and diluted

77,943,992

77,598,950

77,043,935

74,896,096

69,671,827

Limited partners’ interest basic and diluted net loss per unit:

From continuing operations
From discontinued operations
Limited partners’ interest

Cash distributions declared per limited partner
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):(1)
Property, plant and equipment, net
Total assets
Accounts payable
Total long-term debt
Total partners’ capital

Cash Flow Data:(5)

Net cash flow provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Other Financial Data:(5)

EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
Distributable Cash Flow

Operating Data (bpd): (1)
Total sales volume (2)
Total feedstock runs (3)
Total facility production (4)

$

$
$

$
$
$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$
$

(0.64) $
(0.05)
(0.69) $
— $

(0.40) $
(0.91)
(1.31) $
— $

(3.77) $
(0.41)
(4.18) $
$
0.685

(1.34) $
(0.71)
(2.05) $
$
2.74

(1.59)
(0.21)
(1.80)
2.74

1,098.1
2,087.5
200.6
1,604.5
65.7

$
$
$
$
$

1,159.2
2,688.8
282.3
1,992.3
119.9

$
$
$
$
$

1,632.4
2,571.3
275.9
1,997.2
218.7

$
$
$
$
$

1,665.0
2,752.6
300.0
1,773.4
603.9

$
$
$
$
$

1,407.2
2,715.3
360.4
1,678.8
810.2

$
75.2
8.3
$
(442.1) $

219.2
263.9
67.0

$
$
$

(26.5) $
$
453.4
$
83.2

246.7
317.2
89.3

$
$
$

$
4.1
(154.2) $
$
148.7

$
376.4
(389.0) $
$
9.7

158.2

(3.5) $
$
(5.7) $

82.5
257.7
161.9

$
$
$

226.8
(658.8)
319.4

136.4
305.9
146.3

97,104
94,137
95,298

132,082
128,624
131,561

140,180
134,163
134,929

126,216
123,051
122,795

122,852
117,427
114,146

(1)  Balance sheet and operating data exclude discontinued operations.
(2)  Total sales volume includes sales from the production at our facilities and certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply 
and/or processing agreements, sales of inventories and the resale of crude oil to third-party customers. Total sales volume 
also includes the sale of purchased fuel product blendstocks, such as ethanol and biodiesel, as components of finished 
fuel products in our fuel products segment sales.

(3)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our facilities and at certain 

third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements.

(4)  Total facility production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing 
crude oil and other feedstocks at our facilities and at certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing 
agreements. The difference between total facility production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag 
between the input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss. 
(5)  Cash flow and other financial data are reflective of continuing and discontinued operations.

52

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We include in this Annual Report the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash 
Flow. We provide reconciliations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow to Net loss, our most directly 
comparable financial performance measure. We also provide a reconciliation of Distributable Cash Flow, Adjusted EBITDA and 
EBITDA to Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, our most directly comparable liquidity measure. Both Net loss 
and Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities are calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow are used as supplemental financial measures by our management 

and by external users of our financial statements, such as investors, commercial banks, research analysts and others, to assess:

• 

• 

the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;

the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs and support our indebtedness;

•  our operating performance and return on capital as compared to those of other companies in our industry, without regard 

to financing or capital structure; and

• 

the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment 
opportunities.

Management believes that these non-GAAP measures are useful to analysts and investors as they exclude transactions not 
related to our core cash operating activities and provide metrics to analyze our ability to pay interest costs and distributions. 
However,  the  indentures  governing  our  senior  notes  contain  covenants  that,  among  other  things,  restrict  our  ability  to  pay 
distributions. We believe that excluding these transactions allows investors to meaningfully analyze trends and performance of 
our core cash operations.

We define EBITDA for any period as net income (loss) plus interest expense (including debt issuance costs), income taxes 

and depreciation and amortization. 

We define Adjusted EBITDA for any period as EBITDA adjusted for (1)(a) impairment; (b) unrealized gains and losses from 
mark to market accounting for hedging activities; (c) realized gains and losses under derivative instruments excluded from the 
determination of net income (loss); (d) non-cash equity-based compensation expense and other non-cash items (excluding items 
such as accruals of cash expenses in a future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense) that were deducted in computing 
net income (loss); (e) debt refinancing fees, premiums and penalties; (f) any net loss realized in connection with an asset sale that 
was deducted in computing net income (loss) and (g) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of gain or loss, or revenue 
or expense. 

We  define  Distributable  Cash  Flow  for  any  period  as Adjusted  EBITDA  less  replacement  and  environmental  capital 
expenditures, turnaround costs, cash interest expense (consolidated interest expense less non-cash interest expense), income (loss) 
from unconsolidated affiliates, net of cash distributions and income tax expense (benefit).

We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by sales.

The definition of Adjusted EBITDA presented in this Annual Report is consistent with the calculation of “Consolidated Cash 
Flow” contained in the indentures governing our 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes (as defined in this Annual Report). We are required 
to report Consolidated Cash Flow to the holders of our 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes and Adjusted EBITDA to the lenders under 
our revolving credit facility, and these measures are used by them to determine our compliance with certain covenants governing 
those debt instruments. Please read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations  —  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources  —  Debt  and  Credit  Facilities”  for  additional  details  regarding  the  covenants 
governing our debt instruments.

EBITDA, Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Distributable  Cash  Flow  should  not  be  considered  alternatives  to  Net  income  (loss), 
Operating income (loss), Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented 
in accordance with GAAP. In evaluating our performance as measured by EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash 
Flow, management recognizes and considers the limitations of these measurements. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect 
our obligations for the payment of income taxes, interest expense or other obligations such as capital expenditures. Accordingly, 
EBITDA, Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Distributable  Cash  Flow  are  only  three  of  several  measurements  that  management  utilizes. 
Moreover, our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of 
another company because all companies may not calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow in the same 
manner.

The  following  tables  present  a  reconciliation of  Net  loss  to  EBITDA, Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Distributable Cash  Flow; 
Distributable Cash Flow, Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA to Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities and Segment 
Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA and Net loss, and our most directly comparable GAAP financial performance and liquidity measures, 
for each of the periods indicated.

53

Table of Contents

2018

2017

Year Ended December 31,
2016
(In millions)

2015

2014

Reconciliation of Net loss to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and
Distributable Cash Flow:
Net loss
Add:

$

Interest expense
Depreciation and amortization
Income tax expense (benefit)

EBITDA
Add:

Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments
Realized gain (loss) on derivatives, not included
in net loss or settled in a prior period
Debt extinguishment costs
Amortization of turnaround costs
Impairment charges (3)
Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliate
Gain on sale of business, net
Equity based compensation and other items

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

Less:

Replacement and environmental capital 
expenditures (1)
Cash interest expense (2)
Turnaround costs
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
Income tax expense (benefit)

Distributable Cash Flow

$

$

$

$

$

(55.1) $

(103.8) $

(328.6) $

(139.4) $

(112.2)

155.5
118.1
0.7
219.2

$

183.1
168.5
(1.1)
246.7

$

161.7
171.1
(7.7)
(3.5) $

104.9
145.4
(28.4)
82.5

(30.2) $

(3.6) $

(19.9) $

39.5

—
58.8
12.8
—
—
(0.7)

4.0
263.9

24.4
147.6
27.9
(3.7)
0.7
67.0

$

$

$

—
—
24.3
207.3
—
(173.4)

15.9
317.2

42.0
172.9
14.5
(0.4)
(1.1)
89.3

$

$

$

(6.4)
—
33.2
35.9
113.9
—

5.0
158.2

$

$

29.3
152.1
8.7
(18.5)
(7.7)
(5.7) $

(10.0)
46.6
29.0
58.1
—
—

12.0
257.7

44.2
98.2
19.3
(37.5)
(28.4)
161.9

$

$

$

$

$

110.8
138.6
(0.8)
136.4

0.6

6.6
89.9
24.5
36.0
—
—

11.9
305.9

31.8
104.4
27.6
(3.4)
(0.8)
146.3

(1)  Replacement capital expenditures are defined as those capital expenditures which do not increase operating capacity or 
reduce operating costs and exclude turnaround costs. Environmental capital expenditures include asset additions to meet 
or exceed environmental and operating regulations.

(2)  Represents consolidated interest expense less non-cash interest expense.
(3) 

Impairment  charges  for  2017  primarily  relate  to  $59.2  million  of  long-lived  asset  impairment  charges  related  to  the 
specialty products segment and $147.0 million of long-lived asset impairment charges related to the fuel products segment.

Impairment charges for 2016 include $34.8 million of goodwill impairment charges related to the specialty products and 
fuel products segments, $0.9 million of long-lived assets impairment charges related to the specialty products and fuel 
products segments, and a $0.2 million impairment charge related to one of our equity method investments.

(4)  Total segment Adjusted EBITDA includes the non-cash impact of the following LCM inventory adjustments and losses 

related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory layers.

LCM Impact

LIFO Impact

2018

2017

2016
(In millions)

2015

2014

$

$

(30.6) $

(6.3) $

30.6

$

(3.7) $

38.4

$

(28.5) $

(81.8) $

(24.3) $

(74.1)

(26.5)

54

 
 
 
Table of Contents

2018

2017

Year Ended December 31,
2016
(In millions)

2015

2014

Reconciliation of Distributable Cash Flow, Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA to Net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Distributable Cash Flow

67.0

$

$

89.3

$

(5.7) $

161.9

$

146.3

Add:

Replacement and environmental capital expenditures (1)
Cash interest expense (2)
Turnaround costs
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
Income tax expense (benefit)

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

Less:

Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments
Realized gain (loss) on derivatives, not included in net loss or
settled in a prior period
Debt extinguishment costs
Amortization of turnaround costs
Impairment charges (3)
Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliate
Gain on sale of business, net
Equity based compensation and other items

EBITDA
Add:

Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments
Cash interest expense (2)
Gain on sale of business, net
Asset impairment
Lower of cost or market inventory adjustment
Equity-based compensation
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliate
Amortization of turnaround costs
Income tax (expense) benefit
Debt extinguishment costs
Changes in assets and liabilities:

$

$

$

$

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Turnaround costs
Derivative activity
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued interest payable
Other current liabilities
Other

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

$

24.4
147.6
27.9
(3.7)
0.7
263.9

$

42.0
172.9
14.5
(0.4)
(1.1)
317.2

$

29.3
152.1
8.7
(18.5)
(7.7)
158.2

$

44.2
98.2
19.3
(37.5)
(28.4)
257.7

(30.2) $

(3.6) $

(19.9) $

39.5

—
58.8
12.8
—
—
(0.7)

—
—
24.3
207.3
—
(173.4)

(6.4)
—
33.2
35.9
113.9
—

4.0
219.2

$

15.9
246.7

$

5.0
(3.5) $

(30.2) $
(147.6)
(0.7)
—
30.6
(1.2)
3.7
—
12.8
(0.7)
58.8

109.8
(0.3)
(4.5)
(27.9)
(0.5)
—
(78.2)
(21.8)
(51.9)
5.8
75.2

$

(3.6) $

(172.9)
(173.4)
207.3
(30.6)
11.6
0.4
—
24.3
1.1
—

(200.7)
(18.1)
(0.5)
(14.5)
(0.5)
(0.5)
94.1
0.9
(5.3)
7.7
(26.5) $

(19.9) $
(152.1)
—
35.7
(39.2)
5.6
18.7
113.4
33.2
7.7
—

(28.4)
49.6
(3.5)
(8.7)
(19.0)
(0.6)
21.4
21.4
(31.1)
3.4
4.1

$

(10.0)
46.6
29.0
58.1
—
—

12.0
82.5

39.5
(98.2)
—
33.8
81.8
9.8
61.5
—
29.0
28.4
9.1

138.0
47.3
3.4
(19.3)
(7.0)
—
(119.9)
(6.5)
84.2
(21.0)
376.4

$

$

$

$

$

31.8
104.4
27.6
(3.4)
(0.8)
305.9

0.6

6.6
89.9
24.5
36.0
—
—

11.9
136.4

0.6
(104.4)
—
36.0
74.1
6.5
3.4
—
24.5
0.8
19.0

(0.4)
43.9
3.9
(27.6)
6.7
—
(13.1)
15.1
(2.1)
3.5
226.8

(1)  Replacement capital expenditures are defined as those capital expenditures which do not increase operating capacity or 
reduce operating costs and exclude turnaround costs. Environmental capital expenditures include asset additions to meet 
or exceed environmental and operating regulations.

(2)  Represents consolidated interest expense less non-cash interest expense.

55

 
 
 
Table of Contents

(3) 

Impairment  charges  for  2017  primarily  relate  to  $59.2  million  of  long-lived  asset  impairment  charges  related  to  the 
specialty products segment and $147.0 million of long-lived asset impairment charges related to the fuel products segment.
Impairment charges for 2016 include $34.8 million of goodwill impairment charges related to the specialty products and 
fuel products segments, $0.9 million of long-lived assets impairment charges related to the specialty products and fuel 
products segments, and a $0.2 million impairment charge related to one of our equity method investments.
(4)  Total segment Adjusted EBITDA includes the non-cash impact of the following LCM inventory adjustments and 

losses related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory layers.

LCM Impact

LIFO Impact

2018

2017

2016
(In millions)

2015

2014

$

$

(30.6) $

30.6

$

38.4

$

(81.8) $

(6.3) $

(3.7) $

(28.5) $

(24.3) $

(74.1)

(26.5)

2018

2017

Year Ended December 31,
2016
(In millions)

2015

2014

Reconciliation of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA and Net
loss:
Segment Adjusted EBITDA:

Specialty products Adjusted EBITDA
Fuel products Adjusted EBITDA
Discontinued operations Adjusted EBITDA

Total segment Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Less:
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments
Realized gain (loss) on derivatives, not included
in net loss or settled in a prior period
Debt extinguishment costs
Amortization of turnaround costs
Impairment charges
Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliate
Gain on sale of business, net

Equity-based compensation and other items

EBITDA
Less:

Interest expense
Depreciation and amortization
Income tax expense (benefit)

Net loss

$

$

$

$

$

$

160.2
103.7
—
263.9

$

$

186.5
127.8
2.9
317.2

$

$

188.9
(10.1)
(20.6)
158.2

$

$

201.7
81.9
(25.9)
257.7

(30.2) $

(3.6) $

(19.9) $

39.5

$

$

$

—
58.8
12.8
—
—
(0.7)

4.0
219.2

$

$

155.5
118.1
0.7
(55.1) $

—
—
24.3
207.3
—
(173.4)

15.9
246.7

$

$

183.1
168.5
(1.1)
(103.8) $

(6.4)
—
33.2
35.9
113.9
—

(10.0)
46.6
29.0
58.1
—
—

5.0
(3.5) $

12.0
82.5

$

$

161.7
171.1
(7.7)
(328.6) $

$

104.9
145.4
(28.4)
(139.4) $

220.8
50.0
35.1
305.9

0.6

6.6
89.9
24.5
36.0
—
—

11.9
136.4

110.8
138.6
(0.8)
(112.2)

(1)  Total segment Adjusted EBITDA includes the non-cash impact of the following LCM inventory adjustments and losses 
related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory layers. 

LCM Impact

LIFO Impact

2018

2017

2016
(In millions)

2015

2014

$

$

(30.6) $

(6.3) $

30.6

$

(3.7) $

38.4

$

(28.5) $

(81.8) $

(24.3) $

(74.1)

(26.5)

56

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The historical consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report reflect all of the assets, liabilities and results 
of operations of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Calumet,” the “Company,” “we,” 
“our,” or “us”). The following discussion analyzes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the years 
ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. In addition, as discussed in Note 4 and Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, 
we closed the Superior Transaction and the Anchor Transaction on November 8, 2017 and November 21, 2017, respectively. The 
historical results of operations of the Superior Refinery are contained in our financial position and results through November 7, 
2017. As a result of the Anchor Transaction, we classified its results of operations and the assets and liabilities of Anchor for all 
periods presented to reflect Anchor as a discontinued operation. Prior to being reported as discontinued operations, Anchor was 
included as its own reportable segment as oilfield services. Unitholders should read the following discussion and analysis of the 
financial condition and results of operations of the Company in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements 
and notes of the Company included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Overview

We  are  a  leading  independent  producer  of  high-quality,  specialty  hydrocarbon  products  in  North  America.  We  are 
headquartered in Indianapolis, Indiana, and own specialty and fuel products facilities primarily located in northwest Louisiana, 
northern Montana, western Pennsylvania, Texas, New Jersey and eastern Missouri. We own and lease additional facilities, primarily 
related to production and distribution of specialty and fuel products, throughout the United States. Our business is organized into 
two segments: specialty products and fuel products. In our specialty products segment, we process crude oil and other feedstocks 
into a wide variety of customized lubricating oils, white mineral oils, solvents, petrolatums and waxes. Our specialty products are 
sold  to  domestic  and  international  customers  who  purchase  them  primarily  as  raw  material  components  for  basic  industrial, 
consumer and automotive goods. We also blend and market specialty products through our Royal Purple, Bel-Ray, TruFuel and 
Quantum brands. In our fuel products segment, we process crude oil into a variety of fuel and fuel-related products, including 
gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, asphalt and heavy fuel oils, and from time to time resell purchased crude oil to third-party customers. 

2018 Update 

Outlook and Trends

Commodity markets and corresponding refined product margins were volatile during 2017 and 2018, with the average price 
per barrel of New York Mercantile Exchange West Texas Intermediate (“NYMEX WTI”) crude oil increasing approximately 17% 
during 2017 and increasing approximately 28% during 2018. We expect this volatility to continue into 2019. Below are factors 
that have impacted our results of operations during 2018:

•  We continue to focus on improving operations. Our average feedstock runs were 94,137 barrels per day (“bpd”) in 2018, 
compared to 128,624 bpd in 2017. The decrease is primarily attributable to the divestiture of the Superior Refinery in 
November 2017 and decreased production due to maintenance activities in 2018. We anticipate to see improvement in 
our utilization rates in 2019 as we continue to seek to minimize unplanned downtime at our facilities which negatively 
affected our current year earnings.

•  Refined fuel product margins widened in 2018 as compared to 2017 predominately driven by the increase in the Western 
Canadian Select (“WCS”) discount versus NYMEX WTI increasing to approximately $27 per barrel below NYMEX 
WTI in comparison to $13 per barrel below NYMEX WTI in 2017. Given the WCS discount to NYMEX WTI remained 
favorable throughout much of 2018, we increased our use of WCS crude oil and other heavy crude oils to capture the 
higher margins associated with refining heavier crude oils. In the fourth quarter of 2018, the Canadian heavy sour crude 
oil discounts began to shrink to more normal levels in comparison to the large discounts seen throughout much of 2018 
caused by the oversupply of sour crude oil and pipeline constraints restricting access to markets. The price of domestically 
produced mid-continent crude is expected to continue to trade at a discount relative to internationally produced crude 
reflecting increased domestic production combined with transportation constraints in the United States’ which is especially 
true for certain crude oils such as Midland WTI. Processing heavy sour crude oil and Midland WTI oil in our refineries 
has resulted in delivering a lower overall cost of crude oil in 2018.

•  Environmental regulations continue to affect our margins in the form of Renewable Identification Numbers (“RINs”). 
To the extent we are unable to blend biofuels, we must purchase RINs in the open market to satisfy our annual requirement. 
The approximate 65% decrease in the price of RINs in 2018 favorably affected our results of operations. It is not possible 
to predict what future volumes or costs may be, but given the volatile price of RINs, we continue to anticipate that RINs 
have the potential to remain a significant expense for our fuel products segment, assuming current market prices for RINs 
continue, inclusive of the favorable impact of any exemptions received from the EPA.

•  Although our specialty products results declined in comparison to the prior year primarily due to maintenance activities 
at our Princeton and Shreveport refineries and pricing weakness across the paraffinic base oil market, specialty product 
margins have remained relatively stable and are expected to remain stable in the near term. We continue to consider our 

57

Table of Contents

specialty products segment our core business over the long term, and we plan to seek appropriate ways to further invest 
in our specialty products segment. Accordingly, we continue to evaluate opportunities to divest non-core businesses and 
assets in line with our strategy of preserving liquidity and streamlining our business to better focus on the advancement 
of our core business. In addition, we may also consider the disposition of certain core assets or businesses, to the extent 
such a transaction would improve our capital structure or otherwise be accretive to the Company. There can be no assurance 
as to the timing or success of any such potential transaction, or any other transaction, or that we will be able to sell these 
assets or businesses on satisfactory terms, if at all. In addition, our acquisition program targets assets that management 
believes will be financially accretive, and we intend to focus on targeted strategic acquisitions of specialty products assets 
that leverage an existing core competency and that have an identifiable competitive advantage we can exploit as the new 
owner.

Key Matters, Claims and Legal Proceedings

On October 31, 2018, the Company received an indemnity claim notice (the “Claim Notice”) from Husky Superior Refining 
Holding Corp. (“Husky”) under the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated August 11, 2017 (“MIPA”), which was entered 
into in connection with the Superior Transaction.  The Claim Notice relates to alleged losses Husky incurred in connection with 
a fire at the Husky Superior refinery on April 26, 2018, over five months after Calumet sold Husky 100% of the membership 
interests in the entity that owns the Husky Superior refinery.  Based on public reports, Calumet understands the fire occurred during 
a turnaround of the Husky Superior refinery at a time when Husky owned, operated, and supervised the refinery.  Calumet was 
not involved with the turnaround.  The U.S. Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (“CSB”) is currently investigating 
the fire, but has not contacted Calumet in connection with that investigation or suggested that Calumet is responsible for the fire.  
Husky’s Claim Notice alleges that Husky “has become aware of facts which may give rise to losses” for which it reserved the right 
to seek indemnification at a later date.  The Claim Notice further alleges breaches of certain representations, warranties, and 
covenants contained in the MIPA.  The information currently available about the fire and the CSB investigation does not support 
Husky’s threatened claims, and Husky has not filed a lawsuit against Calumet.  If Husky were to assert such claims, they would 
be subject to certain limits on indemnification liability under the MIPA that may reduce or eliminate any potential indemnification 
liability. 

On May 4, 2018, the SEC requested that the Company and certain of its executives voluntarily produce certain communications 
and documents prepared or maintained from January 2017 to May 2018 and generally related to the Company’s finance and 
accounting  staff,  financial  reporting,  public  disclosures,  accounting  policies,  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal 
controls. Beginning on July 11, 2018, the SEC issued several subpoenas formally requesting the same documents previously subject 
to the voluntary production requests by the SEC as well as additional, related documents and information. The SEC has also 
interviewed and taken testimony from current and former Company employees and may do so in the future with regard to other 
individuals. The Company has, from the outset, cooperated with the SEC’s requests and intends to continue to do so. Currently, 
the  Company  cannot  estimate  the  timing,  or  ultimate  outcome,  including  financial  impact,  if  any,  resulting  from  the  SEC’s 
investigation. 

Financial Results

We reported a net loss from continuing operations of $51.0 million in 2018, versus a net loss from continuing operations of 
$31.3 million in 2017. We reported Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (as defined in Item 6 “Selected Financial Data 
— Non-GAAP Financial Measures”) of $263.9 million in 2018, versus $314.3 million in 2017.

Our net loss from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA for the full-year 2018 includes the impact of an unfavorable 
lower of cost or market (“LCM”) inventory adjustment of $30.6 million and $6.3 million of losses related to liquidation of last-
in, first-out (“LIFO”) inventory layers while our net loss from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA for the full year 2017 
included the impact of a favorable LCM inventory adjustment of $30.6 million and $3.7 million of losses related to liquidation of 
LIFO inventory layers. 

Please read Item 6 “Selected Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted 
EBITDA to Net loss, our most directly comparable financial performance measure calculated and presented in accordance with 
GAAP. 

Commodity markets remained volatile in 2018, contributing to fluctuations in refined product margins. The average price 
of NYMEX WTI crude oil averaged approximately $65 per barrel in 2018 compared to approximately $51 per barrel in 2017. 
With respect to the average price differential per barrel between WCS and NYMEX WTI, WCS averaged approximately $27 per 
barrel below NYMEX WTI in 2018 compared to approximately $13 per barrel below NYMEX WTI in 2017. Given our access to 
cost-advantaged, heavy Canadian crude oil in our Great Falls refinery, we have embarked on a multi-year plan to increase our 
ability to process this crude oil grade. In the full-year 2018, we processed 24,700 bpd of heavy Canadian crude oil, versus 36,500
bpd in the full-year 2017. The decline from 2017 to 2018 was primarily attributed to the sale of the Superior Refinery in November 
of 2017. In addition, we processed approximately 19,100 bpd of cost-advantaged WTI Midland crude oil in 2018.

58

Table of Contents

Gross profit per barrel for our specialty products segment was $33.30 in 2018, versus $33.93 in the prior year. Specialty 
products segment Adjusted EBITDA was $160.2 million in 2018 compared to $186.5 million in the prior year. Specialty products 
segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin was 11.6% in 2018, compared to 14.3% in 2017. Specialty products segment results for fiscal 
year 2018 were impacted by rising feedstock costs, decreased production and sales volume as a result of maintenance activities 
at our Shreveport and Princeton refineries, larger Light Louisiana Sweet (“LLS”)/WTI crude price differentials and pricing weakness 
across the paraffinic base oil market, partially offset by strong performance of our solvents products. Results were also impacted 
by a $3.4 million unfavorable LCM inventory adjustment in 2018 compared to a $10.9 million favorable LCM inventory adjustment 
in 2017 and a $2.7 million loss related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory layers in 2018 compared to a $3.0 million loss in 2017. 
Specialty products represented approximately 26.3% of total production in 2018, compared to 21.0% in 2017. 

Gross profit per barrel for our fuel products segment was $5.45 per barrel in 2018, versus $4.61 per barrel in the prior year. 
Fuel products segment Adjusted EBITDA was $103.7 million in 2018 compared to $127.8 million in 2017. Fuel products segment 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin was 4.9% in 2018 compared to 5.2% in 2017. Fuel products segment results for fiscal year 2018 were 
impacted by decreased sales volume as a result of the sale of the Superior Refinery in November 2017, maintenance activities at 
the Shreveport refinery and higher LLS differentials, partially offset by widening in the WCS and WTI Midland differentials to 
NTMEX WTI, investments made to upgrade our fuels products and lower Renewable Fuel Standard (“RFS”) compliance costs. 
Results were  also impacted by  a  $27.2  million unfavorable LCM  inventory adjustment  in 2018  compared to  a  $19.7 million
favorable LCM inventory adjustment in 2017 and a $3.6 million loss related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory layers in 2018 
compared to a $0.7 million loss in 2017. Fuel products represented approximately 73.7% of total production during the year, 
compared to 79.0% in 2017. 

For benchmarking purposes, we compare our per barrel refined fuel products margin to the U.S. Gulf Coast 2/1/1 crack 
spread (“Gulf Coast crack spread”). The Gulf Coast crack spread represents the approximate gross margin per barrel that results 
from processing two barrels of crude oil into one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of ultra-low sulfur diesel fuel. The Gulf Coast 
crack spread is calculated using the near-month futures price of NYMEX WTI crude oil, the price of U.S. Gulf Coast Pipeline 87 
Octane Conventional Gasoline and the price of U.S. Gulf Coast Pipeline Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (“ULSD”).

During 2018, the Gulf Coast crack spread remained flat compared to 2017, averaging approximately $17 per barrel. The 
Gulf Coast ULSD crack spread averaged approximately $21 per barrel during 2018, compared to approximately $17 per barrel in 
the prior year. The Gulf Coast gasoline crack spread averaged approximately $14 per barrel during 2018, compared to approximately 
$16 per barrel in the prior year. The average WCS discount versus NYMEX WTI averaged approximately $27 per barrel during 
2018, compared to approximately $13 per barrel during 2017.

Included within our fuel products segment gross profit per barrel calculation are the realized cost of crude oil and other 
feedstocks and other production-related expenses, the most significant portion of which includes labor, plant fuel, utilities, contract 
services, maintenance, depreciation and process materials. Our gross profit per barrel calculation may not be comparable to similar 
calculations published by our competitors.

There are several factors that impact our refined product margin when compared to the benchmark crack spread. For example, 
several of our fuel products refineries produce asphalt and other residual products that may carry an average sales price below that 
of U.S. Gulf Coast gasoline or U.S. Gulf Coast ULSD. Alternatively, many of our fuel products refineries purchase select quantities 
of crude oil at a discount to NYMEX WTI, which helps support a higher capture rate, relative to the crack spread benchmark. 
Finally, our Shreveport refinery produces both fuel and specialty products; given that our specialty products facilities generally 
operate at lower utilization rates than our fuel products facilities, facilities producing specialty products may incur higher operating 
expenses when compared to refineries that produce fuels exclusively, such as our Great Falls refinery. Based on our system-wide 
crude purchasing behaviors and overall production slate, we believe the Gulf Coast crack spread remains a meaningful indicator 
in tracking directional shifts in our refined product margins.

Business Divestitures

In November 2017, we completed the sale of all of the issued and outstanding membership interests in Calumet Superior, 
LLC, which owns the Superior, Wisconsin refinery (“Superior Refinery”). The sale included the associated working capital, the 
Superior Refinery’s wholesale marketing business and related assets, including certain owned or leased product terminals, and 
certain crude gathering assets and line space in North Dakota to Husky (the “Superior Transaction”). Total consideration was 
$533.1 million which consisted of a base price of $435.0 million and $98.1 million for net working capital and reimbursement of 
certain capital spending. The Superior Refinery was included in the Company’s fuel products segment. The Company recognized 
a net gain of $4.8 million and $236.0 million in gain on sale of business in the consolidated statements of operations for the years 
ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2017 the Company recorded a $41.0 million
(subject to further post-closing adjustments which could increase the receivable to approximately $45.0 million according to the 
membership interest purchase agreement) receivable in other accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheets for post-
closing working capital adjustments. In 2018, we received proceeds totaling $44.8 million from Husky for the post-closing working 
capital adjustments related to this sale.

59

Table of Contents

In November 2017, we completed the sale to a subsidiary of Q’Max Solutions Inc. (“Q’Max”) of all of the issued and 
outstanding membership interests in Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, LLC (“Anchor”), for total consideration of approximately $89.6 
million (subject to further post-closing adjustments) including a base price of $50.0 million, $14.2 million to be paid out at various 
times over the next year for net working capital and other items, and  10% equity ownership in Fluid Holding Corp., the parent 
company of Q’Max (the “Anchor Transaction”). Effective in fourth quarter of 2017, we classified its results of operations for all 
periods presented to reflect Anchor as a discontinued operation and classified the assets and liabilities of Anchor as discontinued 
operations. Following the application of certain post-closing adjustments, the adjusted total consideration we received for the 
Anchor Transaction was $85.5 million as of December 31, 2018. We recognized a net loss on sale of $4.1 million and $62.6 million
in net loss from discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 
2018 and 2017, respectively. Prior to being reported as discontinued operations, Anchor was included as its own reportable segment 
as oilfield services.

Liquidity Update

As of December 31, 2018, we had total liquidity of $451.4 million comprised of $155.7 million of cash and availability under 
our revolving credit facility of $295.7 million. As of December 31, 2018, we had a $330.8 million borrowing base, $35.1 million
in outstanding standby letters of credit and no outstanding borrowings. We believe we will continue to have sufficient liquidity 
from cash on hand, cash flow from operations, borrowing capacity and other means by which to meet our financial commitments, 
debt service obligations, contingencies and anticipated capital expenditures. On a continuous basis, we will focus on various 
initiatives, including working capital initiatives, to further enhance our liquidity over time, given current market conditions.

In March 2018, we formed Biosyn Holdings, LLC (“Biosyn”) with The Heritage Group, a related party, for the purpose of 
investing  in  Biosynthetic  Technologies,  LLC,  a  startup  company  which  developed  an  intellectual  property  portfolio  for  the 
manufacture of renewable-based and biodegradable esters. We incurred approximately $4.0 million in related expenditures. 

In April 2018, we redeemed all of the $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the 11.50% Senior Secured Notes due 
January 15, 2021 (“2021 Secured Notes”). The holders received a redemption price of 100.0% of the principal amount of the 2021 
Secured Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to, but not including, April 9, 2018 (the “Redemption Date”), plus a 
Make Whole Premium (as defined in the Indenture, dated April 20, 2016, governing the 2021 Secured Notes). In conjunction with 
the redemption, we incurred debt extinguishment costs of $58.2 million, including $11.6 million of non-cash charges. 

In May 2018, Pacific New Investment Limited (“PACNIL”) (an entity formed by us and The Heritage Group, a related party) 
sold its investment in Shandong Hi-Speed Hainan Development Co., Ltd. (“Hi-Speed”) to the other owners. We received proceeds 
of $9.9 million for the sale. 

During 2018, we received $44.8 million in proceeds related to the sale of the Superior Refinery, $41.0 million of which was 
recorded as a receivable as of December 31, 2017. We also received $6.8 million in proceeds related to the sale of Anchor during 
2018.

Renewable Fuel Standard Update

We, along with the broader refining industry, remain subject to compliance costs under the RFS. Under the regulation of the 
Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”), the RFS provides annual requirements for the total volume of renewable transportation 
fuels which are mandated to be blended into finished petroleum fuels. If a refiner does not meet its required annual Renewable 
Volume Obligation (“RVO”), the refiner can purchase blending credits in the open market, referred to as RINs.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, our RINs gain was $31.4 million, as compared to a RINs gain for the year ended 
December 31, 2017 of approximately $41.2 million. Our gross RINs Obligation, which includes RINs that are required to be 
secured through either blending or through the purchase of RINs in the open market, was approximately 79 million RINs in 2018. 
For the full-year 2019, we anticipate our gross RINs obligation will be approximately 85 million RINs.

During 2017 and 2018, the EPA granted our fuel product refineries a “small refinery exemption” under the RFS for the full-
year 2016 and the full-year 2017, respectively, as provided for under the federal Clean Air Act, as amended (“CAA”). In granting 
those exemptions, the EPA determined that for the full-year 2016 and full-year 2017, compliance with the RFS would represent a 
“disproportionate economic hardship” for these refineries.

We continue to anticipate that expenses related to RFS compliance have the potential to remain a significant expense for our 
fuel products segment, assuming current market prices for RINs. Estimated RINs Obligations remain subject to fluctuations in 
fuels production volumes during the full-year 2019.

Key Performance Measures

Our sales and net income are principally affected by the price of crude oil, demand for specialty products and fuel products, 
prevailing crack spreads for fuel products, the price of natural gas used as fuel in our operations and our results from derivative 
instrument activities.

60

Table of Contents

Our primary raw materials are crude oil and other specialty feedstocks, and our primary outputs are specialty petroleum 
products and fuel products. The prices of crude oil, specialty products and fuel products are subject to fluctuations in response to 
changes in supply, demand, market uncertainties and a variety of additional factors beyond our control. We monitor these risks 
and enter into derivative instruments designed to help mitigate the impact of commodity price fluctuations on our business. The 
primary purpose of our commodity risk management activities is to economically hedge our cash flow exposure to commodity 
price risk so that we can meet our debt service and capital expenditure requirements despite fluctuations in crude oil and fuel 
products prices. We enter into derivative contracts for future periods in quantities that do not exceed our projected purchases of 
crude oil and natural gas and sales of fuel products. Please read Part II, Item 7A “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About 
Market  Risk —  Commodity  Price  Risk”  and  Note  11  —  “Derivatives”  under  Part  II,  Item  8  “Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Our management uses several financial and operational measurements to analyze our performance. These measurements 

include the following:

•  sales volumes;

•  production yields;

•  segment gross profit; 

•  segment Adjusted EBITDA; and

•  selling, general and administrative expenses. 

Sales volumes. We view the volumes of specialty products and fuel products sold as an important measure of our ability to 
effectively utilize our operating assets. Our ability to meet the demands of our customers is driven by the volumes of crude oil and 
feedstocks that we run at our facilities. Higher volumes improve profitability both through the spreading of fixed costs over greater 
volumes and the additional gross profit achieved on the incremental volumes.

Production yields. In order to maximize our gross profit and minimize lower margin products, we seek the optimal product 

mix for each barrel of crude oil we refine, or feedstocks we, or third parties, process, which we refer to as production yield.

Segment gross profit. Specialty products and fuel products gross profit are important measures of our ability to maximize 
the profitability of our specialty products and fuel products segments. We define gross profit as sales less the cost of crude oil and 
other feedstocks and other production-related expenses, the most significant portion of which includes labor, plant fuel, utilities, 
contract services, maintenance, depreciation and processing materials. We use gross profit as an indicator of our ability to manage 
our business during periods of crude oil and natural gas price fluctuations, as the prices of our specialty products and fuel products 
generally do not change immediately with changes in the price of crude oil and natural gas. The increase or decrease in selling 
prices typically lags behind the rising or falling costs, respectively, of crude oil feedstocks for specialty products. Other than plant 
fuel, production-related expenses generally remain stable across broad ranges of specialty products and fuel products throughput 
volumes, but can fluctuate depending on maintenance activities performed during a specific period.

Our fuel products segment gross profit per barrel may differ from standard U.S. Gulf Coast, PADD 4 Billings, Montana or 
3/2/1 and 2/1/1 market crack spreads due to many factors, including derivative activities to hedge both our fuel products segment 
sales and the cost of crude oil reflected in gross profit, our fuel products mix as shown in our production table being different than 
the ratios used to calculate such market crack spreads, LCM inventory adjustments reflected in gross profit, operating costs including 
fixed costs, actual crude oil costs differing from market indices and our local market pricing differentials for fuel products in the 
Shreveport, Louisiana; San Antonio, Texas and Great Falls, Montana vicinities as compared to U.S. Gulf Coast and PADD 4 
Billings, Montana postings.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA. We believe that specialty products and fuel products segment Adjusted EBITDA measures are 
useful as they exclude transactions not related to our core cash operating activities and provide metrics to analyze our ability to 
pay distributions to our unitholders and pay interest to our noteholders as Adjusted EBITDA is a component in the calculation of 
Distributable Cash Flow and allows us to meaningfully analyze the trends and performance of our core cash operations as well as 
to make decisions regarding the allocation of resources to segments.

61

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth information about our combined operations from continuing operations. Facility production 
volume differs from sales volume due to changes in inventories and the sale of purchased fuel product blendstocks, such as ethanol 
and biodiesel, and the resale of crude oil in our fuel products segment. The historical results of operations of Superior are included 
through the effective date of its sale, November 7, 2017.

Total sales volume (1)
Total feedstock runs (2)
Total facility production: (3)
Specialty products:
Lubricating oils
Solvents
Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products (4)
Other

Total specialty products

Fuel products:
Gasoline
Diesel
Jet fuel
Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other

Total fuel products
Total facility production (3)

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In bpd)

2016

97,104
94,137

11,931
7,649
1,279
2,129
2,113
25,101

20,323
27,367
2,895
19,612
70,197
95,298

132,082
128,624

14,606
7,761
1,423
2,206
1,811
27,807

35,713
33,277
5,368
29,396
103,754
131,561

140,180
134,163

14,697
7,427
1,571
1,777
1,850
27,322

37,713
34,808
5,306
29,780
107,607
134,929

(1)  Total sales volume includes sales from the production at our facilities and certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply 
and/or processing agreements, sales of inventories and the resale of crude oil to third-party customers. Total sales volume 
also includes the sale of purchased fuel product blendstocks, such as ethanol and biodiesel, as components of finished 
fuel products in our fuel products segment sales.

The decrease in total sales volume in 2018 compared to 2017 is due primarily to the divestiture of the Superior Refinery 
in November 2017 and decreased production due to increased maintenance activities at our facilities during 2018. 

The decrease in total sales volume in 2017 compared to 2016 is due primarily to decreased sales volumes of fuel products 
primarily as a result of turnaround activities at the Superior Refinery during the second quarter of 2017 and the sale of 
the  Superior  Refinery  in  November  2017.  Specialty  products  volumes  were  adversely  impacted  by  the  temporary 
disruptions in the supply chain as a result of Hurricane Harvey and the implementation of our ERP system in 2017. These 
declines were partially offset by continued growth in our packaged and synthetic specialty products and increases in 
solvents production.

(2)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our facilities and at certain 

third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements.

The decrease in total feedstock runs in 2018 compared to 2017 is due primarily to the divestiture of the Superior Refinery 
in November 2017 and decreased production due to maintenance activities at our facilities during the year. 

The decrease in total feedstock runs in 2017 compared to 2016 is due primarily to decreased feedstock runs at the Superior 
Refinery as a result of turnaround activities completed in the second quarter 2017 and the sale of the Superior Refinery 
in November 2017, partially offset by increased feedstock runs at the Great Falls refinery as a result of the expansion 
completed in the first quarter of 2016 and increased specialty products feedstock runs as a result of improved reliability. 
(3)  Total facility production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing 
crude oil and other feedstocks at our facilities and at certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing 
agreements. The difference between total facility production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag 
between the input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss. 

62

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The changes in total facility production in 2018 over 2017 and 2017 over 2016 are due primarily to the operational items 
discussed above in footnote 2 of this table. 

(4)  Represents production of finished lubricants and specialty chemicals products, including the products from the Royal 

Purple, Bel-Ray and Calumet Packaging facilities. 

The following table reflects our consolidated results of operations and includes the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA, 
Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow. For a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow 
to Net loss and Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, our most directly comparable financial performance and liquidity 
measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read Item 6 “Selected Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial 
Measures.”

Sales

Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating costs and expenses:
Selling
General and administrative
Transportation
Taxes other than income taxes
Asset impairment
Gain on sale of business, net
Other

Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense):

Interest expense
Debt extinguishment costs
Gain (loss) on derivative instruments
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
Gain (loss) on sale of unconsolidated affiliates
Other

Total other expense
Net loss from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
Net loss from continuing operations 
Net loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
Net loss
EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
Distributable Cash Flow

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In millions)

2016

$

3,497.5
3,060.8
436.7

$

3,763.8
3,265.6
498.2

3,474.3
3,088.0
386.3

58.2
122.5
137.2
18.1
—
(4.8)
(17.4)
122.9

(155.5)
(58.8)
33.8
(3.7)
0.2
10.8
(173.2)
(50.3)
0.7
(51.0)
(4.1)
(55.1) $
$
219.2
$
263.9
$
67.0

65.7
138.7
137.1
24.1
207.3
(236.0)
3.3
158.0

(183.1)
—
(9.6)
—
—
3.3
(189.4)
(31.4)
(0.1)
(31.3)
(72.5)
(103.8) $
$
246.7
$
317.2
$
89.3

69.8
105.8
154.3
19.3
35.7
—
1.7
(0.3)

(161.7)
—
(4.1)
(18.3)
(113.4)
1.2
(296.3)
(296.6)
0.2
(296.8)
(31.8)
(328.6)
(3.5)
158.2
(5.7)

$

$
$
$
$

63

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2018, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017 

Sales. Sales from continuing operations decreased $266.3 million, or 7.1%, to $3,497.5 million in 2018 from $3,763.8 million in 
2017. Sales for each of our principal product categories in these periods were as follows:

Sales by segment:
Specialty products:
Lubricating oils
Solvents
Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products (1)
Other (2)

Total specialty products
Total specialty products sales volume (in barrels)
Average specialty products sales price per barrel

Fuel products:
Gasoline
Diesel
Jet fuel
Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other (3)

Total fuel products
Total fuel products sales volume (in barrels)

Average fuel products sales price per barrel

Total sales
Total specialty and fuel products sales volume (in barrels)

Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
(In millions, except barrel and per barrel data)

% Change

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

600.1
331.9
117.0
256.8
76.6
1,382.4
8,742,000
158.13

683.1
910.0
100.1
421.9
2,115.1

26,701,000

79.21

3,497.5
35,443,000

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

584.2
274.4
117.2
260.7
63.9
1,300.4
9,407,000
138.24

948.5
877.9
135.0
502.0
2,463.4

38,803,000

63.48

3,763.8
48,210,000

2.7 %
21.0 %
(0.2)%
(1.5)%
19.9 %
6.3 %
(7.1)%
14.4 %

(28.0)%
3.7 %
(25.9)%
(16.0)%
(14.1)%

(31.2)%

24.8 %

(7.1)%
(26.5)%

(1)  Represents finished lubricants and chemicals specialty products at the Royal Purple, Bel-Ray and Calumet Packaging 

facilities. 

(2)  Represents (a) by-products, including fuels and asphalt, produced in connection with the production of specialty products 
at the Princeton and Cotton Valley refineries and Dickinson and Karns City facilities and (b) polyolester synthetic lubricants 
produced at the Missouri facility. 

(3)  Represents asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other products produced in connection with the production of fuels at the Shreveport, 
Superior, San Antonio and Great Falls refineries and crude oil sales from the Montana and San Antonio refineries to third 
party customers. 

The components of the $82.0 million specialty products segment sales increase in 2018 were as follows:

Sales price
Volume
Total specialty products segment sales increase

Dollar Change
(In millions)

$

$

174.0
(92.0)
82.0

Specialty products segment sales for 2018 increased $82.0 million, or 6.3%, primarily due to an increase in the average 
selling price per barrel, partially offset by lower sales volume. The average selling price per barrel increased by $19.89, or 14.4%, 
resulting in a $174.0 million increase in sales. The increase in the average selling price per barrel was driven by a nearly $15.00
increase in the average cost of crude oil per barrel over the period. Average selling prices per barrel increased in our all product 
lines except for packaged and synthetic specialty products due to market conditions. The decrease in sales volume is due to lower 
sales  volumes  in  all  product  lines  except  for  packaged  and  synthetic  specialty  products  as  a  result  of  market  conditions  and 
maintenance activities at our Shreveport and Princeton refineries during the year.

64

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The components of the $348.3 million fuel products segment sales decrease in 2018 were as follows:

Sales price
Divestiture impact
Volume
Total fuel products segment sales increase

Dollar Change
(In millions)

$

$

408.7
(669.1)
(87.9)
(348.3)

Fuel products segment sales for 2018 decreased $348.3 million, or 14.1%, due primarily to the sale of the Superior Refinery 
in November 2017 and decreased sales volume, partially offset by an increase in the average selling price per barrel. The average 
selling price per barrel increased $15.73, or 24.8%, resulting in a $408.7 million increase in sales. The increase in the average 
selling price per barrel was driven by an over $11.00 increase in in the average cost of crude oil per barrel over the period. Sales 
volume decreased $87.9 million, or 31.2%, primarily as a result of market conditions and decreased production at the Shreveport 
refinery due to maintenance activities.

Gross Profit. Gross profit from continuing operations decreased $61.5 million, or 12.3%, to $436.7 million in 2018 from 

$498.2 million in 2017. Gross profit for our specialty and fuel products segments was as follows:

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(Dollars in millions, except per barrel data)

% Change

Gross profit by segment:
Specialty products:

Gross profit

Percentage of sales
Specialty products gross profit per barrel

Fuel products:

Gross profit

Percentage of sales
Fuel products gross profit per barrel

Total gross profit

Percentage of sales

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$
$

291.1
21.1%
33.30

145.6

6.9%

5.45
436.7
12.5%

319.2
24.5%
33.93

179.0

7.3%

4.61
498.2
13.2%

(8.8)%

(1.9)%

(18.7)%

18.2 %
(12.3)%

The components of the $28.1 million decrease in the specialty products segment gross profit for 2018 were as follows:

2017 reported gross profit
Cost of materials
Volume
LCM inventory adjustment
Operating costs
LIFO inventory layer adjustment
Sales price
2018 reported gross profit

Dollar Change
(In millions)

$

$

319.2
(147.5)
(37.1)
(14.3)
(3.5)
0.3
174.0
291.1

The decrease in specialty products segment gross profit of $28.1 million year-over-year was primarily due to increased cost 
of materials, decreased sales volume, a $14.3 million unfavorable LCM inventory impact and increased operating costs, partially 
offset by an increase in the average selling price per barrel and a positive impact of $0.3 million related to the liquidation of LIFO 
inventory layers. Sales price and cost of materials net, increased gross profit by $26.5 million, as the average selling price per 
barrel increased $19.89 and the average cost of crude oil per barrel increased nearly $15.00. The $3.5 million increase in operating 
costs were primarily due to increases in depreciation and amortization, repairs and maintenance and incentive compensation costs, 
partially offset by decreases in utility costs. The decrease in sales volume is primarily due to lower sales volumes in all product 
lines except packaged and synthetic specialty products as a result of market conditions and maintenance activities at our Shreveport 
and Princeton refineries during the year.

65

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The components of the $33.4 million decrease in the fuel products segment gross profit for 2018 were as follows:

2017 reported gross profit

Cost of materials

Divestiture impact

LCM inventory adjustment

Volume

Operating costs

LIFO inventory layer adjustment

RINs

Sales price

2018 reported gross profit

Dollar Change

(In millions)

179.0

(281.5)

(110.0)

(40.3)

(17.5)

(8.8)

(2.9)

18.9

408.7

145.6

$

$

The decrease in fuel products segment gross profit of $33.4 million year-over-year was primarily due to increased cost of 
materials, the sale of the Superior Refinery in November 2017, a $40.3 million decrease in the favorable LCM impact, decreased 
sales volume, increased operating costs and a negative impact of $2.9 million related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory layers, 
partially offset by an increase in the average selling price per barrel and a reduction in RINs expense. Sales price and cost of 
materials net, increased gross profit by $127.2 million, as the average selling price per barrel increased $15.73 and the average 
cost of  crude oil per barrel increased over $11.00. The decrease in volume was primarily due to decreased production at the 
Shreveport refinery due to maintenance activities. The $8.8 million increase in operating costs were primarily due to increases in 
depreciation and amortization, repairs and maintenance and incentive compensation costs, partially offset by decreases in utility 
costs. The $18.9 million decrease in RINs expense primarily resulted from a reduction of the RINs liability as a result of an approval 
from the EPA of the small refinery exemption from the requirements of the RFS for the 2017 calendar year, decreased RINs market 
pricing and decreased production.

 Selling. Selling expenses from continuing operations decreased $7.5 million, or 11.4%, to $58.2 million in 2018 from $65.7 
million  in  2017. The  decrease  was  due  primarily  to  a  $4.9  million  decrease  in  bad  debt  expense,  a  $4.7  million  decrease  in 
depreciation and amortization, a $0.7 million decrease in commissions, a $0.5 million decrease in subscription fees, partially offset 
by a $2.9 million increase in labor and benefits and a $0.3 million increase in professional fees.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses from continuing operations decreased $16.2 million, or 
11.7%, to $122.5 million in 2018 from $138.7 million in 2017. The decrease was due primarily to an $23.9 million decrease in 
incentive compensation costs primarily driven by a reduction in bonus costs and phantom unit amortization due to the decline in 
our unit price during the year, a $0.9 million decrease in communication costs and a $0.6 million decrease in insurance costs, 
partially offset by a $5.0 million increase in depreciation and amortization, a $3.8 million increase in information technology costs 
and a $0.3 million increase in professional fees. 

Taxes and other than income taxes. Taxes other than income taxes decreased $6.0 million, or 24.9%, to $18.1 million in 
2018 from $24.1 million in 2017. The decrease is due primarily to reductions in property, excise and other taxes which were driven 
by the sale of the Superior Refinery in 2017.

Asset impairment. There were no asset impairment charges in 2018 compared to $207.3 million in asset impairment charges 
in 2017. In the prior year, we recorded impairment charges primarily related to long-lived assets including property, plant and 
equipment on the Missouri reporting unit of $59.2 million and on the San Antonio reporting unit of $147.0 million as a result of 
lowered projections of future cash flows. In addition, in 2017 an impairment charge of $0.7 million for goodwill related to the 
specialty products segment was recorded based on updated financial projections on our Dickinson reporting unit. For a further 
discussion regarding the factors underlying these impairments, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  —  “Critical Accounting  Policies  and  Estimates”  and  Item  8.  “Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data, Note 2”.

Gain on sale of business, net. Gain on sale of business, net from continuing operations decreased $231.2 million, or 98.0%, 
to a gain of $4.8 million in 2018 from a gain of $236.0 million in 2017. In the prior year, we completed the sale of the Superior 
Refinery. We did not complete any business divestitures in the current year and the small gain recognized in 2018 relates to finalizing 
the remaining post-close working capital adjustments associated with the Superior transaction.

Other operating (income) expense. Other operating (income) expense from continuing operations increased $20.7 million 
to income of $17.4 million in 2018 from expense of $3.3 million in 2017. This increase was primarily due to a reduction of the 

66

Table of Contents

RINs liability associated with the Superior Refinery, which was sold in November 2017, as a result of an approval from the EPA 
of the small refinery exemption for our fuel product refineries from the requirements of the RFS for the 2017 compliance year, 
decreased RINs pricing and decreased environmental reserves.

Interest expense. Interest expense from continuing operations decreased $27.6 million, or 15.1%, to $155.5 million in 2018 
from $183.1 million in 2017. The decrease is due primarily to the redemption of the 2021 Secured Notes in April 2018 and decreased 
revolving credit facility borrowings, partially offset by an increase in interest related to Supply and Offtake Agreements (defined 
below) and decreased capitalized interest.

Debt extinguishment costs. We incurred debt extinguishment costs from continuing operations of $58.8 million during 2018
primarily related to the redemption of the 2021 Secured Notes which were redeemed in April 2018. There was no similar activity 
in 2017.

Derivative activity. The following table details the impact of our derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of 

operations for 2018 and 2017:

Realized gain (loss) on derivative instruments
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments

Total derivative gain (loss) reflected in the consolidated statements of operations

Total gain (loss) on commodity derivative settlements

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

(In millions)

$

$
$

3.6
30.2
33.8
3.6

$

$
$

(13.2)
3.6
(9.6)
(13.2)

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments. Loss on derivative instruments from continuing operations increased $43.4 million
to a gain of $33.8 million in 2018 from a loss of $9.6 million in 2017. The change was primarily due to increased unrealized gains 
of approximately $16.3 million on crude oil and diesel swaps used to economically hedge purchases and sales driven by market 
conditions, further impacted by increased unrealized gains of $10.3 million on embedded derivatives associated with our Supply 
and Offtake Agreements. The $16.8 million improvement in realized gains and losses related to favorable settlements of derivative 
instruments used to economically hedge crack spreads, crude oil and natural gas.

Loss from unconsolidated affiliates. Loss from unconsolidated affiliates from continuing operations was $3.7 million in 
2018, which primarily related to us incurring expenses related to our investment in Biosynthetic Technologies, LLC (“Biosynthetic 
Technologies”). There was no comparable activity in 2017. Refer to Note 6 — “Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates” in Part 
II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information.

Other Income. Other income from continuing operations increased $7.5 million, or 227.3%, to $10.8 million in 2018 from 

$3.3 million in 2017. The increase is primarily due to the receipt of favorable negotiated legal settlements.

Net loss from discontinued operations. Net loss from discontinued operations was $4.1 million in 2018 compared to $72.5 
million in 2017. In November 2017, we completed the divestiture of Anchor. Prior to being reported as discontinued operations, 
Anchor was included as its own reportable segment as oilfield services. As a result, effective in the fourth quarter of 2017, we 
classified our results of operations for all periods presented to reflect Anchor as a discontinued operation. We recorded a net loss 
on the sale of Anchor of $62.6 million. Current year activity related to the finalization of the remaining post-closing adjustments 
related to the Anchor Transaction. Refer to Note 4 — “Discontinued Operations” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data” for additional information.

67

 
 
Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2017, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016 

Sales. Sales from continuing operations increased $289.5 million, or 8.3%, to $3,763.8 million in 2017 from $3,474.3 million in 
2016. Sales for each of our principal product categories in these periods were as follows: 

Sales by segment:
Specialty products:
Lubricating oils
Solvents
Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products(1)
Other (2)

Total specialty products
Total specialty products sales volume (in barrels)
Average specialty products sales price per barrel

Fuel products:
Gasoline
Diesel
Jet fuel
Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other (3) 
Hedging activities
Total fuel products
Total fuel products sales volume (in barrels)
Average fuel products sales price per barrel (excluding hedging activities)
Average fuel products sales price per barrel (including hedging activities)

Total sales
Total specialty and fuel products sales volume (in barrels)

Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
(In millions, except barrel and per barrel data)

% Change

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

584.2
274.4
117.2
260.7
63.9
1,300.4
9,407,000
138.24

948.5
877.9
135.0
502.0
—
2,463.4
38,803,000
63.48
63.48

3,763.8
48,210,000

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

538.7
237.7
128.7
244.7
102.5
1,252.3
9,779,000
128.06

844.3
748.7
117.5
451.8
59.7
2,222.0
41,527,000
52.07
53.51

3,474.3
51,306,000

8.4 %
15.4 %
(8.9)%
6.5 %
(37.7)%
3.8 %
(3.8)%
7.9 %

12.3 %
17.3 %
14.9 %
11.1 %
(100.0)%
10.9 %
(6.6)%
21.9 %
18.6 %

8.3 %
(6.0)%

(1)  Represents finished lubricants and chemicals specialty products at the Royal Purple, Bel-Ray and Calumet Packaging.
(2)  Represents (a) by-products, including fuels and asphalt, produced in connection with the production of specialty products 
at the Princeton and Cotton Valley refineries and Dickinson and Karns City facilities and (b) polyolester synthetic lubricants 
produced at the Missouri facility. 

(3)  Represents asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other products produced in connection with the production of fuels at the Shreveport, 
Superior, San Antonio and Great Falls refineries and crude oil sales from the Montana and San Antonio refinery to third 
party customers.

The components of the $48.1 million specialty products segment sales increase in 2017 were as follows:

Sales price
Volume
Total specialty products segment sales increase

Dollar Change
(In millions)

$

$

95.8
(47.7)
48.1

Specialty products segment sales for 2017 increased $48.1 million, or 3.8%, primarily due to an increase in the average 
selling price per barrel, partially offset by lower sales volume. Sales increased $95.8 million compared to 2016 due to a 7.9% 
increase in the average selling price per barrel primarily as a result of increased lubricating oils and solvents average selling prices 
due to market conditions, while the average cost of crude oil per barrel increased 16.6%. The decrease in sales volumes in all 
product lines except packaged and synthetic specialty products as a result of market conditions and temporary disruptions in the 
supply chain as a result of Hurricane Harvey and the implementation of our ERP system in 2017. 

68

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The components of the $241.4 million fuel products segment sales increase in 2017 were as follows:

Sales price
Divestiture impact
Hedging activities
Volume
Total fuel products segment sales increase

Dollar Change
(In millions)

444.2
(109.0)
(59.7)
(34.1)
241.4

$

$

Fuel products segment sales for 2017 increased $241.4 million, or 10.9%, due primarily to an increase in the average selling 
price per barrel, partially offset by the sale of the Superior Refinery in November 2017, a $59.7 million decrease in realized 
derivative gains recorded in sales on our fuel products and decreased sales volume. The average selling price per barrel (excluding 
the impact of hedging activities reflected in sales) increased $11.41, or 21.9%, resulting in a $444.2 million increase in sales, 
compared to a 21.5% increase in the average cost of crude oil per barrel. The increase in the average selling prices per barrel was 
in all product lines, primarily due to market conditions. Sales volume decreased 6.6% as a result of decreases in all product lines, 
primarily due to market conditions and sale of the Superior Refinery in November 2017.

Gross Profit. Gross profit from continuing operations increased $111.9 million, or 29.0%, to $498.2 million in 2017 from 

$386.3 million in 2016. Gross profit for our specialty and fuel products segments was as follows:

2017

Year Ended December 31,
2016
(Dollars in millions, except per barrel data)

% Change

Gross profit by segment:
Specialty products:

Gross profit

Percentage of sales
Specialty products gross profit per barrel

Fuel products:

Gross profit excluding hedging activities
Hedging activities
Gross profit

Percentage of sales
Fuel products gross profit per barrel (excluding
hedging activities)
Fuel products gross profit per barrel (including
hedging activities)

Total gross profit

Percentage of sales

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

319.2
24.5%
33.93

179.0
—
179.0

7.3%

4.61

4.61
498.2
13.2%

338.1
27.0%
34.57

39.8
8.4
48.2
2.2%

0.96

1.16
386.3
11.1%

(5.6)%

(1.9)%

349.7 %
(100.0)%
271.4 %

380.2 %

297.4 %
29.0 %

The components of the $18.9 million decrease in the specialty products segment gross profit for 2017 were as follows:

2016 reported gross profit
Cost of materials
Volume
Operating costs
LCM inventory adjustment
Sales price
LIFO inventory layer adjustment
2017 reported gross profit

Dollar Change
(In millions)

338.1
(91.0)
(20.2)
(9.0)
(0.3)
95.8
5.8
319.2

$

$

The decrease in specialty products segment gross profit of $18.9 million year-over-year was primarily due to a $91.0 million 
increase in cost of materials, decreased sales volume and a $9.0 million increase in operating costs, partially offset by a $95.8 

69

 
 
 
Table of Contents

million increase in sales price. Sales price and cost of materials, net, increased gross profit by $4.8 million, as the average selling 
price per barrel increased by 7.9%, while the average cost of crude oil per barrel increased 16.6%. The increase in operating costs 
was primarily due to increased depreciation expense and increased utility costs. Gross profit was also positively impacted by 
decreased losses of $5.8 million related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory layers.

The components of the $130.8 million increase in the fuel products segment gross profit for 2017 were as follows:

2016 reported gross profit
Sales price
RINs expense
LIFO inventory layer adjustment
Divestiture impact
Volume
Hedging activities
LCM inventory layer adjustment
Operating costs
Cost of materials
2017 reported gross profit

Dollar Change

(In millions)

48.2
444.2
38.2
19.0
0.1
(6.2)
(8.4)
(7.5)
(10.9)
(337.7)
179.0

$

$

The increase in fuel products segment gross profit of $130.8 million year-over-year was primarily due to widening crack 
spreads, a $38.2 million decrease in RINs compliance costs and a $19.0 million decrease in LIFO inventory liquidation losses, 
partially offset by a $7.5 million decrease in the favorable LCM inventory adjustment, increased operating costs, an $8.4 million 
decrease in realized derivative gains and decreased sales volume. During 2017, crack spreads widened as the average cost of crude 
oil per barrel increased 21.5% and the average selling price per barrel increased by 21.9%. The $38.2 million decrease in RINs 
expense primarily resulted from a reduction of the RINs liability as a result of an approval from the EPA of the small refinery 
exemption for our fuel product refineries from the requirements of the RFS for the 2016 calendar year, decreased RINs market 
pricing and decreased production. The increase in operating costs was due primarily to increased depreciation expense and increased 
repairs and maintenance costs. 

Selling. Selling expenses from continuing operations decreased $4.1 million, or 5.9%, to $65.7 million in 2017 from $69.8 
million in 2016. The decrease was due primarily to a $3.4 million decrease in advertising expense and a $2.3 million decrease in 
depreciation and amortization expense, a $1.9 million decrease in salaries and benefits primarily as a result of workforce reductions, 
a $1.7 million decrease in travel and entertainment expense and a $0.6 million decrease in professional fees, partially offset by a 
$5.7 million increase in bad debt expense.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses from continuing operations increased $32.9 million, or 
31.1%, to $138.7 million in 2017 from $105.8 million in 2016. The increase was due primarily to a $26.9 million increase in 
incentive compensation costs, a $3.3 million increase in professional fees expense largely related to the implementation of our 
new ERP system and a $3.8 million increase in salaries and benefits, partially offset by a $1.5 million decrease in depreciation 
and amortization. 

Asset impairment. Asset impairment from continuing operations increased $171.6 million, or 480.7% to $207.3 million in 
2017 from $35.7 million in 2016. The increase was primarily related to long-lived assets including property, plant and equipment 
impairment charges on the Missouri reporting unit of $59.2 million and on the San Antonio reporting unit of $147.0 million as a 
result of lowered projections of future cash flows. The 2016 fuels products segment goodwill impairment charge of $33.4 million 
was primarily a result of the reduced outlook on crack spreads. The 2016 specialty products segment goodwill impairment charge 
of $1.4 million was the result of a substantial reduction in orders from a significant customer. For a further discussion regarding 
the factors underlying these impairments, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations — “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 
2.

Gain on sale of business, net. Gain on sale of business, net from continuing operations was $236.0 million in 2017, due to 

the Superior Transaction with no comparable activity in 2016.

Interest expense. Interest expense from continuing operations increased $21.4 million, or 13.2%, to $183.1 million in 2017
from $161.7 million in 2016. The increase is due primarily to an increase in the amount of our outstanding long-term debt, higher 
interest rates on senior secured notes issued in April 2016 compared to other outstanding long-term debt, an increase in interest 

70

Table of Contents

related to the Supply and Offtake Agreements (defined below) and decreased capitalized interest as a result of decreased capital 
spending.

Derivative activity. The following table details the impact of our derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of 

operations for 2017 and 2016: 

Derivative gain reflected in sales
Derivative loss reflected in cost of sales
Derivative gain reflected in gross profit

Realized loss on derivative instruments
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments

Total derivative gain (loss) reflected in the consolidated statements of operations

Total loss on commodity derivative settlements

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

(In millions)
— $
—
— $

(13.2) $
3.6
(9.6) $
(13.2) $

59.7
(53.3)
6.4

(24.0)
19.9
2.3
(24.0)

$

$

$

$
$

Loss on derivative instruments. Loss on derivative instruments from continuing operations increased $5.5 million to a loss 
of $9.6 million in 2017 from a loss of $4.1 million in 2016. The change was primarily due to decreased unrealized gains of 
approximately $11.9 million on crack spreads, crude oil and natural gas swaps used to economically hedge purchases and sales, 
further impacted by increased unrealized losses of $4.4 million on embedded derivatives associated with our Supply and Offtake 
Agreements and decreased realized losses of approximately $10.8 million related to settlements of derivative instruments used to 
economically hedge crack spreads, crude oil and natural gas. 

Loss from unconsolidated affiliates. Loss from unconsolidated affiliates from continuing operations was $18.3 million in 
2016, due primarily to the sale of Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC (“Dakota Prairie”) in June 2016, with no comparable activity in 
2017.

Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliates. Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliates from continuing operations was $113.4 
million in 2016. The loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliates was primarily due to the $113.9 million loss on sale of Dakota Prairie 
in June 2016, with no comparable activity in 2017.

Net loss from discontinued operations. Net loss from discontinued operations was $72.5 million in 2017 compared to $31.8 
million in 2016. In November 2017, we completed the divestiture of Anchor. Prior to being reported as discontinued operations, 
Anchor was included as its own reportable segment as oilfield services. As a result, effective in the fourth quarter of 2017, we 
classified our results of operations for all periods presented to reflect Anchor as a discontinued operation. We recorded a net loss 
on the sale of Anchor of $62.6 million. Increases in crude oil and natural gas prices resulted in increases in drilling and production 
activities, which had a favorable impact on the net loss. In addition, income tax benefit decreased due to a $7.8 million income 
tax refund in 2016. Refer to Note 4 — “Discontinued Operations” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data” for additional information.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of cash have historically included cash flow from operations, proceeds from public equity offerings, 
proceeds  from  notes  offerings  and  bank  borrowings.  Principal  uses  of  cash  have  included  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions, 
distributions to our limited partners and general partner and debt service. We expect that our principal uses of cash in the future 
will be for debt service, working capital, replacement and environmental capital expenditures and capital expenditures related to 
internal growth projects.

We received over $500 million in cash (excluding any receivables recorded for post-closing adjustments) for the Superior 
Transaction and the Anchor Transaction combined in 2017. On April 9, 2018, we redeemed all of the 2021 Secured Notes. The 
holders received a redemption price of 100.0% of the principal amount of the 2021 Secured Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest 
thereon up to, but not including, the Redemption Date, plus a Make Whole Premium (as defined in the Indenture, dated April 20, 
2016, governing the 2021 Secured Notes). In conjunction with the redemption, we incurred debt extinguishment costs of $58.2 
million, including $11.6 million of non-cash charges.

We expect to fund planned capital expenditures in 2019 of approximately $80 million to $90 million primarily with cash on 
hand and cash flows from operations. Future internal growth projects or acquisitions may require expenditures in excess of our 
then-current cash flow from operations and borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility and may require us to issue 

71

 
 
Table of Contents

debt or equity securities in public or private offerings or incur additional borrowings under bank credit facilities to meet those 
costs. We may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases and/or exchanges for 
equity securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, 
will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts 
involved may be material. In addition, in May 2018 The Heritage Group disclosed in a Schedule 13D filing that it is considering 
various alternatives with respect to its investment in us, including potential consolidation, acquisitions or sales of our assets or 
common units, as well as potential changes to our capital structure.  The Heritage Group also disclosed that it may make formal 
proposals to us, holders of our common units or other third parties regarding such strategic alternatives.

The borrowing base on our revolving credit facility increased from approximately $319.0 million as of December 31, 2017, 
to approximately $330.8 million at December 31, 2018, resulting in a corresponding increase in our borrowing availability from 
approximately  $252.0  million  at  December 31,  2017,  to  approximately $295.7  million at  December 31,  2018. Total  liquidity, 
consisting of unrestricted cash and available funds under our revolving credit facility, increased from $416.3 million at December 31, 
2017 to $451.4 million at December 31, 2018.

Cash Flows from Operating, Investing and Financing Activities

We believe that we have sufficient liquid assets, cash flow from operations, borrowing capacity and adequate access to capital 
markets to meet our financial commitments, debt service obligations and anticipated capital expenditures. We continue to seek to 
lower our operating costs, selling expenses and general and administrative expenses as a means to further improve our cash flow 
from operations with the objective of having our cash flow from operations support all of our capital expenditures and interest 
payments. However, we are subject to business and operational risks that could materially adversely affect our cash flows. A 
material decrease in our cash flow from operations including a significant, sudden decrease in crude oil prices would likely produce 
a corollary material adverse effect on our borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility and potentially our ability to 
comply with the covenants under our revolving credit facility. A significant, sudden increase in crude oil prices, if sustained, would 
likely result in increased working capital requirements which would be funded by borrowings under our revolving credit facility. 
In addition, our cash flow from operations may be impacted by the timing of settlement of our derivative activities. Gains and 
losses from derivative instruments that do not qualify as hedges are recorded in unrealized gain (loss) until settlement and will 
impact operating cash flow in the period settled.

The following table summarizes our primary sources and uses of cash in each of the most recent three years:

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In millions)

2016

$

$

$

75.2
8.3
(442.1)
(358.6) $

(26.5) $
453.4
83.2
510.1

$

4.1
(154.2)
148.7
(1.4)

Operating Activities. Operating activities provided cash of $75.2 million during 2018 compared to using cash of $26.5 million
during 2017. The increase in cash provided by operating activities is due to a $54.1 million increase in operating cash flow other 
than working capital adjustments and other adjustment items, a reduction in working capital requirements of $44.8 million and 
decreased net cash used in discontinued operations of $22.5 million, offset by an increase in net loss from continuing operations 
of $19.7 million. The increase in operating cash flow other than working capital adjustments was primarily driven by reductions 
in depreciation and amortization, an increase in unrealized gains on derivatives and a decrease in asset impairment charges, partially 
offset debt extinguishment costs, a decrease in the gain on sale of business and an unfavorable change in the LCM inventory 
adjustment. Working capital decreases were primarily driven by the sale of the Superior Refinery in November 2017 and decreased 
accounts receivable due to timing of payments as a result of the stabilization of our ERP system, partially offset by decreased 
accounts payable due to timing of payments as a result of the stabilization of our ERP system, decreased accrued interest receivable 
due to timing of payments, increased turnaround activity in the current year and a decrease in other liabilities predominately driven 
by a reduction in our RINs liability.

Operating activities used cash of $26.5 million during 2017 compared to providing cash of $4.1 million during 2016. The 
decrease in cash provided by operating activities is primarily due to increased working capital requirements of $97.3 million, a 
$166.7 million decrease in operating cash flow other than working capital adjustments and decreased operating cash flow from 
discontinued operations of $32.1 million, partially offset by decreased net loss from continuing operations of $265.5 million. 
Working capital increases were primarily driven by increased accounts receivable and increased accounts payable related to timing 
as a result of our ERP implementation, increased inventory as a result of higher crude oil prices and increased accrued salaries, 
wages and benefits related to increased incentive compensation costs.

72

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Investing Activities. Cash provided by investing activities decreased to $8.3 million in 2018 from $453.4 million in 2017. 
The decrease is primarily due to a reduction in proceeds received from the Superior Transaction of $439.7 million, a reduction in 
cash provided by discontinued operations as a result of proceeds from the Anchor Transaction of $31.8 million and expenditures 
of $3.8 million related to the acquisition of Biosynthetic Technologies in 2018, partially offset by $9.9 million of cash received 
for the sale of PACNIL and a decrease in capital expenditures of $20.2 million in 2018.

Cash provided by investing activities increased to $453.4 million in 2017 compared to using cash of $154.2 million in 2016. 
The increase is primarily due to proceeds from the Superior Transaction of $484.5 million in 2017 and $38.6 million in cash 
provided  by  discontinued  operations  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  proceeds  from  the Anchor  Transaction,  decreased  capital 
expenditures of $69.2 million and decreased joint venture contributions of $45.7 million, partially offset by proceeds of $29.0 
million mainly related to the sale of Dakota Prairie in 2016

Financing Activities. Financing activities used cash of $442.1 million during 2018 compared to providing cash of $83.2 
million during 2017. This decrease is primarily due to the payment of $446.6 million for the redemption of the 2021 Secured Notes 
(including debt extinguishment costs) in 2018, decreased net proceeds from the Supply and Offtake Agreements (defined below) 
of $93.1 million and increased debt issuance costs of $0.8 million, partially offset by decreased payments on revolving credit 
facility borrowings of $9.8 million, increased net proceeds from other financing obligations of $4.5 million, and decreased payments 
on capital lease obligations of $0.9 million. 

Financing activities provided cash of $83.2 million during 2017 compared to $148.7 million during 2016. This decrease is 
primarily due to decreased net proceeds from the private placement of senior secured notes in 2016 of $393.1 million, partially 
offset by net proceeds from inventory financing agreements of $97.9 million in 2017 with no comparable activity in 2016, decreased 
distributions of $57.4 million and decreased repayments on the revolving credit facility and the related party debt of $165.8 million.

Supply and Offtake Agreements

On March 31, 2017, we entered into several agreements with Macquarie Energy North America Trading Inc. (“Macquarie”) 
to support the operations of the Great Falls refinery, (“Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements”). The Great Falls Supply and 
Offtake Agreements expire on September 30, 2019. On July 27, 2017, we amended the Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements 
to provide Macquarie the option to terminate the Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements with nine months’ notice any time 
prior to June 2019 and we have the option to terminate with ninety days’ notice at any time.

On June 19, 2017, we entered into several agreements with Macquarie to support the operations of the Shreveport refinery, 
(“Shreveport Supply and Offtake Agreements,” and together with the Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements, the “Supply 
and Offtake Agreements”). The Shreveport Supply and Offtake Agreements expire on June 30, 2020; however, Macquarie has the 
option to terminate the Shreveport Supply and Offtake Agreements with nine months’ notice any time prior to June 2019 and we 
have the option to terminate with ninety days’ notice at any time.

At the commencement of the Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements, we sold to Macquarie inventory comprised of 

652,000 barrels of crude oil and refined products valued at $32.2 million.

At the commencement of the Shreveport Supply and Offtake Agreements, we sold to Macquarie inventory comprised of 

987,000 barrels of crude oil and refined products valued at $54.8 million.

In addition, we incurred approximately $3.1 million of initial costs related to the Supply and Offtake Agreements.

The Supply and Offtake Agreements are subject to minimum and maximum inventory levels. The agreements also provide 
for the lease to Macquarie of crude oil and certain refined product storage tanks located at the Great Falls and Shreveport refineries. 
Following expiration or termination of the agreements, Macquarie has the option to require us to purchase the crude oil and refined 
product inventories then owned by Macquarie and located at the leased storage tanks at then current market prices. Our obligations 
under the agreements are secured by the inventory included in these agreements.

Capital Expenditures

Our property, plant and equipment capital expenditure requirements consist of capital improvement expenditures, replacement 
capital expenditures and environmental capital expenditures. Capital improvement expenditures include expenditures to acquire 
assets to grow our business, to expand existing facilities, such as projects that increase operating capacity, or to reduce operating 
costs. Replacement capital expenditures replace worn out or obsolete equipment or parts. Environmental capital expenditures 
include asset additions to meet or exceed environmental and operating regulations. Turnaround capital expenditures represent 
capitalized costs associated with our periodic major maintenance and repairs.

The following table sets forth our capital improvement expenditures, replacement capital expenditures, environmental capital 
expenditures, turnaround capital expenditures and joint venture contributions for continuing operations and discontinued operations 
in each of the periods shown (including capitalized interest):

73

Table of Contents

Capital improvement expenditures
Replacement capital expenditures
Environmental capital expenditures
Turnaround capital expenditures
Joint venture contributions, net (1) (2)

Total

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In millions)

2016

$

$

19.7
16.9
7.5
30.8
—
74.9

$

$

23.4
30.5
11.5
14.5
—
79.9

$

$

67.6
20.0
9.3
8.7
16.7
122.3

(1)  2016 includes proceeds from sale and return of capital related to the Dakota Prairie Transaction.

(2)  2018 excludes approximately $4.0 million of incurred expenses related to our investment in Biosyn.

The decrease in capital improvement, replacement and environmental capital expenditures from 2017 to 2018 was primarily 
driven by our allocation of additional resources to turnaround activities in the current year and moving certain capital projects 
forecasted for 2018 to 2019 based on timing and priority of existing projects. The decrease in capital expenditures from 2016 to 
2017 is due to the completion of capital improvement projects and decreased joint venture contributions.

2019 Capital Spending Forecast

We are currently forecasting total capital expenditures of approximately $80 million to $90 million in 2019. We anticipate 
that  capital  expenditure  requirements  will  be  provided  primarily  through  cash  flow  from  operations,  cash  on  hand,  available 
borrowings under our revolving credit facility and by accessing capital markets as necessary. If future capital expenditures require 
expenditures in excess of our then-current cash flow from operations and borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility, 
we may be required to issue debt or equity securities in public or private offerings or incur additional borrowings under bank credit 
facilities to meet those costs.

Debt and Credit Facilities

As of December 31, 2018, our primary debt and credit instruments consisted of:

•  $600.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility maturing in February 2023, subject to borrowing base limitations, 
with a maximum letter of credit sublimit equal to $300.0 million, which amount may be increased to 90% of revolver 
commitments in effect with the consent of the Agent (as defined in the revolving credit agreement) (“revolving credit 
facility”);

•  $900.0 million of 6.50% senior notes due 2021 (“2021 Notes”);

•  $350.0 million of 7.625% senior notes due 2022 (“2022 Notes”); and

•  $325.0 million of 7.75% senior notes due 2023 (“2023 Notes”).

On April 9, 2018, we redeemed all of the 2021 Secured Notes. The holders received a redemption price of 100.0% of the 
principal amount of the 2021 Secured Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to, but not including, the Redemption 
Date, plus a Make Whole Premium (as defined in the Indenture, dated April 20, 2016, governing the 2021 Secured Notes). In 
conjunction with the redemption, we incurred debt extinguishment costs of $58.2 million, including $11.6 million of non-cash 
charges.

We were in compliance with all covenants under our debt instruments in place as of December 31, 2018, and believe we 

have adequate liquidity to conduct our business.

Short-Term Liquidity 

As of December 31, 2018, our principal sources of short-term liquidity were (i) approximately $295.7 million of availability 
under our revolving credit facility, (ii) inventory financing agreements related to the Great Falls and Shreveport refineries and (iii) 
$155.7 million of cash on hand. Borrowings under our revolving credit facility can be used for, among other things, working 
capital, capital expenditures, and other lawful partnership purposes including acquisitions. 

On February 23, 2018, we entered into a $600.0 million amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility maturing 

in February 2023, subject to borrowing base limitations, with a maximum letter of credit sublimit equal to $300.0 million.

74

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Borrowings under our revolving credit facility are limited by a borrowing base that is determined based on advance rates of 
percentages of Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory (each as defined in the revolving credit agreement). As such, the borrowing 
base can fluctuate based on changes in selling prices of our products and our current material costs, primarily the cost of crude 
oil. The borrowing base is calculated in accordance with the revolving credit facility and agreed upon by us and the Agent (as 
defined in the revolving credit facility agreement.) On December 31, 2018, we had availability on our revolving credit facility of 
approximately $295.7 million, based on a borrowing base of approximately $330.8 million, $35.1 million in outstanding standby 
letters of credit and no outstanding borrowings. The borrowing base cannot exceed the revolving credit facility commitments then 
in effect. The lender group under our revolving credit facility is comprised of a syndicate of nine lenders with total commitments 
of $600.0 million. The lenders under our revolving credit facility have a first priority lien on our accounts receivable, inventory 
and substantially all of our cash.

Amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility fluctuate materially during each quarter mainly due to cash flow 
from operations, normal changes in working capital, capital expenditures and debt service costs. Specifically, the amount borrowed 
under our revolving credit facility is typically at its highest level after we pay for the majority of our crude oil supply on the 20th 
day of every month per standard industry terms. The maximum revolving credit facility borrowings during the quarter ended 
December 31, 2018, were $7.0 million. Our availability on our revolving credit facility during the peak borrowing days of the 
quarter has been ample to support our operations and service upcoming requirements. During the quarter ended December 31, 
2018, availability for additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility was approximately $295.7 million at its lowest 
point. 

The revolving credit facility currently bears interest at a rate equal to prime plus a basis points margin or LIBOR plus a basis 
points margin, at our option which margin ranges between 50 basis points and 100 basis points for base rate loans and 150 basis 
points to 200 basis points for LIBOR loans, depending on our average availability for additional borrowings for the preceding 
quarter. The margin applicable to loans under the first loaned in and last to be repaid out (“FILO”) tranche of the revolving credit 
facility range from 150 to 200 basis points for base rate FILO loans and 250 to 300 basis points for LIBOR based FILO loans. As 
of December 31, 2018, this margin was 50 basis points for prime, 150 basis points for LIBOR, 150 basis points for prime rate 
based FILO loans and 250 basis points for LIBOR based FILO loans; however, the margin can fluctuate quarterly based on our 
average availability for additional borrowings under the revolving credit facility in the preceding calendar quarter. In addition, if 
the Leverage Ratio (as defined in the revolving credit facility agreement) is less than 5.5 to 1.0 for any four fiscal quarter periods 
ending on or after August 23, 2018, then, after such fiscal quarter, the margins otherwise applicable will be reduced by 0 basis 
points. Letters of credit issued under the revolving credit facility accrue fees at a rate equal to the margin (measured in basis points) 
applicable to LIBOR revolver loans.

In  addition  to  paying  interest  on  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  revolving  credit  facility,  we  are  required  to  pay  a 
commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility with respect to the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate 
equal to either 0.250% or 0.375% per annum depending on the average daily available unused borrowing capacity for the preceding 
month. We also pay a customary letter of credit fee, including a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum of the stated amount of each 
outstanding letter of credit, and customary agency fees.

Our revolving credit facility contains various covenants that limit, among other things, our ability to: incur indebtedness; 
grant  liens;  dispose  of  certain  assets;  make  certain  acquisitions  and  investments;  redeem  or  prepay  other  debt  or  make  other 
restricted payments such as distributions to unitholders; enter into transactions with affiliates; and enter into a merger, consolidation 
or sale of assets. The revolving credit facility generally permits us to make cash distributions to our unitholders as long as, after 
giving effect to such a cash distribution, we have availability under the revolving credit facility totaling at least equal to the sum 
of the amount of FILO loans outstanding plus the greater of (i) 15% of the Borrowing Base (as defined in the credit agreement) 
then in effect and (ii) $60.0 million (which amount is subject to increase in proportion to revolving commitment increases). Further, 
the revolving credit facility contains one springing financial covenant: if the availability of loans under the revolving credit facility 
falls below the sum of the amount of FILO loans outstanding plus the greater of (a) 10% of the Borrowing Base (as defined in the 
revolving credit facility agreement) then in effect and (b) $35.0 million (which amount is subject to increase in in proportion to 
revolving commitment increases), we will be required to maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter a Fixed Charge Coverage 
Ratio (as defined in the revolving credit facility agreement) of at least 1.0 to 1.0.

In an event of default exists under the revolving credit facility, the lenders will be able to accelerate the maturity of the 
revolving credit facility and exercise other rights and remedies. An event of default includes, among other things, the nonpayment 
of principal, interest, fees or other amounts; failure of any representation or warranty to be true and correct when made or confirmed; 
failure to perform or observe covenants in the revolving credit facility or other loan documents, subject, in limited circumstances, 
to certain grace periods; cross-defaults in other indebtedness if the effect of such default is to cause, or permit the holders of such 
indebtedness to cause, the acceleration of such indebtedness under any material agreement; bankruptcy or insolvency events; 
monetary judgment defaults; asserted invalidity of the loan documentation; and a change of control (as defined in the revolving 
credit facility agreement).

As of December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants under the revolving credit facility.

75

Table of Contents

For additional information regarding our revolving credit facility, see Note 10 “Long-Term Debt” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial 

Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Long-Term Financing 

In addition to our principal sources of short-term liquidity listed above, subject to market conditions, we may meet our cash 
requirements (other than distributions of Available Cash (as defined in our partnership agreement) to our common unitholders) 
through the issuance of long-term notes or additional common units. 

From time to time, we issue long-term debt securities referred to as our senior notes. All of our outstanding senior notes are 
unsecured  obligations  that  rank  equally  with  all  of  our  other  senior  debt  obligations  to  the  extent  they  are  unsecured. As  of 
December 31,  2018,  we  had  $900.0  million  in  2021  Notes,  $350.0  million  in  2022  Notes  and  $325.0  million  in  2023  Notes 
outstanding. On December 31, 2017, we had $400.0 million in 2021 Secured Notes, $900.0 million in 2021 Notes, $350.0 million
in 2022 Notes and $325.0 million in 2023 Notes outstanding. In April 2018, the Company redeemed all of the 2021 Secured Notes. 
For more information regarding our senior notes, see Note 10 — “Long-Term Debt” under Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data” in this Annual Report.

The indentures governing our senior notes contain covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability and the ability of 
certain of our subsidiaries to: (i) sell assets; (ii) pay distributions on or redeem or repurchase our common units or redeem or 
repurchase our subordinated debt; (iii) make investments; (iv) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred units; 
(v) create or incur certain liens; (vi) enter into agreements that restrict distributions or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries 
to us; (vii) consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; (viii) engage in transactions with affiliates; and (ix) 
create unrestricted subsidiaries. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. At any time when the 
senior notes are rated investment grade by either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or S&P’s Global Ratings (“S&P”) 
and no Default or Event of Default, each as defined in the indentures governing the senior notes, has occurred and is continuing, 
many  of  these  covenants  will  be  suspended. As  of  December 31,  2018,  our  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio  (as  defined  in  the 
indentures governing the 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes) was 1.7.

Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events, each holder of the senior notes will have the right to require that 
we repurchase all or a portion of such holder’s senior notes in cash at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount 
thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.

To date, our debt balances have not adversely affected our operations, our ability to repay or refinance our indebtedness. 
Based on our historical record, we believe that our capital structure will continue to allow us to achieve our business objectives.

We are subject, however, to conditions in the equity and debt markets for our common units and long-term senior notes, and 
there can be no assurance we will be able or willing to access the public or private markets for our common units and/or senior 
notes in the future. If we are unable or unwilling to issue additional common units, we may be required to either restrict capital 
expenditures and/or potential future acquisitions or pursue debt financing alternatives, some of which could involve higher costs 
or negatively affect our credit ratings. Furthermore, our ability to access the public and private debt markets is affected by our 
credit ratings. For additional information regarding our credit ratings, see “Credit Ratings” below.

 For additional information regarding our senior notes, see Note 10 “Long-Term Debt” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements 

and Supplementary Data.”

Master Derivative Contracts and Collateral Trust Agreement

Under our credit support arrangements, our payment obligations under all of our master derivatives contracts for commodity 
hedging generally are secured by a first priority lien on our and our subsidiaries’ real property, plant and equipment, fixtures, 
intellectual  property,  certain  financial  assets,  certain  investment  property,  commercial  tort  claims,  chattel  paper,  documents, 
instruments and proceeds of the foregoing (including proceeds of hedge arrangements). We had no additional letters of credit or 
cash margin posted with any hedging counterparty as of December 31, 2018. Our master derivatives contracts and Collateral Trust 
Agreement (as defined below) continue to impose a number of covenant limitations on our operating and financing activities, 
including  limitations  on  liens  on  collateral,  limitations  on  dispositions  of  collateral  and  collateral  maintenance  and  insurance 
requirements. For financial reporting purposes, we do not offset the collateral provided to a counterparty against the fair value of 
our obligation to that counterparty. Any outstanding collateral is released to us upon settlement of the related derivative instrument 
liability.

All credit support thresholds with our hedging counterparties are at levels such that it would take a substantial increase in 
fuel products crack spreads or interest rates to require significant additional collateral to be posted. As a result, we do not expect 
further increases in fuel products crack spreads or interest rates to significantly impact our liquidity.

Additionally, we have a collateral trust agreement (the “Collateral Trust Agreement”) which governs how secured hedging 
counterparties share collateral pledged as security for the payment obligations owed by us to the secured hedging counterparties 
under their respective master derivatives contracts. The Collateral Trust Agreement limits to $150.0 million the extent to which 
76

Table of Contents

forward purchase contracts for physical commodities are covered by, and secured under, the Collateral Trust Agreement and the 
Parity  Lien  Security  Documents  (as  defined  in  the  Collateral Trust Agreement). There  is  no  such  limit  on  financially  settled 
derivative instruments used for commodity hedging. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement, we 
have the ability to add secured hedging counterparties from time to time. 

Credit Ratings

In May 2018, our senior unsecured notes ratings were upgraded by S&P to B- from CCC+, while the Company rating of B- 
and stable outlook remained unchanged from the prior year. In September 2018, Moody’s changed our ratings outlook to stable 
from negative and reaffirmed its Caa1 Company rating and Caa2 ratings on our senior notes. In October 2018, Fitch initiated 
coverage and assigned a rating of B- for the Company and our senior unsecured notes, bringing it in line with S&P’s current ratings. 

Equity Transactions

In April 2016, the board of directors of our general partner suspended payment of our quarterly cash distribution. The board 

of directors of our general partner will continue to evaluate our ability to reinstate the distribution. 

Seasonality Impacts on Liquidity

The operating results for the fuel products segment, including the selling prices of asphalt products we produce, generally 
follow seasonal demand trends. Asphalt demand is generally lower in the first and fourth quarters of the year, as compared to the 
second and third quarters, due to the seasonality of the road construction and roofing industries we supply. Demand for gasoline 
and diesel is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway 
traffic. In addition, our natural gas costs can be higher during the winter months, as demand for natural gas as a heating fuel 
increases during the winter. As a result, our operating results for the first and fourth calendar quarters may be lower than those for 
the second and third calendar quarters of each year due to seasonality related to these and other products that we produce and sell.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments 

A summary of our total contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2018, at current maturities is as follows:

Operating Activities:

Interest on long-term debt at contractual rates and maturities (1)

Operating lease obligations (2)
Letters of credit (3)
Purchase commitments (4)
Employment agreements (5)

Financing Activities:

Obligations under inventory financing agreements
Capital lease obligations
Long-term debt obligations, excluding capital lease obligations

Total obligations

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less Than
1 Year

1–3
Years
(In millions)

3–5
Years

More Than
5 Years

$

$

431.8
165.0
35.1
408.6
1.3

106.5
42.4
1,580.2
2,770.9

$

$

119.4
70.0
35.1
261.4
0.9

106.5
2.4
1.4
597.1

$

$

207.8
74.8
—
42.1
0.4

—
1.9
903.8
1,230.8

$

$

64.8
13.1
—
42.0
—

—
2.5
675.0
797.4

$

$

39.8
7.1
—
63.1
—

—
35.6
—
145.6

(1) 

Interest on long-term debt at contractual rates and maturities relates primarily to interest on our senior notes, revolving 
credit facility interest and fees, and interest on our capital lease obligations, which excludes the adjustment for the interest 
rate swap agreement.

(2)  We have various operating leases primarily for railcars, the use of land, storage tanks, compressor stations, equipment, 
precious metals and office facilities that extend through July 2055. As a result of the adoption ASU 2016-02 which is 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, each of the Company’s operating leases will be recognized 
on the balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and lease liability. Based on our analysis to date, we currently estimate the 
adoption of ASU 2016-02 will result in recognition of additional net lease assets and lease liabilities of approximately 
$145 million to $150 million as of January 1, 2019.

(3)  Letters of credit primarily supporting crude oil and feedstock purchases.

77

 
 
 
Table of Contents

(4)  Purchase commitments consist primarily of obligations to purchase fixed volumes of crude oil, other feedstocks and 

finished products for resale from various suppliers based on current market prices at the time of delivery.

(5)  Certain employment agreements may be terminated under certain circumstances or at certain dates prior to expiration. 
We expect our contracts will be renewed or replaced with similar agreements upon their expiration. Amounts due under 
the contracts assume the contracts are not terminated prior to their expiration.

For additional information regarding our expected capital and turnaround expenditures, for which we have not contractually 

committed, refer to “Capital Expenditures” above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not enter into any material off-balance sheet debt or operating lease transactions during fiscal year 2018.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial 
statements for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect 
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at 
the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions 
given the level of complexity and subjectivity involved in forming these estimates.

We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if:

•  The accounting estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the accounting 

estimate is made; and

•  We reasonably could have used different estimates in the current period, or changes in these estimates are reasonably 
likely to occur from period to period as new information becomes available, and a change in these estimates would have 
a material impact on our financial condition or results from operations.

We continually evaluate the estimates and judgments used to prepare the consolidated financial statements. Our estimates 
are based on historical experience, information from third-party professionals and various other assumptions that we believe to 
be reasonable under the circumstances. There are other items within our consolidated financial statements that require estimation, 
but are not deemed critical based on the above criteria. Changes in estimates used in these and other items could have a material 
impact on our consolidated financial statements in any one period. 

Our significant accounting policies, which may be affected by our estimates and assumptions, are more fully described in 
Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” We 
believe that the following are the more critical judgment areas in the application of our accounting policies that currently affect 
our financial condition and results of operations.

Valuation of Definite Long-Lived Assets

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If the estimated undiscounted future cash 
flows related to the asset are less than the carrying value, we recognize a loss equal to the difference between the carrying value 
and the estimated fair value, usually determined by the estimated discounted future cash flows of the asset. When a decision has 
been made to dispose of property and equipment prior to the end of the previously estimated useful life, depreciation estimates 
are revised to reflect the use of the asset over the shortened estimated useful life.

Significant Estimates and Assumptions

Estimated undiscounted future cash flows are used for the purpose of testing our definite long-lived assets for impairment. 
Fair values calculated for the purpose of measuring impairments on definite long-lived assets are estimated using the expected 
present value of future cash flows method and comparative market prices when appropriate. Significant judgment is involved in 
estimating undiscounted future cash flows and performing these fair value estimates since the results are based on forecasted 
assumptions. Significant assumptions include:

•  Future margins on products produced and sold. Our estimates of future product margins are based on our analysis of 
various supply and demand factors, which include, among other things, industry-wide capacity, our planned utilization 
rate, end-user demand, capital expenditures and economic conditions. Such estimates are consistent with those used in 
our planning and capital investment reviews.

•  Future capital requirements. These are based on authorized spending and internal forecasts.

78

Table of Contents

•  Discount rate commensurate with the risks involved. We apply a discount rate to our cash flows based on a variety of 
factors, including market and economic conditions, operational risk, regulatory risk and political risk. This discount rate 
is also compared to recent observable market transactions, if possible. A higher discount rate decreases the net present 
value of cash flows. 

We base our estimated undiscounted future cash flows and fair value estimates on projected financial information which we 

believe to be reasonable. However, actual results may differ from these projections.

2017 Impairment Charge

During the fourth quarter of 2017, we identified impairment indicators that suggested the carrying values of long-lived assets 
at the Missouri and San Antonio reporting units within the specialty products and fuel products segments, respectively, may not 
be recoverable. The primary impairment indicators included recently completed projections of future cash flows and the associated 
impact on the long-range strategic plan forecasts, lower than expected cash flows attributed to these reporting units and poor local 
market conditions. Undiscounted cash flow tests performed for these reporting units indicated that the long-lived assets were not 
recoverable. The fair value of the reporting units was established using a discounted cash flow method which utilized Level 3 
inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The principal parameters used to establish fair values included estimates of future margins on 
products produced and sold, future commodity prices, future capital expenditures and discount rates. As a result of the long-lived 
asset impairment assessment performed, we recorded property, plant and equipment impairment charges on our Missouri reporting 
unit of $59.2 million and on our San Antonio reporting unit of $147.0 million. 

The discount rates used for our Missouri and San Antonio reporting units were approximately12.5% and 14.5%, respectively, 
per year. Revenue growth rates assumed for our Missouri reporting unit were approximately 12.6% for 2018 and 2.0% to 6.0% for 
2019 and beyond. Revenue growth rates assumed for our San Antonio reporting unit were approximately 42.2% for 2018 and 2.0% 
to 6.0% for 2019 and beyond. 

Sensitivity Analysis

An estimate of the sensitivity to net income resulting from impairment calculations is not practicable, given the numerous 
assumptions (e.g., pricing, volumes and discount rates) that can materially affect our estimates. That is, unfavorable adjustments 
to some of the above listed assumptions may be offset by favorable adjustments in other assumptions.

Valuation of Goodwill

We review goodwill for impairment annually on October 1 and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate its 
carrying value may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing 
Goodwill for Impairment (“ASU 2011-08”). Under ASU 2011-08, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to 
determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair 
value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of  events or  circumstances, an entity 
determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the 
impairment test is unnecessary. 

In assessing the qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is 
less than its carrying amount, we assess relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the carrying amount 
of the reporting unit. The identification of relevant events and circumstances and how these may impact a reporting unit’s fair 
value or carrying amount involve significant judgment and assumptions. The judgment and assumptions include the identification 
of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and Company specific 
events and the assessment on whether each relevant factor will impact the impairment test positively or negatively and the magnitude 
of any such impact.

If our qualitative assessment concludes that it is probable that an impairment exists or we skip the qualitative assessment, 
then we need to perform a quantitative assessment. In the first step of the quantitative assessment, our assets and liabilities, including 
existing goodwill and other intangible assets, are assigned to the identified reporting units to determine the carrying value of the 
reporting units. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, an impairment may exist, and we must perform 
an impairment analysis, in which the implied fair value of the goodwill is compared to its carrying value to determine the impairment 
charge, if any.

When performing the quantitative assessment, as required in the impairment test, the fair value of the reporting unit is 
determined using the income approach. The income approach focuses on the income-producing capability of an asset, measuring 
the current value of the asset by calculating the present value of its future economic benefits such as cash earnings, cost savings, 
corporate tax structure and product offerings. Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present 
value at a rate of return that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation, and risks associated 
with the reporting unit. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, an impairment would be recognized 
in an amount equal to the excess that the carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value, limited to the total amount of goodwill.

79

Table of Contents

Inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s reporting units are considered Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy 

and include the following:

•  The Company’s financial projections for its reporting units are based on its analysis of various supply and demand factors 
which include, among other things, industry-wide capacity, its planned utilization rate, end-user demand, crack spreads, 
capital expenditures and economic conditions. Such estimates are consistent with those used in the Company’s planning 
and capital investment reviews and include recent historical prices and published forward prices. 

•  The discount rate used to measure the present value of the projected future cash flows is based on a variety of factors, 
including market and economic conditions, operational risk, regulatory risk and political risk. This discount rate is also 
compared to recent observable market transactions, if possible. 

For Level 3 measurements, significant increases or decreases in long-term growth rates or discount rates in isolation or in 

combination could result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement.

2016 Impairment Charge

In April 2016, the board of directors of our general partner determined to suspend payment of our quarterly cash distribution 
to unitholders. The suspension of the quarterly cash distribution caused a sustained decrease in our common unit price. As a result, 
we determined that these events constituted a triggering event that required us to update our financial projections and our goodwill 
impairment assessment as of April 30, 2016. The discount rates used for our Great Falls and San Antonio reporting units where 
impairment was recognized were approximately 13.0% and 13.5%, respectively, per year. Revenue growth rates assumed for our 
Great Falls reporting unit where impairment was recognized were approximately 41.1% for 2016 and (2.6)% to 39.9% for 2017 
and  beyond.  Revenue  growth  rates  assumed  for  our  San  Antonio  reporting  unit  where  impairment  was  recognized  were 
approximately (8.5)% for 2016 and (1.0)% to 27.4% for 2017 and beyond. An impairment charge of $33.4 million related to the 
fuel products segment was recorded for goodwill as a result of the step 2 analysis. 

In December 2016, the Missouri reporting unit experienced a substantial reduction in orders from a significant customer, 
which is expected to have an adverse impact on the business. As a result, we determined that this event constituted a triggering 
event that required us to update our financial projections and our goodwill impairment assessment in December 2016. An impairment 
charge  of $1.4  million for  goodwill  related  to  the  specialty  products  segment  was  recorded  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations within asset impairment.

A significant decline in our revenue and earnings or a significant decline in the price of our common units could result in 

an impairment charge related to the remaining specialty products segment goodwill of $171.4 million in the future.

Significant Estimates and Assumptions

Fair values calculated for the purpose of testing our goodwill for impairment are estimated using the expected present value 
of future cash flows method and comparative market prices when appropriate. Significant judgment is involved in performing 
these fair value estimates since the results are based on forecasted assumptions. Significant assumptions include:

•  Future margins on products produced and sold. Our estimates of future product margins are based on our analysis of 
various supply and demand factors, which include, among other things, industry-wide capacity, our planned utilization 
rate, end-user demand, crack spreads, capital expenditures and economic conditions. Such estimates are consistent with 
those used in our planning and capital investment reviews and include recent historical prices and published forward 
prices.

•  Discount rate commensurate with the risks involved. We apply a discount rate to our cash flows based on a variety of 
factors, including market and economic conditions, operational risk, regulatory risk and political risk. This discount rate 
is also compared to recent observable market transactions, if possible. A higher discount rate decreases the net present 
value of cash flows. 

•  Future capital requirements. These are based on authorized spending and internal forecasts.

We base our fair value estimates on projected financial information which we believe to be reasonable. However, actual 

results may differ from these projections.

Sensitivity Analysis

An estimate of the sensitivity to net income resulting from impairment calculations is not practicable, given the numerous 
assumptions (e.g., pricing, volumes and discount rates) that can materially affect our estimates. That is, unfavorable adjustments 
to some of the above listed assumptions may be offset by favorable adjustments in other assumptions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a summary of recently issued and adopted accounting standards applicable to us, see Note 2 “Summary of Significant 

Accounting Policies” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

80

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Commodity Price Risk 

Derivative Instruments 

We are exposed to price risks due to fluctuations in the price of crude oil, refined products (primarily in our fuel products 
segment), natural gas and precious metals. We use various strategies to reduce our exposure to commodity price risk. We do not 
attempt to eliminate all of our risk as the costs of such actions are believed to be too high in relation to the risk posed to our future 
cash flows, earnings and liquidity. The strategies we use to reduce our risk utilize both physical forward contracts and financially 
settled derivative instruments, such as swaps, collars and options, to attempt to reduce our exposure with respect to: 

•  crude oil purchases and sales;

• 

refined product sales and purchases;

•  natural gas purchases; 

•  precious metals; and

• 

fluctuations in the value of crude oil between geographic regions and between the different types of crude oil such as 
NYMEX WTI, LLS, WCS, Mixed Sweet Blend (“MSW”) and ICE Brent (“Brent”).

We manage our exposure to commodity markets, credit, volumetric and liquidity risks to manage our costs and volatility of 
cash flows as conditions warrant or opportunities become available. These risks may be managed in a variety of ways that may 
include the use of derivative instruments. Derivative instruments may be used for the purpose of mitigating risks associated with 
an asset, liability and anticipated future transactions and the changes in fair value of our derivative instruments will affect our 
earnings and cash flows; however, such changes should be offset by price or rate changes related to the underlying commodity or 
financial transaction that is part of the risk management strategy. We do not speculate with derivative instruments or other contractual 
arrangements that are not associated with our business objectives. Speculation is defined as increasing our natural position above 
the maximum position of our physical assets or trading in commodities, currencies or other risk bearing assets that are not associated 
with our business activities and objectives. Our positions are monitored routinely by a risk management committee and discussed 
with the board of directors of our general partner quarterly to ensure compliance with our stated risk management policy and 
documented risk management strategies. All strategies are reviewed on an ongoing basis by our risk management committee, 
which will add, remove or revise strategies in anticipation of changes in market conditions and/or in risk profiles. These changes 
in strategies are to position us in relation to our risk exposures in an attempt to capture market opportunities as they arise.

Please read Note 11 “Derivatives” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements under Part II, Item 8 “Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data” for a discussion of the accounting treatment for the various types of derivative instruments, 
for a further discussion of our hedging policies and for more information relating to our implied crack spreads of crude oil, diesel, 
and gasoline derivative instruments. 

Our derivative instruments and overall specialty products segment and fuel products segment hedging positions are monitored 
regularly by our risk management committee, which includes executive officers. The risk management committee reviews market 
information and our hedging positions regularly to determine if additional derivative activity is advised. A summary of derivative 
positions and a summary of hedging strategy are presented to our general partner’s board of directors quarterly.

The following table illustrates how a change in market price (holding all other variables constant and excluding the impact 

of our current hedges) would affect our sales and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations:

Sales
Year Ended December 31,

Cost of Sales
Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2018

2017

(In millions)

Specialty Products:

$1.00 change in per barrel price of crude oil (1)
$0.50 change in MMBtu (one million British Thermal Units) of natural 
gas (2)
Fuel Products:

$

$

— $

— $

— $

8.7

$

— $

— $

$1.00 change in per barrel price of crude oil (1)
$
$1.00 change in per barrel selling price of gasoline, diesel and jet fuel (1) $

— $
$

20.1

— $
$

28.1

20.1

$
— $

9.4

6.6

28.1
—

(1)  Based on our 2018 and 2017 sales volumes.

(2)  Based on our results for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

81

Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Facility

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are limited by a borrowing base that is determined based on advance rates of 
percentages of Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory (as defined in the revolving credit agreement). As such, the borrowing 
base can fluctuate based on changes in inventory and accounts receivable, as well as selling prices of our products and our current 
material costs, primarily the cost of crude oil. Our inventory is based on local crude oil prices at period end, which can materially 
fluctuate period to period.

Pension Assets Volatility and Investment Policy

Our Pension Plan assets are also subject to volatility that can be caused by fluctuation in general economic conditions. Plan 
assets are invested by the Plan’s fiduciaries, which direct investments according to specific policies. Our consolidated statement 
of operations is currently shielded from volatility in plan assets due to the way accounting standards are applied for pension plans, 
although favorable or unfavorable investment performance over the long term will impact our pension expense if it deviates from 
our assumption related to the future rate of return. Please read Note 15 “Employee Benefit Plans” under Part II, Item 8 “Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data” for a further discussion of our investment policies.

Compliance Price Risk 

Renewable Identification Numbers

We are exposed to market risks related to the volatility in the price of credits needed to comply with governmental programs. 
The EPA sets annual quotas for the percentage of biofuels that must be blended into transportation fuels consumed in the U.S., 
and as a producer of motor fuels from petroleum, we are required to blend biofuels into the fuel products we produce at a rate that 
will meet the EPA’s annual quota. To the extent we are unable to blend biofuels at that rate, we must purchase RINs in the open 
market to satisfy the annual requirement. We have not entered into any derivative instruments to manage this risk, but we have 
purchased RINs when the price of these instruments is deemed favorable.

Holding other variables constant (RINs requirements), a $1.00 change in the price of RINs as of December 31, 2018, would 

be expected to have an impact on net income for 2018 of approximately $38.7 million.

Interest Rate Risk 

Our exposure to interest rate changes is limited to the fair value of the debt issued, which would not have a material impact 
on our earnings or cash flows. The following table provides information about the fair value of our fixed rate debt obligations as 
of December 31, 2018 and 2017, which we disclose in Note 10 “Long-Term Debt” and Note 12 “Fair Value Measurements” under 
Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Financial Instrument:
2021 Unsecured Notes
2022 Unsecured Notes
2023 Unsecured Notes
2021 Secured Notes

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Fair Value

Carrying Value

Fair Value

Carrying Value

$
$
$
$

755.7
279.4
252.3

$
$
$
— $

(In millions)

894.7
345.9
320.1

$
$
$
— $

896.4
352.4
327.7
456.4

$
$
$
$

892.5
344.8
319.1
387.6

For our variable rate debt, if any, changes in interest rates generally do not impact the fair value of the debt instrument, but 
may impact our future earnings and cash flows. We had a $600.0 million revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2018, with 
borrowings bearing interest at the prime rate or LIBOR, at our option, plus the applicable margin. Borrowings under this facility 
are variable. We had no variable rate debt as of December 31, 2018. Holding other variables constant (such as debt levels), a 100 
basis point change in interest rates on our variable rate debt as of December 31, 2018, would be expected to have no impact on 
net income and cash flows for 2018. We had $0.2 million of variable rate debt outstanding as of December 31, 2017. 

Foreign Currency Risk

We have minimal exposure to foreign currency risk and as such the cost of hedging this risk is viewed to be in excess of the 

benefit of further reductions in our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

82

 
 
Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of Calumet GP, LLC
General Partner and the Partners of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (“the Company”) as 
of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, partners' capital and 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each 
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 
framework) and our report dated March 7, 2019 expressed an adverse opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error 
or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether 
due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, 
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial 
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

Indianapolis, Indiana

March 7, 2019 

83

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
(In millions, except unit data)

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable, net:

Trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.5 million and $7.0 million,
respectively
Other

Inventories
Derivative assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Investment in unconsolidated affiliates
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Other noncurrent assets, net
Total assets

Current liabilities:

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

Accounts payable
Accrued interest payable
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
Other taxes payable
Obligations under inventory financing agreements
Other current liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
Derivative liabilities
Discontinued operations, current liabilities

Total current liabilities
Pension and postretirement benefit obligations
Other long-term liabilities
Long-term debt, less current portion
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Partners’ capital:

Limited partners’ interest (77,177,159 units and 76,788,801 units, issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively)
General partners’ interest
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total partners’ capital
Total liabilities and partners’ capital

$

$

$

$

155.7
—

177.7
20.3
198.0
284.1
18.3
13.9
670.0
1,098.1
25.4
171.4
88.0
34.6

2,087.5

$

$

200.6
30.7
25.7
15.2
105.3
33.8
3.8
—
—
415.1
4.5
1.5
1,600.7
2,021.8

61.6
12.8
(8.7)
65.7

164.3
350.0

265.4
88.7
354.1
314.4
—
8.7
1,191.5
1,159.2
35.0
171.4
107.9
23.8

2,688.8

282.3
52.5
35.9
16.1
103.1
73.7
354.1
6.0
2.0
925.7
3.1
1.9
1,638.2
2,568.9

113.3
13.8
(7.2)
119.9

$

2,087.5

$

2,688.8

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

84

 
 
 CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Table of Contents

Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating costs and expenses:

Selling
General and administrative
Transportation
Taxes other than income taxes
Asset impairment
Gain on sale of business, net
Other

Operating income (loss)

Other income (expense):
Interest expense
Debt extinguishment costs
Gain (loss) on derivative instruments
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
Gain (loss) on sale of unconsolidated affiliates
Other

Total other expense
Net loss from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
Net loss from continuing operations
Net loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
Net loss
Allocation of net loss:

Net loss
Less:

General partners’ interest in net loss

Net loss available to limited partners

 Weighted average limited partner units outstanding:

Basic and diluted

Limited partners’ interest basic and diluted net loss per unit:

From continuing operations
From discontinued operations
Limited partners’ interest

Cash distributions declared per limited partner unit

Year Ended December 31,
2018
2016
2017
(In millions, except unit and per unit data)

$

$

3,497.5
3,060.8
436.7

$

3,763.8
3,265.6
498.2

3,474.3
3,088.0
386.3

58.2
122.5
137.2
18.1
—
(4.8)
(17.4)
122.9

(155.5)
(58.8)
33.8
(3.7)
0.2
10.8
(173.2)
(50.3)
0.7
(51.0)
(4.1)
(55.1) $

65.7
138.7
137.1
24.1
207.3
(236.0)
3.3
158.0

(183.1)
—
(9.6)
—
—
3.3
(189.4)
(31.4)
(0.1)
(31.3)
(72.5)
(103.8) $

69.8
105.8
154.3
19.3
35.7
—
1.7
(0.3)

(161.7)
—
(4.1)
(18.3)
(113.4)
1.2
(296.3)
(296.6)
0.2
(296.8)
(31.8)
(328.6)

(55.1) $

(103.8) $

(328.6)

(1.1)
(54.0) $

(2.1)
(101.7) $

(6.6)
(322.0)

77,943,992

77,598,950

77,043,935

(0.64) $
(0.05)
(0.69) $

— $

(0.40) $
(0.91)
(1.31) $

— $

(3.77)
(0.41)
(4.18)

0.685

$

$

$

$

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

85

 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Net loss
Other comprehensive income (loss):

Cash flow hedges:

Cash flow hedge gain reclassified to net loss
Defined benefit pension and retiree health benefit plans

Total other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive loss attributable to partners’ capital

$

$

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In millions)

2016

(55.1) $

(103.8) $

(328.6)

—
(1.5)
(1.5)
(56.6) $

—
1.1
1.1
(102.7) $

(6.4)
(0.3)
(6.7)
(335.3)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

86

 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Partners’ Capital

General
Partner

Limited
Partners

Total

(In millions)

Balance at December 31, 2015
Other comprehensive loss
Net loss
Issuance of phantom units
Settlement of tax withholdings on equity-based incentive
compensation
Amortization of phantom units
Contributions from Calumet GP, LLC
Distributions to partners

Balance at December 31, 2016

Other comprehensive income
Net loss
Settlement of tax withholdings on equity-based incentive
compensation
Amortization of phantom units
Contributions from Calumet GP, LLC

Balance at December 31, 2017
Other comprehensive loss
Net loss
Settlement of tax withholdings on equity-based incentive
compensation
Amortization of vested phantom units
Contributions from Calumet GP, LLC

Balance at December 31, 2018

$

$

$
$
$

$
$
$
$

(1.6) $
(6.7)
—
—

—
—
—
—

(8.3) $
1.1
—

—
—
—

(7.2) $
(1.5) $
— $

— $
— $
— $
(8.7) $

$

$

27.5
—
(6.6)
—

—
—
0.2
(5.3)
15.8
—
(2.1)

—
—
0.1
13.8

$
— $
(1.1) $

— $
— $
$
0.1
$
12.8

$

$

578.0
—
(322.0)
4.1

(2.4)
5.6
—
(52.1)
211.2
—
(101.7)

(0.9)
4.7
—
113.3

$
— $
(54.0) $

(1.1) $
3.4
$
— $
$

61.6

603.9
(6.7)
(328.6)
4.1

(2.4)
5.6
0.2
(57.4)
218.7
1.1
(103.8)

(0.9)
4.7
0.1
119.9
(1.5)
(55.1)

(1.1)
3.4
0.1
65.7

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

87

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Operating activities
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017
(In millions)

2016

$

(55.1) $

(103.8) $

(328.6)

Net loss from discontinued operations
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of turnaround costs
Non-cash interest expense
Loss on debt extinguishment costs
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments
Asset impairment
Equity based compensation
Lower of cost or market inventory adjustment
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
(Gain) loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliates
Gain on sale of business
Other non-cash activities
Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Derivative activity
Turnaround costs
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued interest payable
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
Other taxes payable
Other liabilities
Pension and postretirement benefit obligations

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operating activities

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Investing activities
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Investment in unconsolidated affiliates
Proceeds from sale of unconsolidated affiliates
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of business, net
Net cash provided by discontinued investing activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings — revolving credit facility
Repayments of borrowings — revolving credit facility
Proceeds from borrowings — senior notes
Repayments of borrowings — senior notes
Repayments of borrowings — related party note
Payments on capital lease obligations
Proceeds from inventory financing
Payments on inventory financing
Proceeds from other financing obligations
Payments on other financing obligations
Payments on extinguishment of debt
Debt issuance costs
Contributions from Calumet GP, LLC
Distributions to partners
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

Interest paid, net of capitalized interest
Income taxes paid

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

4.1
118.1
12.8
7.9
58.8
(30.2)
—
(1.2)
30.6
3.7
(0.2)
(4.8)
6.8

109.8
(0.3)
(4.5)
(0.5)
(27.9)
—
(78.2)
(21.8)
(5.6)
(0.9)
(45.4)
(0.1)
(0.7)
75.2

(49.8)
(3.8)
9.9
0.4
44.8
6.8
8.3

174.5
(174.7)
—
(400.0)
—
(1.6)
1,135.3
(1,128.3)
4.7
(2.5)
(46.6)
(3.0)
0.1
—
(442.1)
(358.6)
514.3
155.7
155.7

$
$
— $

170.8
0.4

$
$

$
$
$

$
$

Non-cash consideration received for the sale of Anchor
Non-cash property, plant and equipment additions
Non-cash capital lease

— $
$
2.6
— $
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
88

$
$
$

72.5
154.8
24.3
10.2
—
(3.6)
207.3
11.6
(30.6)
—
—
(236.0)
10.2

(158.9)
(8.5)
(0.8)
(0.5)
(14.5)
(0.5)
70.6
0.9
18.0
0.9
(24.2)
(2.7)
(23.2)
(26.5)

(70.0)
—
—
0.3
484.5
38.6
453.4

901.2
(911.2)
—
—
—
(2.5)
671.6
(571.5)
—
(2.3)
—
(2.2)
0.1
—
83.2
510.1
4.2
514.3
164.3
350.0

163.7
0.4

$
$
$

$
$

25.4
$
$
9.1
— $

31.8
152.0
33.2
9.6
—
(19.9)
35.7
5.6
(38.4)
18.3
113.4
—
5.4

(38.9)
41.5
(4.2)
(19.0)
(8.7)
(0.6)
18.4
21.4
(17.8)
3.6
(16.6)
(2.0)
8.9
4.1

(139.2)
(45.7)
29.0
1.7
—
—
(154.2)

1,187.1
(1,287.9)
393.1
—
(75.0)
(8.5)
—
—
10.3
(1.8)
—
(11.4)
0.2
(57.4)
148.7
(1.4)
5.6
4.2
4.2
—

130.2
1.2

—
14.0
2.3

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of the Business 

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (the “Company”) is a publicly-traded Delaware limited partnership listed on the 
NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the ticker symbol “CLMT.” The general partner of the Company is Calumet 
GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had 77,177,159 limited partner common 
units and 1,575,044 general partner equivalent units outstanding. The general partner owns 2% of the Company and all of the 
incentive distribution rights (as defined in the Company’s partnership agreement), while the remaining 98% is owned by limited 
partners. 

The Company is engaged in the production and marketing of crude oil-based specialty products including lubricating oils, 
white mineral oils, solvents, petrolatums, waxes, and fuel and fuel related products including gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, asphalt and 
heavy fuel oils. The Company is based in Indianapolis, Indiana and owns specialty and fuel products facilities. The Company owns 
and leases additional facilities, primarily related to production and marketing of specialty and fuel products, throughout the United 
States. Subsequent to the sale of Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, LLC (“Anchor”) on November 21, 2017, the Company manages 
its business in two reportable segments: specialty products and fuel products.

Prior to November 21, 2017, the Company owned and operated Anchor, which provided oilfield services and products in the 
United States. On November 21, 2017, the Company completed the sale of Anchor. As a result, effective in the fourth quarter of 
2017, the Company classified its results of operations for all periods presented to reflect Anchor as a discontinued operation and 
classified the assets and liabilities of Anchor as discontinued operations. Prior to being reported as discontinued operations, Anchor 
was included as its own reportable segment as oilfield services. See Note 4 for further discussion. 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements reflect the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany 
profits, transactions and balances have been eliminated. Investments in significant noncontrolled entities are accounted for either 
by using the equity method or cost method of accounting.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year 

presentation.

Use of Estimates

The  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  conformity  with  U.S. generally  accepted  accounting 
principles (“GAAP”) which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash include all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the 

time of purchase.

The sale of the Superior, Wisconsin refinery (“Superior Refinery”) resulted in restricted cash as of December 31, 2017 and 
was based upon the value of collateral under the Company’s debt agreements. Under the indentures governing the Company’s 
senior notes, proceeds from Asset Sales (as defined in the indentures) can only be used for, among other things, to repay, redeem 
or repurchase debt; to make certain acquisitions or investments; and to make capital expenditures. On April 9, 2018, the Company 
redeemed all of the 2021 Secured Notes (defined below) using both the restricted cash from the sale of the Superior Refinery and 
other unrestricted cash.

Accounts Receivable

The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. 
Accounts receivable are carried at their face amounts. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated 
losses in the collection of accounts receivable. The Company makes estimates regarding the future ability of its customers to make 
required payments based on historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, credit quality of its customers, 
current economic conditions, expected future trends and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay. Individual accounts 
are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after all reasonable collection efforts have been exhausted. 

89

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows (in millions): 

Beginning balance
Provision
Write-offs, net
Ending balance

Inventories

2018

December 31,
2017

2016

$

$

7.0
1.2
(6.7)
1.5

$

$

0.9
6.1
—
7.0

$

$

0.9
0.3
(0.3)
0.9

The cost of inventory is recorded using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. Costs include crude oil and other feedstocks, 
labor, processing costs and refining overhead costs. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value. The replacement 
cost  of  these  inventories,  based  on  current  market  values,  would  have  been  $7.8  million  lower  and  $4.6  million  lower  as  of 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $0.4 million and $1.4 million, 
respectively, of inventory consigned to others.

On March 31, 2017 and June 19, 2017, the Company sold inventory comprised of crude oil and refined products to Macquarie 
Energy North America Trading Inc. (“Macquarie”) under Supply and Offtake Agreements as described in Note 9 — “Inventory 
Financing Agreements” related to the Great Falls and Shreveport refineries, respectively. The crude oil remains in the legal title 
of Macquarie and is stored in the Company’s refinery storage tanks governed by storage agreements. Legal title to the crude oil 
passes to the Company at the storage tank outlet. After processing, Macquarie takes title to the refined products stored in the 
Company’s storage tanks until sold to third parties. While title to certain inventories will reside with Macquarie, the Supply and 
Offtake Agreements are accounted for by the Company similar to a product financing arrangement; therefore, the inventories sold 
to Macquarie will continue to be included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets until processed and sold to a third party. 
The Company is obligated to repurchase the inventory in certain scenarios. 

Inventories consist of the following (in millions): 

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods

December 31, 2018
Supply & 
Offtake
Agreements (1)
22.2
$
19.2
43.9
85.3

$

$

$

Titled
Inventory

$

$

30.2
40.7
127.9
198.8

Total

Titled
Inventory

52.4
59.9
171.8
284.1

$

$

42.0
34.4
139.4
215.8

December 31, 2017
Supply & 
Offtake
Agreements (1)
17.6
$
23.7
57.3
98.6

$

$

$

Total

59.6
58.1
196.7
314.4

(1)  Amounts represent LIFO value and do not necessarily represent the value at which the inventory was sold. Refer to Note 

9 for further information.

Under the LIFO inventory method, the most recently incurred costs are charged to cost of sales and inventories are valued at 
the earliest acquisition costs. For each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded increases 
(exclusive of lower of cost or market (“LCM”) adjustments) of $6.3 million, $3.7 million and $28.5 million, respectively, in cost 
of sales in the consolidated statements of operations due to the liquidation of inventory layers.

In addition, the use of the LIFO inventory method may result in increases or decreases to cost of sales in years that inventory 
volumes decline as the result of charging cost of sales with LIFO inventory costs generated in prior periods. In periods of rapidly 
declining prices, LIFO inventories may have to be written down to market value due to the higher costs assigned to LIFO layers 
in prior periods. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded an increase in cost of sales in the consolidated 
statements of operations of $30.6 million due to the LCM valuation. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the 
Company recorded a decrease in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations of $30.6 million and $38.4 million
respectively, due to the sale of inventory previously adjusted through the LCM valuation.

90

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Derivatives

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the price of numerous commodities, such as crude oil (its principal raw material) 
and natural gas, as well as the sales prices of gasoline, diesel and jet fuel. Given the historical volatility of commodity prices, these 
fluctuations can significantly impact sales, gross profit and net income. Therefore, the Company utilizes derivative instruments 
primarily to minimize its price risk and volatility of cash flows associated with the purchase of crude oil and natural gas and the 
sale of fuel products. The Company employs various hedging strategies and does not hold or issue derivative instruments for 
trading purposes. For further information, please refer to Note 11.

On a regular basis, the Company enters into commodity contracts with counterparties for the purchase or sale of crude oil, 
blendstocks and various finished products. These contracts usually qualify for the normal purchase / normal sale exemption under 
ASC 815 and, as such, are not measured at fair value. 

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated on the basis of cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over 
the estimated useful lives. Assets under capital leases are amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the term of the 
lease.

Property, plant and equipment, including depreciable lives, consisted of the following (in millions):

Land
Buildings and improvements (10 to 40 years)
Machinery and equipment (10 to 20 years)
Furniture, fixtures and software (5 to 10 years)
Assets under capital leases (4 to 26 years) (1)
Construction-in-progress

Less accumulated depreciation

December 31,

2018

2017

$

$

10.6
36.8
1,641.7
48.3
21.9
23.7
1,783.0
(684.9)
1,098.1

$

$

13.8
36.9
1,622.8
61.5
18.2
21.4
1,774.6
(615.4)
1,159.2

(1)  Assets under capital leases primarily relate to machinery and equipment. 

Under the composite depreciation method, the cost of partial retirements of a group is charged to accumulated depreciation. 
However, when there are dispositions of complete groups or significant portions of groups, the cost and related accumulated 
depreciation are retired, and any gain or loss is reflected in earnings.

During 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company incurred $156.3 million, $185.2 million and $166.8 million, respectively, of interest 
expense of which $0.8 million, $2.1 million and $5.1 million, respectively, was capitalized as a component of property, plant and 
equipment.

The Company periodically assesses its operations and legal requirements to determine if recognition of an asset retirement 
obligation is necessary. The Company has not recorded an asset retirement obligation as of December 31, 2018 or 2017 given the 
timing of any retirement and related costs are currently indeterminable.

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded $98.1 million, $130.0 million and $125.1 
million, respectively, of depreciation expense on its property, plant and equipment. Depreciation expense included $2.3 million, 
$3.9 million and $3.6 million for the years ended 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to the Company’s capital lease assets. 

The  Company  capitalizes  the  cost  of  computer  software  developed  or  obtained  for  internal  use.  Capitalized  software  is 
amortized using the straight-line method over five years. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $42.6 million and 
$55.8 million, respectively, of capitalized software costs. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $15.7 million and 
$20.9  million,  respectively  of  accumulated  depreciation  related  to  the  capitalized  software  costs.  During  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded $8.0 million, $3.3 million and $4.1 million, respectively, of amortization 
expense on capitalized computer software. 

91

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates 

Prior to being sold in the second quarter of 2018, the Company accounted for its ownership in its Pacific New Investment 
Limited joint venture as an equity method investment in accordance with ASC 323, Investments — Equity Method and Joint 
Ventures and recorded the investment in investments in unconsolidated affiliates in the consolidated balance sheet. The equity 
method of accounting is applied when the investor has an ownership interest of less than 50% and/or has significant influence over 
the operating or financial decisions of the investee. Under the equity method, the Company’s proportionate share of net income 
(loss) is reflected as a single-line item in the consolidated statements of operations and as increases or decreases, as applicable, in 
the carrying value of the Company’s investment in the consolidated balance sheets. In addition, the proportionate share of net 
income (loss) is reflected as a non-cash activity in operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Contributions 
increase the carrying value of the investment and are reflected as an investing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows. 

The Company accounts for its ownership in Biosyn Holdings, LLC (“Biosyn”) under the equity method of accounting. The 
initial cash investment made by the Company into Biosyn was expensed given Biosyn’s operations were all related to research 
and development.

The Company considers its ownership in Fluid Holding Corp. (“FHC”) a non-marketable equity security without a readily 
determinable fair value. The Company records this investment using a measurement alternative which measures the security at 
cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from qualifying observable price changes with a same or similar 
security from the same issuer. The FHC investment is recorded in investments in unconsolidated affiliates in the consolidated 
balance sheet. 

Equity method investments are assessed for other-than-temporary impairment whenever changes in the facts and circumstances 
indicate an other than temporary loss in value has occurred. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company 
did not report an impairment charge in loss from unconsolidated affiliates in the consolidated statements of operations. During the 
year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded $0.2 million of impairment charges in loss from unconsolidated affiliates 
in the consolidated statements of operations. For further information on the Company’s investment in unconsolidated affiliates, 
refer to Note 6.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of the net assets acquired in various acquisitions. See Note 
7 for more information. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on October 1 and whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate its carrying value may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and 
Other (Topic 350) and ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. 
Under ASC  350,  an  entity  has  the  option  to  first  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  the  existence  of  events  or 
circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying 
amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair 
value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the impairment test is unnecessary. 

In assessing the qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less 
than its carrying amount, the Company assesses relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the carrying 
amount of the reporting unit. The identification of relevant events and circumstances and how these may impact a reporting unit’s 
fair  value  or  carrying  amount  involve  significant  judgment  and  assumptions.  The  judgment  and  assumptions  include  the 
identification of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and 
Company specific events and making the assessment on whether each relevant factor will impact the impairment test positively 
or negatively and the magnitude of any such impact.

If the Company’s qualitative assessment concludes that it is probable that an impairment exists or the Company skips the 
qualitative assessment, then the Company needs to perform a quantitative assessment. In the first step of the quantitative assessment, 
the Company’s assets and liabilities, including existing goodwill and other intangible assets, are assigned to the identified reporting 
units to determine the carrying value of the reporting units. Under ASU 2017-04, goodwill impairment testing is done by comparing 
the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, the Company would recognize 
an impairment charge for the amount that the reporting unit's carrying value exceeds the fair value, not to exceed the total amount 
of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

When performing the quantitative assessment, the fair value of the reporting units is determined using the income approach. 
The income approach focuses on the income-producing capability of the reporting unit, measuring the current value of the reporting 
unit by calculating the present value of its future economic benefits such as cash earnings, cost savings, corporate tax structure 
and product offerings. Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present value at a rate of return 
that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation, and risks associated with the reporting unit. 
For more information, refer to Note 7.

92

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

Definite-lived intangible assets consist of intangible assets associated with customer relationships, tradenames, trade secrets, 
patents and royalty agreements that were acquired in various acquisitions. The majority of these assets are being amortized using 
discounted  estimated  future  cash  flows  over  the  term  of  the  related  agreements.  Intangible  assets  associated  with  customer 
relationships are being amortized using the discounted estimated future cash flows method based upon assumed rates of annual 
customer attrition. For more information, refer to Note 7.

Other Noncurrent Assets

Other noncurrent assets include turnaround costs. Turnaround costs represent capitalized costs associated with the Company’s 
periodic major maintenance and repairs and were $31.4 million and $13.4 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 
The Company capitalizes these costs and amortizes the costs on a straight-line basis over the lives of the turnaround assets which 
is generally two to five years. These amounts are net of accumulated amortization of $64.9 million and $72.7 million at December 31, 
2018 and 2017, respectively.

Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):

RINs Obligation
Other
Total

December 31,

2018

2017

$

$

15.8
18.0
33.8

$

$

59.1
14.6
73.7

The Company’s Renewable Identification Numbers (“RINs”) obligation (“RINs Obligation”) represents a liability for the 
purchase of RINs to satisfy the EPA requirement to blend biofuels into the fuel products it produces pursuant to the EPA’s RFS. 
RINs are assigned to biofuels produced in the U.S. as required by the EPA. The EPA sets annual quotas for the percentage of 
biofuels that must be blended into transportation fuels consumed in the U.S. and, as a producer of motor fuels from petroleum, 
the Company is required to blend biofuels into the fuel products it produces at a rate that will meet the Company’s prorated share 
of the EPA’s annual quota. To the extent the Company is unable to blend biofuels at that rate, it must purchase RINs in the open 
market to satisfy the annual requirement. The Company’s RINs Obligation is based on the amount of RINs it must purchase and 
the price of those RINs as of the balance sheet date.

The Company uses the inventory model to account for RINs, measuring acquired RINs at weighted-average cost. The cost of 
RINs used each period is charged to cost of sales with cash inflows and outflows recorded in the operating cash flow section of 
the consolidated statements of cash flows. The liability is calculated by multiplying the RINs shortage (based on actual results) 
by the period end RINs spot price. The Company recognizes an asset at the end of each reporting period in which it has generated 
RINs in excess of its RINs Obligation. The asset is initially recorded at cost at the time the Company acquires them and are 
subsequently revalued at the lower of cost or market as of the last day of each accounting period and the resulting adjustments are 
reflected in costs of sales for the period in the consolidated statements of operations. The value of RINs in excess of the RINs 
Obligation, if any, would be reflected in other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. RINs generated in excess of the 
Company’s current RINs Obligation may be sold or held to offset future RINs Obligations. RINs generated in a given year may 
be used for compliance purposes only in the year generated or in the following year, after which time they expire and can no longer 
be used for compliance purposes. Any such sales of excess RINs are recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of 
operations. The assets and liabilities associated with our RINs Obligation are considered recurring fair value measurements.  See 
Note 8 for further information on the Company’s RINs Obligation.

93

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used, including definite-lived 
intangible assets, when events or circumstances warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and 
used is considered impaired when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from such an asset are less than 
the carrying value of the asset. In such an event, a write-down of the asset would be recorded through a charge to operations, based 
on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset. Fair value is determined primarily using 
anticipated cash flows assumed by a market participant discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Long-lived 
assets to be disposed of other than by sale are considered held and used until disposal.

During 2018, the Company did not identify any impairment indicators that suggested the carrying values of its long-lived 
assets are not recoverable at the reporting units within both the specialty products and fuel products segments. As a result of the 
long-lived asset impairment assessment performed, no impairment charges were recorded for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company identified impairment indicators that suggested the carrying values long-
lived assets including property, plant and equipment at the Missouri and San Antonio reporting units within the specialty products 
and fuel products segments, respectively, may not be recoverable. The primary impairment indicators included recently completed 
projections of future cash flows and the associated impact on the long-range strategic plan forecasts, lower than expected cash 
flows  attributed  to  these  reporting  units  and  poor  local  market  conditions.  Undiscounted  cash  flow  tests  performed  for  these 
reporting units indicated that the long-lived assets were not recoverable. The fair value of the reporting units was established using 
a discounted cash flow method which utilized Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The principal parameters used to establish 
fair values included estimates of future margins on products produced and sold, future commodity prices, future capital expenditures 
and discount rates. As a result of the long-lived asset impairment assessment performed, the Company recorded impairment charges 
primarily on property, plant and equipment on its Missouri reporting unit of $59.2 million and on its San Antonio reporting unit 
of $147.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

During 2016, the Company recorded write-downs related to idle fixed assets within the specialty products segments. Non-
cash charges of $0.9 million were recorded in asset impairment on the consolidated statement of operations and consolidated 
statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue Recognition, which states that revenue is recognized 
when control of the promised goods are transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the 
Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods. See Note 3 “Revenue Recognition” for additional information on 
our revenue recognition accounting policies and elections.

Revenues associated with transactions commonly called buy/sell contracts, in which the purchase and sale of inventory with 
the same counterparty are entered into “in contemplation” of one another, are combined and reported net (i.e., on the same statement 
of operations line). 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and in some instances requires cash 
in advance or letters of credit prior to shipment for domestic orders. For international orders, letters of credit are generally required 
and  the  Company  maintains  insurance  policies  which  cover  certain  export  orders. The  Company  maintains  an  allowance  for 
doubtful customer accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The 
allowance for doubtful accounts is developed based on several factors including historical experience, the age of the accounts 
receivable balances, credit quality of the Company’s customers, current economic conditions, expected future trends and other 
factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay, which exist as of the balance sheet dates. If the financial condition of the Company’s 
customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. 
In addition, from time to time the Company has significant derivative assets with a limited number of counterparties. The evaluation 
of these counterparties is performed quarterly in connection with the Company’s ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and 
Disclosures, valuations to determine the impact of the counterparty credit risk on the valuation of its derivative instruments.

Income Taxes

The Company, as a partnership, is generally not liable for federal and state income taxes on the earnings of Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. However, the Company conducts certain activities through wholly-
owned  subsidiaries  that  are  corporations,  which  in  certain  circumstances  are  subject  to  federal,  state  and  local  income  taxes. 
Additionally, the Company is subject to franchise taxes in certain states. Income taxes on the earnings of the Company, with the 
exception of the above mentioned taxes, are the responsibility of its partners, with earnings of the Company included in partners’ 
earnings.

94

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In the event that the Company’s taxable income does not meet certain qualification requirements, the Company would be 
taxed as a corporation. Interest and penalties related to income taxes, if any, would be recorded in income tax expense. Generally, 
tax returns remain subject to examination by taxing authorities for three years.

The Company accounts for income taxes for its corporations under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial 
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. 
The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the 
enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts more likely than 
not to be realized. 

The determination of the provision for income taxes requires significant judgment, use of estimates, and the interpretation 
and application of complex tax laws. Significant judgment is required in assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable 
items and the probability of sustaining uncertain tax positions. The benefits of uncertain tax positions are recorded in the Company’s 
financial  statements  only  after  determining  a  more-likely-than-not  probability  that  the  uncertain  tax  positions  will  withstand 
challenge, if any, from taxing authorities. When facts and circumstances change, the Company reassesses these probabilities and 
records any changes through the provision for income taxes.

Earnings per Unit

The Company calculates earnings per unit under ASC 260-10, Earnings per Share. The Company treats incentive distribution 
rights (“IDRs”) as participating securities for the purposes of computing earnings per unit in the period that the general partner 
becomes contractually obligated to receive IDRs. Also, the undistributed earnings are allocated to the partnership interests based 
on the allocation of earnings to the Company’s partners’ capital accounts as specified in the Company’s partnership agreement. 
When distributions exceed earnings, net income is reduced by the actual distributions with the resulting net loss being allocated 
to capital accounts as specified in the Company’s partnership agreement.

Unit Based Compensation

For unit based compensation awards granted, compensation expense is recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements on a straight line basis over the awards’ vesting periods based on their fair values on the dates of grant. The unit based 
compensation awards vest over a period not exceeding four years. The amount of compensation expense recognized at any date 
is at least equal to the portion of the grant date value of the award that is vested at that date. 

Unit based compensation liability awards are awards that are expected to be settled in cash on their vesting dates, rather than 
in equity units (“Liability Awards”). Liability Awards are recorded in accrued salaries, wages and benefits based on the vested 
portion of the fair value of the awards on the balance sheet date. The fair value of Liability Awards is updated at each balance sheet 
date and changes in the fair value of the vested portions of the Liability Awards are recorded as increases or decreases to compensation 
expense. See Note 14 for more information on Liability Awards. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company complies with ASC 606, Revenue Recognition. ASC 606 requires the classification of shipping and handling 
costs billed to customers in sales and the classification of shipping and handling costs incurred in cost of sales, or to be disclosed 
if classified elsewhere. The Company has reflected $137.2 million, $137.1 million and $154.3 million, respectively, for the years 
ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, in transportation expense in the consolidated statements of operations, the majority of 
which is billed to customers.

Advertising Expenses

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred which totaled $4.3 million, $6.6 million and $9.9 million in 2018, 2017 

and 2016, respectively. Advertising expenses are reported as selling expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries use a local currency as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries 
with a local currency as their functional currency are translated at period-end rates of exchange, and revenues and expenses are 
translated at average exchange rates prevailing for each month. The resulting translation adjustments are made directly to a separate 
component of other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected in partners’ capital in the Company’s consolidated balance 
sheets.

95

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries also enter into transactions and have monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated 
in a currency other than such entity’s respective functional currency. Gains and losses from the revaluation of foreign currency 
transactions and monetary assets and liabilities are included in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of 
Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”). ASU 2017-09 amends prior guidance by further defining when a change to the terms 
of a share-based award are required to be accounted for as a modification under the rules by providing specific criteria. The adoption 
of ASU 2017-09 had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2017-07, Compensation – Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the 
Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Post-Retirement Benefit Cost (“ASU 2017-07”). The changes to the 
standard require employers to report the service cost component in the same line item as other compensation costs arising from 
services rendered by employees during the reporting period. The other components of net benefit costs will be presented in the 
statement of operations separately from the service cost and outside of a subtotal of operating income (loss). In addition, only the 
service cost component may be eligible for capitalization where applicable. The adoption of ASU 2017-07 had no impact on the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements.

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805):  Clarifying the Definition 
of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The guidance provides criteria for use in determining when to conclude a “set” (as defined in the 
original guidance) being acquired or disposed in a transaction is not a business. Where the criteria are not met, more stringent 
screening has been provided to define a set as a business without an output, as more narrowly defined within the guidance. The 
adoption of ASU 2017-01 had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments 
— Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). 
ASU 2016-01 requires that (i) equity investments in unconsolidated entities that are not accounted for under the equity method of 
accounting generally be measured at fair value with changes recognized in net income (loss) and (ii) when the fair value option 
has been elected for financial liabilities, changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk be recognized separately in 
other comprehensive income (loss). Additionally, ASU 2016-01 changes the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial 
instruments.  In February  2018, the  FASB  issued  ASU No. 2018-03, Technical  Corrections  and  Improvements  to  Financial 
Instruments—Overall  (Subtopic 825-10):  Recognition  and  Measurement  of  Financial  Assets  and  Financial  Liabilities 
(“ASU 2018-03”). ASU 2018-03 clarifies certain aspects of the guidance issued in ASU 2016-01. The adoption of ASU 2016-01 
on January 1, 2018 had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue - Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)
(“ASC 606”) and all the related amendments to all contracts using the modified retrospective method. The comparative information 
has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods. The adoption of ASC 
606 did not have a material impact to the Company’s recognition of revenue. See Note 3 — “Revenue Recognition” for further 
information related to the adoption of this standard.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2018-15, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other 
— Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing 
Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”). ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation 
costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred 
to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal use software license). ASU 2018-15 
is effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. An 
entity can elect to adopt the amendments either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after the date 
of adoption. The adoption of ASU 2018-15 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, Compensation — Retirement Benefits — Defined Benefit Plans — General 
(Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans (“ASU 2018-14”). 
ASU 2018-14 eliminates, adds and clarifies certain disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or 
other postretirement plans. ASU 2018-14 is effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 
2020, with early adoption permitted. ASU 2018-14 is to be applied on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. The Company 
is currently in the process of evaluating this guidance and its effect on its pension and postretirement footnote disclosures. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes 
to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”). ASU 2018-13 adds and modifies certain disclosure 

96

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

requirements for fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after 
December 15, 2019. Entities are permitted to early adopt either the entire standard or only the provisions that eliminate or modify 
the disclosure requirements. Certain amendments prescribed by this standard are to be applied prospectively and while others are 
to be applied retrospectively. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating this guidance and its effect on its fair value 
measurement footnote disclosures.

In  June  2018,  the  FASB  issued ASU  No.  2018-07,  Compensation  —  Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718):  Improvements  to 
Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718) (“ASU 2018-07”). This update simplifies the guidance related to 
nonemployee share-based payments by superseding ASC 505-50 and expanding the scope of ASC 718 to include all share-based 
payment  arrangements  related  to  the  acquisition  of  goods  and  services  from  both  nonemployees  and  employees.  Prior  to  the 
issuance of this standard update, nonemployee share-based payments were subject to ASC 505-50 requirements while employee 
shared-based payments were subject to ASC 718 requirements. ASU 2018-07 is effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) 
beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2018-07 will not have an impact on the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August  2017,  the  FASB  issued ASU  No.  2017-12,  Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815):  Targeted  Improvements  to 
Accounting for Hedging Activities (“ASU 2017-12”). ASU 2017-12 which improves the financial reporting of hedging relationships 
to better align risk management activities in financial statements and make certain targeted improvements to simplify the application 
of the hedge accounting guidance in current GAAP. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, 
including interim periods within those fiscal years. Given the Company’s current risk management strategy of not designating any 
of its derivative positions as hedges, the adoption of this guidance will have no effect on our consolidated financial statements. If, 
in the future, the Company decides to modify its hedging strategies, this new accounting guidance would become applicable and 
will be applied at that time. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit 
Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). This update amended guidance for the measurement of credit losses on financial 
instruments. The amendments require entities to measure expected losses over the entire estimated life of financial instruments 
instead  of  incurred  losses.  Such  measurements  must  be  based  on  relevant  information  about  past  events,  including  historical 
experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. The 
standard is effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. 
The Company is currently in the process of evaluating this guidance, but expects it will have an impact on the accounting policies, 
processes and controls related to how the Company accounts for credit impairment on its trade and other receivables. 

 In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which supersedes the lease 
accounting  requirements  in  ASC  Topic  840,  Leases.  ASU  2016-02  provides  principles  for  the  recognition,  measurement, 
presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, 
classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed 
purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method 
or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for 
all leases with a term of greater than twelve months regardless of classification. Leases with a term of twelve months or less will 
be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. In December 2017, January 2018 July 2018 and December 2018 
the FASB released ASU 2017-13, ASU 2018-01, ASU 2018-10 & 11 and ASU 2018-20 respectively, which contain modifications 
and improvements to ASU 2016-02. The ASU 2016-02 standard and related amendments are effective for fiscal years (including 
interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. A modified retrospective transition approach 
is required, applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application. An entity may choose to use either 1) 
its effective date or 2) the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements as its date of initial 
application. The Company adopted the new standard on January 1, 2019 and used the effective date as its date of initial application 
(with no restatement of prior periods). 

As a result of adoption of ASU 2016-02, the Company will recognize a right of use asset and lease liability on the adoption 

date. The Company has elected to apply the following practical expedients and policy elections provided by the standard:

•  Package of Three - The Company has elected that it will not reassess contracts that have expired or existed at the date 
of adoption for (1) leases under the new definition of a lease, (2) lease classification, and (3) whether previously 
capitalized initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under ASC 842.

•  Portfolio Approach - The Company has elected that it will determine the discount rate used to measure lease liabilities 
at the portfolio level. Specifically, the Company has decided to segregate its leases into different populations based on 
lease term.

•  Discount Rate - The Company has elected to apply the discount rate at transition based on the remaining lease term 

and lease payments rather than the original lease term and lease payments.

97

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

• 

Lease/ Non-Lease Components - The Company has elected to not separate non-lease components given the assessed 
insignificance of the non-lease components in its lease contracts.

•  Definition of Minimum Rental Payments - The Company has elected to include executory costs as part of the minimum 

• 

rental payments for purposes of measuring the lease liability and right-of-use asset at transition.
Land Easement - The Company has elected, based on materiality, not to assess whether any land easements are, or 
contain, leases in accordance with ASC 842 when transitioning to the standard. 

The Company has also adopted a policy to not recognize right of use assets and lease liabilities related to short-term leases. The 
Company is in the final stages of evaluating its contracts, systems, processes and internal controls and is gathering the 
necessary data to determine the financial impact of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements and related 
disclosures. Based on the Company’s analysis to date, it is currently estimating the adoption of the standard will result in 
recognition of additional net lease assets and lease liabilities of approximately $145 million to $150 million as of January 1, 
2019. The Company does not believe the standard will materially affect its consolidated earnings or liquidity and it does not 
believe the standard will have an impact on its debt-covenant compliance under its current agreements.

Correction of Immaterial Errors

During the quarter ended September 30, 2016, the Company identified and corrected errors in the accounting for the LCM of 
inventory and income taxes that related to the year ended December 31, 2015. These errors primarily related to LCM adjustments 
at its branded and packaged products operating segment and an adjustment for a tax benefit associated with its decision to liquidate 
a wholly-owned C corporation as of December 31, 2015, and convert it to an entity which will not be subject to tax. The impact 
of correcting these items in the third quarter of 2016 increased cost of sales by $6.5 million, increased income tax benefit by $7.8 
million and decreased net loss by $1.3 million. The Company concluded that the corrections to the financial statements were 
immaterial to its financial results for the years ended December 31, 2016.

3. Revenue Recognition  

The following is a description of principal activities from which the Company generates revenue. Revenues are recognized 
when control of the promised goods are transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the 
Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity 
determines are within the scope of ASC 606, the Company performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a 
customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction 
price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance 
obligation. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, the Company assesses the 
goods promised within each contract and determines the performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good is 
distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance 
obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. 

Products

The Company is engaged in the production and marketing of crude oil-based specialty products including lubricating oils, 
solvents, waxes, synthetic lubricants and other products which comprise the specialty products segment. The Company is also 
engaged in the production of fuel and fuel related products including gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, asphalt and other products which 
comprise the fuel products segment. 

The Company considers customer purchase orders, which in some cases are governed by master sales agreements, to be the 
contracts with a customer. For each contract, the Company considers the promise to transfer products, each of which are distinct, 
to be the identified performance obligations. In determining the transaction price, the Company evaluates whether the price is 
subject to variable consideration such as product returns, rebates or other discounts to determine the net consideration to which 
the Company expects to be entitled. The Company transfers control and recognizes revenue upon shipment to the customer or, in 
certain cases, upon receipt by the customer in accordance with contractual terms. 

Excise and Sales Taxes

The Company assesses, collects and remits excise taxes associated with the sale of certain of its fuel products. Furthermore, 
the Company collects and remits sales taxes associated with certain sales of its products to non-exempt customers. The Company 
excludes  excise  taxes  and  sales  taxes  that  are  collected  from  customers  from  the  transaction  price  in  its  contracts  with 
customers.  Accordingly, revenue from contracts with customers is net of sales-based taxes that are collected from customers and 
remitted to taxing authorities.

98

Table of Contents

Shipping and Handling Costs

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

Shipping and handling costs are deemed to be fulfillment activities rather than a separate distinct performance obligation.

Cost of Obtaining Contracts

The Company may incur incremental costs to obtain a sales contract, which under ASC 606 should be capitalized and amortized 
over the life of the contract. The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient in ASC 340-40-50-5 allowing the Company 
to expense these costs since the contracts are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table reflects the disaggregation of revenue by major source (in millions):

Sales by major source

Standard specialty products
Packaged and synthetic specialty products

Total specialty products

Fuel and fuel related products
Asphalt
Total fuel products

Total sales

Year Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

$

$

$

$

$

1,125.6
256.8
1,382.4

1,885.7
229.4
2,115.1

3,497.5

$

$

$

$

$

1,039.7
260.7
1,300.4

2,115.7
347.7
2,463.4

3,763.8

$

$

$

$

$

1,007.6
244.7
1,252.3

1,904.6
317.4
2,222.0

3,474.3

Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with a customer are satisfied; recognition generally 
occurs with the transfer of control at a point in time. The contract with the customer states the final terms of the sale, including 
the description, quantity and price of each product or service purchased. For fuel products, payment is typically due in full between 
2 to 30 days of delivery or the start of the contract term, such that payment is typically collected 2 to 30 days subsequent to the 
satisfaction of performance obligations. For specialty products, payment is typically due in full between 30 to 90 days of delivery 
or the start of the contract term, such that payment is typically collected 30 to 90 days subsequent to the satisfaction of performance 
obligations.  In  the  normal  course  of  business,  the  Company  does  not  accept  product  returns  unless  the  item  is  defective  as 
manufactured. The expected costs associated with a product assurance warranty continues to be recognized as expense when 
products are sold. The Company does not offer promised services that could be considered warranties that are sold separately or 
provide  a  service  in  addition  to  assurance  that  the  related  product  complies  with  agreed  upon  specifications.  The  Company 
establishes provisions based on the methods described in ASC 606 for estimated returns and warranties as variable consideration 
when determining the transaction price.

Contract Balances

Under product sales contracts, the Company invoices customers for performance obligations that have been satisfied, at which 
point payment is unconditional. Accordingly, a product sales contract does not give rise to contract assets or liabilities under ASC 
606. The Company’s receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, from contracts with customers as of December 31, 2018
and 2017 was $177.7 million and $265.4 million, respectively.

Transaction Price Allocated to Remaining Performance Obligations

The Company’s product sales are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less. The Company has utilized the 
practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14 exempting the Company from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining 
performance obligations if the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or 
less. Additionally, each unit of product generally represents a separate performance obligation; therefore, future volumes are wholly 
unsatisfied and disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations is not required.

There were no material differences under ASC 606 compared to ASC 605 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. 

4. Discontinued Operations 

On November 21, 2017, Calumet Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
the Company, completed the sale to a subsidiary of Q’Max Solutions Inc. (“Q’Max”) of all of the issued and outstanding membership 
interests in Anchor, for total consideration of approximately $89.6 million (subject to further post-closing adjustments) including 
a base price of $50.0 million, $14.2 million to be paid at various times over the next year for net working capital and other items, 
and 10% equity ownership in FHC, the parent company of Q’Max (the “Anchor Transaction”). Effective in its fourth quarter of 

99

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2017, the Company classified its results of operations for all periods presented to reflect Anchor as a discontinued operation and 
classified  the  assets  and  liabilities  of Anchor  as  discontinued  operations.  Following  the  application  of  certain  post-closing 
adjustments,  the  adjusted  total  consideration  the  Company  received  for  the  Anchor  Transaction  was  $85.5  million  as  of 
December 31, 2018. The Company recognized a net loss on sale of $4.1 million and $62.6 million in net loss from discontinued 
operations in the consolidated financial statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 
Prior to being reported as discontinued operations, Anchor was included as its own reportable segment as oilfield services. 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had an $11.1 million and a $15.1 million receivable respectively, in other 

accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheet for the remaining payment of the base price and working capital.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had a $7.1 million receivable in other noncurrent assets, net in the consolidated 
balance sheet for the remaining payment of working capital. As of December 31, 2018 there was no receivable in other noncurrent 
assets, net. 

The following table summarizes the results of discontinued operations for each of the periods presented (in millions): 

Sales
Cost of sales
Selling
General and administrative
Asset impairment
Loss on sale of business, net
Other
Net loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
Income tax benefit (1)
Net loss from discontinued operations net of income taxes

$

$

$

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017

2016

— $
—
—
—
—
(4.1)
—

(4.1) $

—

(4.1) $

$

228.6
(168.1)
(45.9)
(4.5)
—
(62.6)
(21.0)
(73.5) $
(1.0)
(72.5) $

125.1
(103.1)
(40.9)
(4.8)
—
—
(16.0)
(39.7)
(7.9)
(31.8)

(1) 

Income tax benefit for 2016 included a $7.8 million tax refund related to federal and state income taxes.

5. Divestitures

On November 8, 2017, Calumet Refining, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as Calumet Lubricants 
Co., Limited Partnership, an Indiana limited partnership) (“Calumet Refining”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, 
completed the sale of all of the issued and outstanding membership interests in Calumet Superior, LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company (“Superior”), which owned the Superior Refinery and associated net working capital, the Superior Refinery’s wholesale 
marketing business and related assets, including certain owned or leased product terminals, and certain crude gathering assets and 
pipeline space in North Dakota to Husky Superior Refining Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Husky”) (the “Superior 
Transaction”). Total consideration was $533.1 million which consisted of a base price of $435.0 million and $98.1 million for net 
working capital and reimbursement of certain capital spending, subject to further post-closing adjustments. The Superior Refinery 
was included in the Company’s fuel products segment. The Company recognized a net gain of $4.8 million and $236.0 million in 
gain on sale of business in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 
2017, respectively, related to the Superior Transaction. As of December 31, 2017 the Company recorded a $41.0 million (subject 
to further post-closing adjustments which could increase the receivable to approximately $45.0 million according to the membership 
interest purchase agreement) receivable in other accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheets for post-closing working 
capital adjustments. In 2018, The Company received proceeds totaling $44.8 million from Husky for the post-closing working 
capital adjustments related to this sale.

In conjunction with the prior year sale, the Company considered other qualitative and quantitative factors and concluded the 
Superior Transaction did not represent a strategic shift in the business. However, the Company  considered Superior to be an 
individually significant component of its operations. The following table presents the net income before income taxes for Superior 
for the periods presented (in millions):

100

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Sales
Gross profit
Net income before income taxes

6. Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

$
$
$

669.1
110.0
99.3

$
$
$

681.2
68.5
54.5

The following table summarizes the Company’s investments in unconsolidated affiliates (in millions):

Pacific New Investment Limited
Fluid Holding Corp.
Total

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Investment

Percent
Ownership

Investment

Percent
Ownership

$

$

—
25.4
25.4

—% $
10%

$

9.6
25.4
35.0

23.8%
10%

Pacific New Investment Limited and Shandong Hi-Speed Hainan Development Co., Ltd.

In August 2015, the Company and The Heritage Group, a related party, formed Pacific New Investment Limited (“PACNIL”) 
for the purpose of investing in a joint venture with Shandong Hi-Speed Materials Group Corporation and China Construction 
Installation Engineering Co., Ltd. to construct, develop and operate a solvents refinery in mainland China. The joint venture is 
named Shandong Hi-Speed Hainan Development Co., Ltd. (“Hi-Speed”). The Company invested $4.8 million in June 2016 and 
$4.8 million in October 2016. Through the Company’s ownership of an equity interest in PACNIL, the Company previously owned 
an equity interest of approximately 6% in Hi-Speed. In the second quarter of 2018, PACNIL sold its investment in Hi-Speed to 
other owners. The Company received proceeds of $9.9 million for the sale.

Biosyn Holdings, LLC and Biosynthetic Technologies

In  February  2018,  the  Company  and  The  Heritage  Group  formed  Biosyn  for  the  purpose  of  investing  in  Biosynthetic 
Technologies, LLC (“Biosynthetic Technologies”), a startup company which developed an intellectual property portfolio for the 
manufacture  of  renewable-based  and  biodegradable  esters.  The  Company  incurred  approximately  $4.0  million  in  related 
expenditures. The Company, through Biosyn, intends to explore a range of alternatives to maximize the value of the acquired 
intellectual property. This could include internal or external licensing or the sale of the technology for applications across a diverse 
portfolio of products and solutions in a variety of end-markets. The Company is designing a commercial scale test at its existing 
esters manufacturing plant in Missouri. The Company accounts for its ownership in Biosyn under the equity method of accounting. 

Fluid Holding Corp.

In connection with the Anchor Transaction completed in November of 2017, the Company received a 10% investment in FHC 
as part of the total consideration for Anchor. FHC provides oilfield services and products to customers globally. The Company’s 
investment  in  FHC  is  a  non-marketable  equity  security  without  a  readily  determinable  fair  value. The  Company  records  this 
investment using a measurement alternative which measures the security at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes 
resulting from qualifying observable price changes with a same or similar security from the same issuer. As of December 31, 2018 
and 2017, the Company had an investment of $25.4 million in FHC. See Note 4 for further information on the Anchor Transaction.

Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC 

In June 2016, the Company consummated the sale of its 50% equity interest in Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC (“Dakota Prairie”) 
to joint venture partner WBI Energy, Inc. (“WBI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of MDU Resources Group, Inc. (“MDU”). Concurrent 
with the Company’s sale of its equity interest in Dakota Prairie to WBI, Tesoro Refining & Marketing Company LLC (“Tesoro”) 
acquired 100% of Dakota Prairie from WBI in a separate transaction that closed on June 27, 2016.

Under the terms of the definitive agreement with WBI, the Company received consideration of $28.5 million, which was 
offset by the Company’s repayment of $36.0 million in borrowings under Dakota Prairie’s revolving credit facility. In addition, 
the Company’s $39.4 million letter of credit supporting the Dakota Prairie revolving credit facility was terminated. As part of the 
transaction, MDU and WBI released the Company from all liabilities arising out of or related to Dakota Prairie. In addition, Tesoro 
and Dakota Prairie released the Company from all liabilities arising out of the organization, management and operation of Dakota 
Prairie, subject to certain limited exceptions. Further, WBI agreed to indemnify the Company from all liabilities arising out of or 
related to Dakota Prairie, subject to certain limited exceptions. As a result of the sale of Dakota Prairie, the Company recorded a 
loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliate of $113.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2016.

101

 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company purchased $5.3 million, of crude oil and other feedstocks at cost 

from Dakota Prairie. There were no comparable transactions during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company purchased $14.7 million of crude oil on behalf of Dakota Prairie 
and sold it to Dakota Prairie at cost, which resulted in an immaterial gain. There were no comparable transactions during the years 
ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

2018

The Company updated its financial projections in connection with its annual goodwill assessment and determined that the 
fair value of each of its reporting units with goodwill exceeded its carrying value and thus no impairment charge for goodwill 
related to the specialty products segment was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations within asset impairment. There 
is no reporting unit within the fuels product segment that has goodwill.

2017

The Company updated its financial projections in connection with its annual goodwill assessment and determined that its 
Dickinson reporting unit’s fair value was below its carrying value. An impairment charge of $0.7 million for goodwill related to 
the specialty products segment was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations within asset impairment.

2016

In April 2016, the board of directors of the Company’s general partner determined to suspend payment of the Company’s 
quarterly cash distribution to unitholders. The suspension of the quarterly cash distribution caused a sustained decrease in the 
Company’s common unit price. As a result, the Company determined that these events constituted a triggering event that required 
the Company to update its financial projections and its goodwill impairment assessment as of April 30, 2016. An impairment 
charge of $33.4 million for goodwill related to the fuel products segment was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations 
within asset impairment. The impairment charge was primarily driven by the reduced outlook on revenues and profitability as a 
result of falling crude oil prices and crack spreads. 

In December 2016, the Missouri reporting unit experienced a substantial reduction in orders from a significant customer which 
is expected to have an adverse impact on the business. As a result, the Company determined that this event constituted a triggering 
event that required the Company to update its financial projections and its goodwill impairment assessment in December 2016. 
An impairment charge of $1.4 million for goodwill related to the specialty products segment was recorded in the consolidated 
statements of operations within asset impairment.

To derive the fair value of the reporting units, as required in step one of the impairment test, the Company used the income 
approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method, to determine the fair value of each reporting unit and the associated amount 
of the impairment charge. The income approach focuses on the income-producing capability of an asset, measuring the current 
value of the asset by calculating the present value of its future economic benefits such as cash earnings, cost savings, corporate 
tax structure and product offerings. Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present value at 
a rate of return that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation, and risks associated with the 
reporting unit.

Inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s reporting units are considered Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy 

and include the following:

•  The Company’s financial projections for its reporting units are based on its analysis of various supply and demand factors 
which include, among other things, industry-wide capacity, its planned utilization rate, end-user demand, crack spreads, 
capital expenditures and economic conditions. Such estimates are consistent with those used in the Company’s planning 
and capital investment reviews and include recent historical prices and published forward prices. 

•  The discount rate used to measure the present value of the projected future cash flows is based on a variety of factors, 
including market and economic conditions, operational risk, regulatory risk and political risk. This discount rate is also 
compared to recent observable market transactions, if possible. 

For Level 3 measurements, significant increases or decreases in long-term growth rates or discount rates in isolation or in 

combination could result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement.

102

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Changes in goodwill balances for the periods indicated below are as follows (in millions):

Net balance as of December 31, 2016
Impairment (1)
Divestiture (2)
Net balance as of December 31, 2017
Impairment (1)
Divestiture
Net balance as of December 31, 2018

Specialty
Products

Fuel
Products

Total

$

$

$

172.1
(0.7)
—
171.4
—
—
171.4

$

$

$

$

5.1
—
(5.1)

— $
—
—
— $

177.2
(0.7)
(5.1)
171.4
—
—
171.4

(1)  Total accumulated goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, is $35.5 million.
(2)   Divestiture relates to sale of the Superior Refinery. See Note 5 for additional information.

Other intangible assets consist of the following (in millions):

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Customer relationships
Tradenames
Trade secrets
Patents
Royalty agreements

Weighted
Average Life
(Years) 
22
11
13
12
20
19

$

$

Gross
Amount

181.3
26.8
52.7
1.6
6.1
268.5

Accumulated
Amortization
$

Gross
Amount 

181.3
26.8
52.7
1.6
6.2
268.6

Accumulated
Amortization
(107.6)
$
(13.8)
(35.1)
(1.6)
(2.6)
(160.7)

$

(120.1) $
(16.4)
(39.7)
(1.6)
(2.7)
(180.5) $

$

Tradenames,  trade  secrets,  patents  and  royalty  agreements  are  being  amortized  to  properly  match  expenses  with  the 
undiscounted estimated future cash flows over the terms of the related agreements or the period expected to be benefited. The 
costs of agreements with terms allowing for the potential extension of such agreements are being amortized based on the initial 
term only. Customer relationships are being amortized to properly match expenses with the undiscounted estimated future cash 
flows based upon assumed rates of annual customer attrition. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company 
recorded amortization expense of intangible assets of $19.8 million, $24.6 million and $26.9 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company estimates that amortization of intangible assets for the next five years will be as 

follows (in millions):

Year
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023

8. Commitments and Contingencies 

Operating Leases

Amortization Amount
16.8
$
14.0
$
11.5
$
9.5
$
7.7
$

The Company has various operating leases primarily for the use of land, storage tanks, railcars, equipment, precious metals 
and office facilities that extend through July 2055. Renewal options are available on certain of these leases in which the Company 
is the lessee. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $52.3 million, $53.2 million and $56.6 
million, respectively.

103

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had estimated minimum commitments for the payment of rentals under leases which, 

at inception, had a noncancelable term of more than one year, as follows (in millions):

Year
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total

Operating
Leases

70.0
62.9
11.9
7.8
5.3
7.1
165.0

$

$

Crude Oil Supply, Other Feedstocks and Finished Products

The Company is currently purchasing a majority of its crude oil under month-to-month evergreen contracts or on a spot basis. 

Certain other feedstocks are purchased under long-term supply contracts. The Company also purchases finished products from 
Houston Refining. The Company is required to purchase all of the naphthenic lubricating oils produced at Houston Refining’s 
refinery in Houston, Texas, up to 3,100 bpd, and has a right of first refusal to purchase any additional naphthenic lubricating oils 
(above the 3,100 bpd) produced at the refinery. In addition, Houston Refining is required to toll-process a minimum of approximately 
600 bpd of white mineral oil for the Company at Houston Refining’s Houston, Texas refinery. The annual purchase commitment 
under these agreements is approximately $97.5 million.

As of December 31, 2018, the estimated minimum purchase commitments under the Company’s crude oil, other feedstock 

supply and finished product agreements were as follows (in millions):

Year
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total

Contingencies

Commitment

261.4
21.1
21.0
21.0
21.0
63.1
408.6

$

$

From time to time, the Company is a party to certain claims and litigation incidental to its business, including claims made 
by various taxation and regulatory authorities, such as the Internal Revenue Service, the EPA and the U.S. Occupational Safety 
and Health Administration (“OSHA”), as well as various state environmental regulatory bodies and state and local departments 
of revenue, as the result of audits or reviews of the Company’s business. In addition, the Company has property, business interruption, 
general liability and various other insurance policies that may result in certain losses or expenditures being reimbursed to the 
Company.

Environmental

The Company conducts crude oil and specialty hydrocarbon refining, blending and terminal operations, and such activities 
are subject to stringent federal, regional, state and local laws and regulations governing worker health and safety, the discharge of 
materials into the environment and environmental protection. These laws and regulations impose legal standards and obligations 
that  are  applicable  to  the  Company’s  operations,  such  as  requiring  the  acquisition  of  permits  to  conduct  regulated  activities, 
restricting the manner in which the Company may release materials into the environment, requiring remedial activities to mitigate 
pollution from former or current operations that may include incurring capital expenditures to limit or prevent unauthorized releases 
from our equipment and facilities, requiring the application of specific health and safety criteria addressing worker protection and 
imposing substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from its operations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may 
result in the assessment of sanctions, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties; the imposition of investigatory, remedial 
or corrective action obligations or the incurrence of capital expenditures; the occurrence of restrictions, delays or cancellations in 
the permitting, development or expansion of projects; and the issuance of injunctive relief limiting or prohibiting Company activities. 
Moreover, certain of these laws impose joint and several strict liability for costs required to remediate and restore sites where 

104

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

petroleum hydrocarbons, wastes or other materials have been released or disposed. In addition, new laws and regulations, new 
interpretations of existing laws and regulations, reinterpretation of legal requirements, increased governmental enforcement or 
other developments, some of which legal requirements are discussed below, could significantly increase the Company’s operational 
or compliance expenditures.

Remediation of subsurface contamination continues at certain of the Company’s refinery sites and is being overseen by the 
appropriate  state  agencies.  Based  on  current  investigative  and  remedial  activities,  the  Company  believes  that  the  soil  and 
groundwater contamination at these refineries can be controlled or remediated without having a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s financial condition. However, such costs are often unpredictable and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the 
future costs of these remedial projects will not become material.

San Antonio Refinery

In connection with the acquisition of the San Antonio refinery, the Company agreed to indemnify NuStar for an unlimited 
term and without consideration of a monetary deductible or cap from any environmental liabilities associated with the San Antonio 
refinery, except for any governmental penalties or fines that may result from NuStar’s actions or inactions during NuStar’s 20-
month period of ownership of the San Antonio refinery. Anadarko Petroleum Corporation (“Anadarko”) and Age Refining, Inc. 
(“Age Refining”), a third party that has since entered bankruptcy, are subject to a 1995 Agreed Order from the Texas Natural 
Resource Conservation Commission, now known as the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, pursuant to which Anadarko 
and Age  Refining  are  obligated  to  assess  and  remediate  certain  contamination  at  the  San Antonio  refinery  that  predates  the 
Company’s acquisition of the facility. Based on current investigative and remedial activities, the Company does not expect this 
pre-existing contamination at the San Antonio refinery to have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of 
operations.

Great Falls Refinery

In connection with the acquisition of the Great Falls refinery from Connacher Oil and Gas Limited (“Connacher”), the Company 
became a party to an existing 2002 Refinery Initiative Consent Decree (the “Great Falls Consent Decree”) with the EPA and the 
Montana Department of Environmental Quality. The material obligations imposed by the Great Falls Consent Decree have been 
completed.  On  September  27,  2012,  Montana  Refining  Company,  Inc.  received  a  final  Corrective Action  Order  on  Consent, 
replacing the refinery’s previously held hazardous waste permit. This Corrective Action Order on Consent governs the investigation 
and remediation of contamination at the Great Falls refinery. The Company believes the majority of damages related to such 
contamination at the Great Falls refinery are covered by a contractual indemnity provided by HollyFrontier Corporation (“Holly”), 
the owner and operator of the Great Falls refinery prior to its acquisition by Connacher, under an asset purchase agreement between 
Holly and Connacher, pursuant to which Connacher acquired the Great Falls refinery. Under this asset purchase agreement, Holly 
agreed to indemnify Connacher and Montana Refining Company, Inc., subject to timely notification, certain conditions and certain 
monetary baskets and caps, for environmental conditions arising under Holly’s ownership and operation of the Great Falls refinery 
and existing as of the date of sale to Connacher. During 2014, Holly provided the Company a notice challenging the Company’s 
position that Holly is obligated to indemnify the Company’s remediation expenses for environmental conditions to the extent 
arising under Holly’s ownership and operation of the refinery and existing as of the date of sale to Connacher, which expenditures 
totaled approximately $16.1 million as of December 31, 2018, of which $14.6 million was capitalized into the cost of the Company’s 
recently completed refinery expansion project and $1.5 million was expensed. The Company continues to believe that Holly is 
responsible to indemnify the Company for the majority of these remediation expenses disputed by Holly and on September 22, 
2015, the Company initiated a lawsuit against Holly and the sellers of the Great Falls refinery under the asset purchase agreement. 
On November 24, 2015, Holly and the sellers of the Great Falls refinery under the asset purchase agreement filed a motion to 
dismiss the case pending arbitration. On February 10, 2016, the court ordered that all of the claims be addressed in arbitration. 
The arbitration panel conducted the first phase of the arbitration in July 2018 and issued its ruling on September 13, 2018. In its 
ruling, the arbitration panel confirmed that the sellers of the Great Falls refinery retained the liability for all pre-closing contamination 
with respect to third-party claims indefinitely and with respect to first party claims for which the sellers received notice within 
five years after the sale of the refinery, which claims are as subject to the requirements otherwise set forth in the asset purchase 
agreement. The second phase of the arbitration regarding damages is scheduled to occur in April 2019. In the event the Company 
is unsuccessful in the legal dispute with Holly, the Company will be responsible for the remediation expenses. The Company 
expects that it may incur costs to remediate other environmental conditions at the Great Falls refinery. The Company currently 
believes that these other costs it may incur will not be material to its financial position or results of operations.

Shreveport, Cotton Valley and Princeton Refineries

The Company is contractually indemnified by Shell Oil Company (“Shell”), as successor to Pennzoil-Quaker State Company, 
and Atlas Processing Company, under an asset purchase agreement between the Company and Shell, for specified environmental 
liabilities arising from the operations of the Shreveport refinery prior to the Company’s acquisition of the facility. The Company 
believes the contractual indemnity is unlimited in amount and duration, but requires the Company to contribute $1.0 million of 

105

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the first $5.0 million of indemnified costs for certain of the specified environmental liabilities. The Company has recorded the 
$1.0 million liability in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

Renewable Identification Numbers Obligation

The Company’s RINs Obligation represents a liability for the purchase of RINs to satisfy the EPA requirement to blend biofuels 
into the fuel products it produces pursuant to the RFS. RINs are assigned to biofuels produced in the U.S. as required by the EPA. 
The EPA sets annual quotas for the percentage of biofuels that must be blended into transportation fuels consumed in the U.S., 
and as a producer of motor fuels from petroleum, the Company is required to blend biofuels into the fuel products it produces at 
a rate that will meet the Company’s prorated share of the EPA’s annual quota. To the extent the Company is unable to blend biofuels 
at that rate, it must purchase RINs in the open market to satisfy the annual requirement. The Company’s RINs Obligation is based 
on the amount of RINs it must purchase net of amounts internally generated or purchased and the price of those RINs as of the 
balance sheet date.

In March 2018, the EPA granted the Company’s fuel products refineries a “small refinery exemption” under the RFS for the 
compliance year 2017, as provided for under the federal Clean Air Act, as amended (“CAA”). In granting those exemptions, the 
EPA in consultation with the Department of Energy determined that for the compliance year 2017, compliance with the RFS would 
represent a “disproportionate economic hardship” for these small refineries. 

In February 2017 and in May 2017, the EPA granted certain of the Company’s fuel products refineries a “small refinery 
exemption” under the RFS for the full-year 2016, as provided for under the CAA, as amended. In granting those exemptions, the 
EPA determined that for the full-year 2016, compliance with the RFS would represent a “disproportionate economic hardship” for 
these refineries.

In October 2016, the EPA granted certain of the Company’s fuel products refineries a “small refinery exemption” under the 
RFS for the full-year 2015, as provided for under the CAA. In granting those exemptions, the EPA determined that for the full-
year 2015, compliance with the RFS would represent a “disproportionate economic hardship” for these refineries.

The RINs exemptions resulted in a decrease in the RINs obligation and is charged to cost of sales in the audited consolidated 
statement of operations with the exception of the portion related to the Superior Refinery which is charged to other (income) 
expense within operating income in the audited consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the 
Company had a RINs Obligation of $15.8 million and $59.1 million, respectively. 

Occupational Health and Safety

The Company is  subject to various laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety, including the federal 
Occupational  Safety  and  Health Act,  as  amended,  and  comparable  state  laws. These  laws  and  regulations  strictly  govern  the 
protection of the health and safety of employees. In addition, OSHA’s hazard communication standard, the EPA’s community right-
to-know regulations under Title III of CERCLA and similar state statutes require the Company to maintain information about 
hazardous materials used or produced in the Company’s operations and provide this information to employees, contractors, state 
and local government authorities and customers. The Company maintains safety and training programs as part of its ongoing efforts 
to promote compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The Company conducts periodic audits of Process Safety Management 
systems at each of its locations subject to this standard. The Company’s compliance with applicable health and safety laws and 
regulations has required, and continues to require, substantial expenditures. Changes in occupational safety and health laws and 
regulations or a finding of non-compliance with current laws and regulations could result in additional capital expenditures or 
operating expenses, as well as civil penalties and, in the event of a serious injury or fatality, criminal charges.

Labor Matters

The Company has approximately 500 employees covered by various collective bargaining agreements, or approximately 29%
of its total workforce of approximately 1,700 employees. These agreements have expiration dates of April 30, 2019, October 31, 
2020, December 12, 2021, July 31, 2022, April 30, 2022, January 31, 2023 and January 15, 2023. The Company has approximately
20 employees, or 1% of its total workforce, who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement which will expire in less than 
one year and does not expect any work stoppages.

Other Matters, Claims and Legal Proceedings

On October 31, 2018, the Company received an indemnity claim notice (the “Claim Notice”) from Husky Superior Refining 
Holding Corp. (“Husky”) under the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated August 11, 2017 (“MIPA”), which was entered 
into in connection with the Superior Transaction.  The Claim Notice relates to alleged losses Husky incurred in connection with 
a fire at the Husky Superior refinery on April 26, 2018, over five months after Calumet sold Husky 100% of the membership 
interests in the entity that owns the Husky Superior refinery.  Based on public reports, Calumet understands the fire occurred during 
a turnaround of the Husky Superior refinery at a time when Husky owned, operated, and supervised the refinery.  Calumet was 

106

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

not involved with the turnaround.  The U.S. Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (“CSB”) is currently investigating 
the fire, but has not contacted Calumet in connection with that investigation or suggested that Calumet is responsible for the fire.  
Husky’s Claim Notice alleges that Husky “has become aware of facts which may give rise to losses” for which it reserved the right 
to seek indemnification at a later date.  The Claim Notice further alleges breaches of certain representations, warranties, and 
covenants contained in the MIPA.  The information currently available about the fire and the CSB investigation does not support 
Husky’s threatened claims, and Husky has not filed a lawsuit against Calumet.  If Husky were to assert such claims, they would 
be subject to certain limits on indemnification liability under the MIPA that may reduce or eliminate any potential indemnification 
liability. 

On May 4, 2018, the SEC requested that the Company and certain of its executives voluntarily produce certain communications 
and documents prepared or maintained from January 2017 to May 2018 and generally related to the Company’s finance and 
accounting  staff,  financial  reporting,  public  disclosures,  accounting  policies,  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal 
controls. Beginning on July 11, 2018, the SEC issued several subpoenas formally requesting the same documents previously subject 
to the voluntary production requests by the SEC as well as additional, related documents and information. The SEC has also 
interviewed and taken testimony from current and former Company employees and may do so in the future with regard to other 
individuals. The Company has, from the outset, cooperated with the SEC’s requests and intends to continue to do so. Currently, 
the  Company  cannot  estimate  the  timing,  or  ultimate  outcome,  including  financial  impact,  if  any,  resulting  from  the  SEC’s 
investigation.  

The Company is subject to other matters, claims and litigation incidental to its business. The Company has recorded accruals 
with respect to certain of its matters, claims and litigation where appropriate, that are reflected in the audited condensed consolidated 
financial statements but are not individually considered material. For other matters, claims and litigation, the Company has not 
recorded accruals because it has not yet determined that a loss is probable or because the amount of loss cannot be reasonably 
estimated. While the ultimate outcome of matters, claims and litigation currently pending cannot be determined, the Company 
currently does not expect these outcomes, individually or in the aggregate (including matters for which the Company has recorded 
accruals), to have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The outcome of any matter, 
claim or litigation is inherently uncertain, however and if decided adversely to the Company, or if the Company determines that 
settlement of particular litigation is appropriate, the Company may be subject to liability that could have a material adverse effect 
on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Standby Letters of Credit

The Company has agreements with various financial institutions for standby letters of credit which have been issued primarily 
to vendors. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had outstanding standby letters of credit of $35.1 million and $67.3 
million, respectively, under its senior secured revolving credit facility (the “revolving credit facility”). Refer to Note 10 for additional 
information regarding the Company’s revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the maximum amount of letters 
of credit the Company could issue under its revolving credit facility was subject to borrowing base limitations, with a maximum 
letter of credit sublimit equal to $300.0 million and $600.0 million, respectively, which amount may be increased with consent of 
the Agent (as defined in the revolving credit agreement) to 90% of revolver commitments then in effect ($600.0 million and $900.0 
million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively). 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had availability to issue letters of credit of approximately $295.7 million

and approximately $252.0 million, respectively, under its revolving credit facility.

9. Inventory Financing Agreements 

On March 31, 2017, the Company entered into several agreements with Macquarie to support the operations of the Great Falls 
refinery (the “Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements”). The Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements expire on September 
30, 2019. On July 27, 2017, the Company amended the Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements to provide Macquarie the 
option to terminate the Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements with nine months’ notice any time prior to June 2019 and the 
Company has the option to terminate with ninety days’ notice at any time.

On June 19, 2017, the Company entered into several agreements with Macquarie to support the operations of the Shreveport 
refinery (the “Shreveport Supply and Offtake Agreements”, and together with the Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements, the 
“Supply and Offtake Agreements”). The Shreveport Supply and Offtake Agreements expire on June 30, 2020; however, Macquarie 
has the option to terminate the Shreveport Supply and Offtake Agreements with nine months’ notice any time prior to June 2019 
and the Company has the option to terminate within ninety days’ notice at any time.

At the commencement of the Great Falls Supply and Offtake Agreements, the Company sold to Macquarie inventory comprised 

of 652,000 barrels of crude oil and refined products valued at $32.2 million.

107

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

At the commencement of the Shreveport Supply and Offtake Agreements, the Company sold to Macquarie inventory comprised 

of 987,000 barrels of crude oil and refined products valued at $54.8 million.

In addition, the Company incurred approximately $3.1 million of costs related to the Supply and Offtake Agreements. These 
capitalized costs are recorded in obligations under inventory financing agreements in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets 
and amortized to interest expense over the term of the agreement. 

During the terms of the Supply and Offtake Agreements, the Company may purchase crude oil from Macquarie or one of its 
affiliates. Per the Supply and Offtake Agreements, Macquarie will provide up to 30,000 barrels per day of crude oil to the Great 
Falls refinery and 60,000 barrels per day of crude oil to the Shreveport refinery. The Company agreed to purchase the crude oil 
on a just-in-time basis to support the production operations at the Great Falls and Shreveport refineries. Additionally, the Company 
agreed to sell, and Macquarie agreed to buy, at market prices, refined products produced at the Great Falls and Shreveport refineries. 
For Shreveport, finished products consisting of finished fuel products (other than jet fuel), lubricants and waxes, Macquarie may 
(but is not required to) sell such products to the sales intermediation party (“SIP”), and the SIP may (but is not required to) sell 
such products to Shreveport, as applicable, for sale in turn to third parties. For jet fuel and certain intermediate products, Macquarie 
may (but is not required to) sell such products to Shreveport for sale thereby to third parties. The Company will then repurchase 
the refined products from Macquarie or the SIP prior to selling the refined products to third parties. 

The Supply and Offtake Agreements are subject to minimum and maximum inventory levels. The agreements also provide 
for the lease to Macquarie of crude oil and certain refined product storage tanks located at the Great Falls and Shreveport refineries 
and  certain  offsite  locations.  Following  expiration  or  termination  of  the  agreements,  Macquarie  has  the  option  to  require  the 
Company to purchase the crude oil and refined product inventories then owned by Macquarie and located at the leased storage 
tanks at then current market prices. In addition, barrels owned by the Company are pledged as collateral to support the Deferred 
Payment Arrangement (defined below) obligations under these agreements.

While title to certain inventories will reside with Macquarie, the Supply and Offtake Agreements are accounted for by the 
Company similar to a product financing arrangement; therefore, the inventories sold to Macquarie will continue to be included in 
the Company’s consolidated balance sheets until processed and sold to a third party. Each reporting period, the Company will 
record liabilities in an amount equal to the amount the Company expects to pay to repurchase the inventory held by Macquarie 
based on market prices at the termination date included in obligations under inventory financing agreements in the consolidated 
balance sheets. The Company has determined that the redemption feature on the initially recognized liabilities related to the Supply 
and Offtake Agreements is an embedded derivative indexed to commodity prices. As such, the Company has accounted for these 
embedded derivatives at fair value with changes in the fair value, if any, recorded in gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the 
Company’s consolidated statements of operations. For more information on the valuation of the associated derivatives, see Note 
11 — “Derivatives” and Note 12 — “Fair Value Measurements.” The embedded derivatives will be recorded in obligations under 
inventory financing agreements on the consolidated balance sheets. The cash flow impact of the embedded derivatives will be 
classified as a change in inventory financing activity in the financing activities section in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company incurred $17.0 million of financing costs related to the Supply and 
Offtake Agreements, which are included in interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company 
incurred $6.8 million of financing costs for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The Company has provided collateral of $7.2 million related to the initial purchase of the Great Falls and Shreveport inventory 
to cover credit risk for future crude oil deliveries and potential liquidation risk if Macquarie exercises its rights and sells the 
inventory to third parties. The collateral was recorded as a reduction to the obligations under inventory financing agreements 
pursuant to a master netting agreement.

The Supply and Offtake Agreements also include a deferred payment arrangement (“Deferred Payment Arrangement”) whereby 
the Company can defer payments on just-in-time crude oil purchases from Macquarie owed under the agreements up to the value 
of the collateral provided (90% of the collateral inventory). The deferred amounts under the deferred payment arrangement will 
bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum for both Shreveport and Great Falls. Amounts outstanding under the 
Deferred Payment Arrangement are included in obligations under inventory financing agreements in the Company’s consolidated 
balance sheets. Changes in the amount outstanding under the Deferred Payment Arrangement are included within cash flows from 
financing activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows. As of the year ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 
2017, the capacity of the Deferred Payment Arrangement was $21.9 million and $17.8 million, respectively, and the Company 
had $20.4 million and $11.3 million deferred payments outstanding, respectively. In addition to the Deferred Payment Arrangement, 
Macquarie has advanced the Company an additional $5.0 million which remains outstanding as of December 31, 2018. 

108

Table of Contents

10. Long-Term Debt 

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in millions):

Borrowings under amended and restated senior secured revolving credit agreement with third-party
lenders, interest payments quarterly, borrowings due February 2023, weighted average interest rates of
6.0% and 8.4% at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively
Borrowings under 2021 Secured Notes, interest at a fixed rate of 11.5%, interest payments
semiannually, borrowings due January 2021, effective interest rates of 12.3% for each year ended
December 31, 2018 and 2017
Borrowings under 2021 Notes, interest at a fixed rate of 6.5%, interest payments semiannually,
borrowings due April 2021, effective interest rate of 6.8% for each year ended December 31, 2018 and
2017
Borrowings under 2022 Notes, interest at a fixed rate of 7.625%, interest payments semiannually, 
borrowings due January 2022, effective interest rate of 8.0% for each year ended December 31, 2018 
and 2017 (1)
Borrowings under 2023 Notes, interest at a fixed rate of 7.75%, interest payments semiannually,
borrowings due April 2023, effective interest rate of 8.0% for each year ended December 31, 2018 and
2017
Other
Capital lease obligations, at various interest rates, interest and principal payments monthly through
November 2034
Less unamortized debt issuance costs (2)
Less unamortized discounts
Total long-term debt
Less current portion of long-term debt (3)

December 31,
2018

December 31,
2017

$

— $

0.2

—

900.0

351.6

325.0
5.2

42.4
(15.8)
(3.9)
1,604.5
3.8
1,600.7

$

$

400.0

900.0

352.1

325.0
6.6

44.0
(25.9)
(9.7)
1,992.3
354.1
1,638.2

(1)  The balance includes a fair value interest rate hedge adjustment, which increased the debt balance by $1.6 million and 

$2.1 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

(2)  Deferred debt issuance costs are being amortized by the effective interest rate method over the lives of the related debt 
instruments. These amounts are net of accumulated amortization of $23.5 million and $21.8 million at December 31, 
2018 and 2017, respectively.

(3)  The sale of the Superior Refinery resulted in $350.0 million of restricted cash and was based upon the value of collateral 
under the Company’s debt agreements. Under the indentures governing the Company’s senior notes, proceeds from Asset 
Sales (as defined in the indentures) can only be used for, among other things, to repay, redeem or repurchase debt; to 
make certain acquisitions or investments; and to make capital expenditures. On April 9, 2018, the Company redeemed 
all of the 2021 Secured Notes (defined below) using both the restricted cash from the sale of the Superior Refinery and 
other unrestricted cash.

Senior Notes

11.50% Senior Secured Notes (the “2021 Secured Notes”)

On April 20, 2016, the Company issued and sold $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 11.50% Senior Secured 
Notes due January 15, 2021, in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 
“Securities Act”), to eligible purchasers at a discounted price of 98.273 percent of par. Subject to certain exceptions, the 2021 
Secured Notes were secured by a lien on all of the fixed assets that secure the Company’s obligations under its secured hedge 
agreements, including certain present and future real property, fixtures and equipment; all U.S. registered patents and patent license 
rights, trademarks and trademark license rights, copyrights and copyright license rights and trade secrets; chattel paper, documents 
and instruments; certain cash deposits in the property, plant and equipment proceeds account; certain books and records; and all 
accessions and proceeds of any of the foregoing. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $382.5 million net of 
discount, initial purchasers’ fees and estimated expenses, which it used to repay borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit 
facility and for general partnership purposes, including planned capital expenditures at its facilities and working capital. Interest 
on the 2021 Secured Notes was paid semiannually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on July 15, 2016. 
In April 2018, the Company redeemed all of the 2021 Secured Notes. In conjunction with the redemption, the Company incurred 
debt extinguishment costs of $58.2 million, including$11.6 million of non-cash charges. 

109

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

7.75% Senior Notes (the “2023 Notes”)

On March 27, 2015, the Company issued and sold $325.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes due 
April 15, 2023 in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, to eligible purchasers at a discounted price 
of 99.257 percent of par. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $317.0 million net of discount, initial purchasers’ 
fees and expenses, which the Company used to fund the redemption of $178.8 million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding 
9.625% senior notes due 2020 on April 28, 2015, to repay borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit facility and for general 
partnership purposes, including planned capital expenditures at the Company’s facilities and working capital. Interest on the 2023 
Notes is paid semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2015.

On March 27, 2015, in connection with the issuance and sale of the 2023 Notes, the Company entered into a registration rights 
agreement with the initial purchasers of the 2023 Notes obligating the Company to use reasonable best efforts to file an exchange 
offer registration statement with the SEC, so that holders of the 2023 Notes can offer to exchange the 2023 Notes for registered 
notes having substantially the same terms as the 2023 Notes and evidencing the same indebtedness as the 2023 Notes. On December 
11, 2015, the Company filed an exchange offer registration statement for the 2023 Notes with the SEC, which was declared effective 
on January 28, 2016. The exchange offer was completed on March 7, 2016, thereby fulfilling all of the requirements of the 2023 
Notes registration rights agreement.

6.50% Senior Notes (the “2021 Notes”)

On March 31, 2014, the Company issued and sold $900.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Notes due 
April 15, 2021 in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, to eligible purchasers at par. The Company 
received net proceeds of approximately $884.0 million, net of initial purchasers’ fees and expenses, which the Company used to 
fund the purchase price of ADF Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, Inc. (subsequently converted 
to ADF Holdings, LLC and Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, LLC), the redemption of $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount 
outstanding of 9.375% Senior Notes due 2019 and for general partnership purposes, including planned capital expenditures at the 
Company’s facilities. Interest on the 2021 Notes is paid semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning 
on October 15, 2014.

On March 31, 2014, in connection with the issuance and sale of the 2021 Notes, the Company entered into a registration rights 
agreement with the initial purchasers of the 2021 Notes obligating the Company to use reasonable best efforts to file an exchange 
offer registration statement with the SEC, so that holders of the 2021 Notes can offer to exchange the 2021 Notes for registered 
notes having substantially the same terms as the 2021 Notes and evidencing the same indebtedness as the 2021 Notes. On March 
24, 2015, the Company filed an exchange offer registration statement for the 2021 Notes with the SEC, which was declared effective 
on April 3, 2015. The exchange offer was completed on April 30, 2015, thereby fulfilling all of the requirements of the 2021 Notes 
registration rights agreement.

7.625% Senior Notes (the “2022 Notes”)

On November 26, 2013, the Company issued and sold $350.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Senior Notes 
due January 15, 2022, in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, to eligible purchasers at a discounted 
price  of  98.494  percent  of  par. The  Company  received  net  proceeds  of  approximately  $337.4  million,  net  of  discount,  initial 
purchasers’ fees and expenses, which the Company used for general partnership purposes, to fund previously announced organic 
growth projects, the purchase price of the Bel-Ray acquisition and the redemption of $100.0 million in aggregate principal amount 
outstanding of 9.375% Senior Notes due 2019. Interest on the 2022 Notes is paid semiannually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 
of each year, beginning on July 15, 2014.

On November 26, 2013, in connection with the issuance and sale of the 2022 Notes, the Company entered into a registration 
rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the 2022 Notes obligating the Company to use reasonable best efforts to file an 
exchange offer registration statement with the SEC, so that holders of the 2022 Notes can offer to exchange the 2022 Notes for 
registered notes having substantially the same terms as the 2022 Notes and evidencing the same indebtedness as the 2022 Notes. 
On November 27, 2013, the Company filed an exchange offer registration statement for the 2022 Notes with the SEC, which was 
declared effective on December 10, 2013. The exchange offer was completed on January 13, 2014, thereby fulfilling all of the 
requirements of the 2022 Notes registration rights agreement.

2021 Notes, 2022 Notes and 2023 Notes

In accordance with SEC Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, condensed consolidated financial statements of non-guarantors are not 
required. The Company has no assets or operations independent of its subsidiaries. Obligations under its 2021, 2022 and 2023 
Notes are fully and unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Company’s current 
100%-owned operating subsidiaries and certain of the Company’s future operating subsidiaries, with the exception of the Company’s 
“minor” subsidiaries (as defined by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X), including Calumet Finance Corp. (100%-owned Delaware 

110

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

corporation that was organized for the sole purpose of being a co-issuer of certain of the Company’s indebtedness, including the 
2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes). There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Company or subsidiary guarantors for the 
Company to obtain funds from its subsidiary guarantors by dividend or loan. None of the subsidiary guarantors’ assets represent 
restricted assets pursuant to SEC Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X.

The 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes are subject to certain automatic customary releases, including the sale, disposition, or transfer 
of capital stock or substantially all of the assets of a subsidiary guarantor, designation of a subsidiary guarantor as unrestricted in 
accordance  with  the  applicable  indenture,  exercise  of  legal  defeasance  option  or  covenant  defeasance  option,  liquidation  or 
dissolution of the subsidiary guarantor and a subsidiary guarantor ceases to both guarantee other Company debt and to be an obligor 
under the revolving credit facility. The Company’s operating subsidiaries may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially 
all of their properties or assets to, or consolidate with or merge into, another company if such a sale would cause a default under 
the indentures governing the 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes. 

The indentures governing the 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes contain covenants that, among other things, restrict the Company’s 
ability and the ability of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries to: (i) sell assets; (ii) pay distributions on, redeem or repurchase 
the Company’s common units or redeem or repurchase its subordinated debt or, in the case of the 2021 Secured Notes, its unsecured 
notes; (iii) make investments; (iv) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred units; (v) create or incur certain 
liens; (vi) enter into agreements that restrict distributions or other payments from the Company’s restricted subsidiaries to the 
Company; (vii) consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; (viii) engage in transactions with 
affiliates and (ix) create unrestricted subsidiaries. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. At any 
time when the 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes are rated investment grade by either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or 
S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) and no Default or Event of Default, each as defined in the indentures governing the 2021, 2022 and 
2023 Notes, has occurred and is continuing, many of these covenants will be suspended. As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s 
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the indentures governing the 2021 Secured, 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes) was 1.7. As 
of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the indentures governing the 2021, 2022 and 
2023 Notes. 

Third Amended and Restated Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

On February 23, 2018, the Company entered into a third amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility which 
provides maximum availability of credit under the revolving credit facility of $600.0 million, subject to borrowing base limitations, 
which includes a $500.0 million incremental uncommitted expansion feature. The revolving credit facility includes a $25.0 million
senior  secured  first  loaned  in  and  last  to  be  repaid  out  (“FILO”)  revolving  credit  facility  limited  by  a  FILO  borrowing  base 
calculation. The FILO commitment reduces ratably each quarter starting in November 2019 and ending in August 2020. The 
reductions in FILO commitments convert to revolving credit facility base commitments over the same period. The revolving credit 
facility, which is the Company’s primary source of liquidity for cash needs in excess of cash generated from operations, matures 
in February 2023 and bears interest at a rate equal to prime plus a basis points margin or LIBOR plus a basis points margin, at the 
Company’s option. The margin can fluctuate quarterly based on the Company’s average availability for additional borrowings 
under the revolving credit facility in the preceding calendar quarter as follows:

Quarterly Average Availability Percentage 

< 33%

Base Loans

FILO Loans

Prime Rate Margin
0.50%
0.75%
1.00%

LIBOR Rate Margin
1.50%
1.75%
2.00%

Prime Rate Margin
1.50%
1.75%
2.00%

LIBOR Rate Margin
2.50%
2.75%
3.00%

As of December 31, 2018, the margin was 50 basis points for prime rate based revolver loans, 150 basis points for LIBOR 
based rate revolver loans, 150 basis points for prime rate based FILO loans and 250 basis points for LIBOR based FILO loans. In 
addition, if the Leverage Ratio (as defined in the revolving credit facility agreement) is less than 5.5 to 1.0 for any four fiscal 
quarter periods ending on or after August 23, 2018, then, after such fiscal quarter, the margins otherwise applicable will be reduced 
by 25 basis points. Letters of credit issued under the revolving credit facility accrue fees at a rate equal to the margin (measured 
in basis points) applicable to LIBOR revolver loans.

In addition to paying interest quarterly on outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility, the Company is required 
to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility with respect to the unutilized commitments thereunder 
at a rate equal to 0.250% or 0.375% per annum depending on the average daily available unused borrowing capacity for the 
preceding month. The Company also pays a customary letter of credit fee, including a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum of the 
stated amount of each outstanding letter of credit, and customary agency fees.

111

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The borrowing capacity at December 31, 2018, under the revolving credit facility was approximately $330.8 million. As of 
December 31, 2018, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and outstanding standby 
letters of credit of $35.1 million, leaving approximately $295.7 million available for additional borrowings based on specified 
availability limitations. Lenders under the revolving credit facility have a first priority lien on the Company’s accounts receivable, 
inventory and substantially all of its cash (collectively, the “Credit Agreement Collateral”). 

The  revolving  credit  facility  contains  various  covenants  that  limit,  among  other  things,  the  Company’s  ability  to:  incur 
indebtedness; grant liens; dispose of certain assets; make certain acquisitions and investments; redeem or prepay other debt or 
make other restricted payments such as distributions to unitholders; enter into transactions with affiliates and enter into a merger, 
consolidation or sale of assets. Further, the revolving credit facility contains one springing financial covenant which provides that 
only if the Company’s availability under the revolving credit facility falls below the sum of the greater of (a) 10.0% of the Borrowing 
Base (as defined in the revolving credit agreement) then in effect and (b) $35 million (which amount is subject to increase in 
proportion to revolving commitment increases), plus the amount of FILO Loans outstanding, then the Company will be required 
to maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the revolving credit agreement) of 
at least 1.0 to 1.0 . As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the revolving credit facility. 

Master Derivative Contracts 

The Company’s payment obligations under all of the Company’s master derivatives contracts for commodity hedging generally 
are secured by a first priority lien on the Company’s real property, plant and equipment, fixtures, intellectual property, certain 
financial assets, certain investment property, commercial tort claims, chattel paper, documents, instruments and proceeds of the 
foregoing (including proceeds of hedge arrangements). The Company had no additional letters of credit or cash margin posted 
with  any  hedging  counterparty  as  of  December 31,  2018.  The  Company’s  master  derivatives  contracts  and  Collateral  Trust 
Agreement (as defined below) continue to impose a number of covenant limitations on the Company’s operating and financing 
activities, including limitations on liens on  collateral, limitations on  dispositions of collateral and collateral maintenance and 
insurance requirements. 

Collateral Trust Agreement 

The  Company  has  a  collateral  trust  agreement  (“The  Collateral Trust Agreement”)  which  governs  how  secured  hedging 
counterparties share collateral pledged as security for the payment obligations owed by the Company to the secured hedging 
counterparties under their respective master derivatives contracts. The Collateral Trust Agreement limits to $150.0 million the 
extent to which forward purchase contracts for physical commodities are covered by, and secured under, the Collateral Trust 
Agreement and the Parity Lien Security Documents (as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement). There is no such limit on 
financially settled derivative instruments used for commodity hedging. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Collateral 
Trust Agreement, the Company has the ability to add secured hedging counterparties from time to time.

Intercreditor Agreement

 In connection with the offering of the 2021 Secured Notes, the Collateral Trustee entered into a Second Amended and Restated 
Intercreditor Agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) among the Collateral Trustee, as fixed asset collateral trustee, Bank of 
America, N.A., as agent for the lenders under the Company’s revolving credit facility (in such capacity, the “Agent”), the Company 
and  the  other  grantors  named  therein,  providing  for  certain  access  and  administrative  agreements  with  respect  to  the  Credit 
Agreement Collateral and the Fixed Asset Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

Capital Leases

Assets recorded under capital lease obligations are included in property, plant and equipment and total $21.9 million and $18.2 
million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had recorded $6.7 
million and $11.4 million, respectively, in accumulated depreciation for capital lease assets.

The Company was a party to a Throughput and Deficiency Agreement with TexStar Midstream Logistics, L.P. (“TexStar”) 
pursuant to which TexStar delivered crude oil to the Company’s San Antonio refinery through a crude oil pipeline system owned 
and operated by TexStar (the “Pipeline Agreement”). The Pipeline Agreement had an initial term of 20 years (through August 
2034) and was accounted for as a capital lease on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. TexStar and the Company have 
each terminated the Pipeline Agreement for alleged breaches of the Pipeline Agreement. The parties agreed to continue the shipping 
and delivery of crude oil through the pipeline until February 28, 2019. Beginning March 1, 2019, the Company began receiving 
crude oil by truck delivery directly into its owned Elmendorf crude terminal. In the event legal action is brought against the 
Company by TexStar related to the termination of the Pipeline Agreement, the Company believes it will prevail, in which case the 
Company will be relieved of future payment obligations under the Pipeline Agreement.  In the event the Company is not successful 
in the dispute, the Company may be obligated to continue making certain, minimum payments over the remaining term of the 
Pipeline Agreement. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the total gross capital lease obligation under the Pipeline Agreement 

112

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets was $38.9 million and $39.4 million, respectively. The $10.9 million
capital lease asset included in property plant and equipment as of December 31, 2018 related to the TexStar Pipeline Agreement 
was  considered  temporarily  idled  following  March  1,  2019,  the  date  we  started  receiving  crude  oil  by  truck  delivery.  Total 
depreciation  expense  for  this  lease  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2018  and  2017,  was  $0.7  million  and  $2.0  million, 
respectively.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had estimated minimum commitments for the payment of total rentals under capital5. 

leases relating to continuing and discontinued operations as follows (in millions):

Year
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments
Less amount representing interest
Capital lease obligations
Less obligations due within one year
Long-term capital lease obligations

Maturities of Long-Term Debt

Capital Leases

8.4
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
75.3
111.3
68.9
42.4
2.4
40.0

$

$

As of December 31, 2018, principal payments on debt obligations and future minimum rentals on capital lease obligations 

are as follows (in millions): 

Year
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total

11. Derivatives 

Maturity

3.8
2.4
903.3
351.2
326.3
35.6
1,622.6

$

$

The Company is exposed to price risks due to fluctuations in the price of crude oil, refined products (primarily in the Company’s 
fuel products segment), natural gas and precious metals. The Company uses various strategies to reduce its exposure to commodity 
price risk. The strategies to reduce the Company’s risk utilize both physical forward contracts and financially settled derivative 
instruments, such as swaps, collars, options and futures, to attempt to reduce the Company’s exposure with respect to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

crude oil purchases and sales;

fuel product sales and purchases;

natural gas purchases; 

precious metals purchases; and

fluctuations in the value of crude oil between geographic regions and between the different types of crude oil such as 
New York Mercantile Exchange West Texas Intermediate (“NYMEX WTI”), Light Louisiana Sweet (“LLS”), Western 
Canadian Select (“WCS”), WTI Midland, Mixed Sweet Blend (“MSW”) and ICE Brent (“Brent”).

The Company manages its exposure to commodity markets, credit, volumetric and liquidity risks to manage its costs and 
volatility of cash flows as conditions warrant or opportunities become available. These risks may be managed in a variety of ways 
that may include the use of derivative instruments. Derivative instruments may be used for the purpose of mitigating risks associated 
with an asset, liability and anticipated future transactions and the changes in fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments 
will affect its earnings and cash flows; however, such changes should be offset by price or rate changes related to the underlying 
commodity or financial transaction that is part of the risk management strategy. The Company does not speculate with derivative 
instruments  or  other  contractual  arrangements  that  are  not  associated  with  its  business  objectives. Speculation  is  defined  as 

113

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

increasing the Company’s natural position above the maximum position of its physical assets or trading in commodities, currencies 
or other risk bearing assets that are not associated with the Company’s business activities and objectives. The Company’s positions 
are  monitored  routinely  by  a  risk  management  committee  to  ensure  compliance  with  its  stated  risk  management  policy  and 
documented risk management strategies. All strategies are reviewed on an ongoing basis by the Company’s risk management 
committee, which will add, remove or revise strategies in anticipation of changes in market conditions and/or its risk profiles. 
Such changes in strategies are to position the Company in relation to its risk exposures in an attempt to capture market opportunities 
as they arise.

The Company is obligated to repurchase crude oil and refined products from Macquarie at the termination of the Supply and 
Offtake Agreements in certain scenarios. The Company has determined that the redemption feature on the initially recognized 
liability related to the Supply and Offtake Agreements is an embedded derivative indexed to commodity prices. As such, the 
Company has accounted for this embedded derivative at fair value with changes in the fair value, if any, recorded in gain (loss) 
on derivative instruments in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

The Company recognizes all derivative instruments at their fair values (see Note 12) as either current assets or current liabilities 
in the consolidated balance sheets. Fair value includes any premiums paid or received and unrealized gains and losses. Fair value 
does not include any amounts receivable from or payable to counterparties, or collateral provided to counterparties. Derivative 
asset and liability amounts with the same counterparty are netted against each other for financial reporting purposes in accordance 
with the provisions of our master netting arrangements. 

The  following  tables  summarize  the  Company’s  gross  fair  values  of  its  derivative  instruments,  presenting  the  impact  of 

offsetting derivative assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets (in millions):

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Balance Sheet
Location

Gross
Amounts of
Recognized
Assets

Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Consolidated
Balance
Sheets

Net Amounts
of Assets
Presented in
the
Consolidated
Balance
Sheets

Gross
Amounts of
Recognized
Assets

Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Consolidated
Balance
Sheets

Net Amounts
of Assets
Presented in
the
Consolidated
Balance
Sheets

Derivative instruments not designated as hedges:
Specialty products
segment:

Midland crude oil
basis swaps

Derivative
assets

Fuel products segment:
Inventory financing
obligation

Obligations
under inventory
financing
agreements

Crude oil swaps

WCS crude oil basis
swaps

WCS crude oil
percentage basis
swaps

Midland crude oil
basis swaps

Diesel crack spread
swaps

Diesel percentage
basis crack spread
swaps

Derivative
assets

Derivative
assets

Derivative
assets

Derivative
assets

Derivative
assets

Derivative
assets

Total derivative
instruments

$

1.0

$

— $

1.0

$

— $

— $

—

1.5

—

16.5

—

7.1

7.4

—

—

—

(1.6)

(6.1)

—

—

1.5

—

14.9

(6.1)

7.1

7.4

(6.0)

(6.0)

—

0.3

—

—

—

—

—

—

(0.3)

—

—

—

—

—

$

33.5

$

(13.7) $

19.8

$

0.3

$

(0.3) $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

114

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The  following  tables  summarize  the  Company’s  gross  fair  values  of  its  derivative  instruments,  presenting  the  impact  of 

offsetting derivative liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets (in millions):

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Balance Sheet
Location

Gross
Amounts of
Recognized
Liabilities

Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Consolidated
Balance
Sheets

Net Amounts
of Liabilities
Presented in
the
Consolidated
Balance
Sheets

Gross
Amounts of
Recognized
Liabilities

Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Consolidated
Balance
Sheets

Net Amounts
of Liabilities
Presented in
the
Consolidated
Balance
Sheets

Derivative instruments not designated as hedges:

Fuel products segment:

Inventory financing
obligation

Crude oil swaps

Obligations
under inventory
financing
agreements

Derivative
liabilities

WCS crude oil basis
swaps

Derivative
liabilities

Derivative
liabilities

Derivative
liabilities

Derivative
liabilities

Derivative
liabilities

Derivative
liabilities

Derivative
liabilities

WCS crude oil
percentage basis
swaps

Gasoline swaps

Gasoline crack
spread swaps

Diesel swaps

Diesel crack spread
swaps

Diesel percentage
basis crack spread
swaps

Total derivative
instruments

$

— $

— $

— $

(4.4) $

— $

(4.4)

—

(1.6)

(6.1)

—

—

—

—

(6.0)

—

1.6

6.1

—

—

—

—

6.0

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(0.2)

(1.8)

(0.2)

(4.1)

—

0.3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.3

—

—

(0.2)

(1.8)

(0.2)

(4.1)

—

$

(13.7) $

13.7

$

— $

(10.7) $

0.3

$

(10.4)

The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by its counterparties on these derivative transactions. 
The  Company  does  not  expect  nonperformance  on  any  derivative  instruments,  however,  no  assurances  can  be  provided. The 
Company’s credit exposure related to these derivative instruments is represented by the fair value of contracts reported as derivative 
assets. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had four counterparty relationships in which the derivatives held were in net assets 
totaling $19.8 million. As of December 31, 2017, no counterparty relationship in which the derivatives held were net assets. To 
manage credit risk, the Company selects and periodically reviews counterparties based on credit ratings. The Company primarily 
executes its derivative instruments with large financial institutions that have ratings of at least A3 and BBB+ by Moody’s and S&P, 
respectively. In the event of default, the Company would potentially be subject to losses on derivative instruments with mark-to-
market gains. The Company requires collateral from its counterparties when the fair value of the derivatives exceeds agreed-upon 
thresholds  in  its  master  derivative  contracts  with  these  counterparties.  No  such  collateral  was  held  by  the  Company  as  of 
December 31, 2018 or 2017. Collateral received from counterparties is reported in other current liabilities, and collateral held by 
counterparties is reported in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and is not 
netted against derivative assets or liabilities. Any outstanding collateral is released to the Company upon settlement of the related 
derivative instrument liability. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had provided its counterparties with no collateral.

Certain of the Company’s outstanding derivative instruments are subject to credit support agreements with the applicable 
counterparties which contain provisions setting certain credit thresholds above which the Company may be required to post agreed-
upon collateral, such as cash or letters of credit, with the counterparty to the extent that the Company’s mark-to-market net liability, 
if any, on all outstanding derivatives exceeds the credit threshold amount per such credit support agreement. The majority of the 
credit support agreements covering the Company’s outstanding derivative instruments also contain a general provision stating that 
if the Company experiences a material adverse change in its business, in the reasonable discretion of the counterparty, the Company’s 

115

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

credit threshold could be lowered by such counterparty. The Company does not expect that it will experience a material adverse 
change in its business.

The cash flow impact of the Company’s derivative activities is classified primarily as a change in derivative activity in the 

operating activities section in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Derivative Instruments Not Designated as Hedges

For derivative instruments not designated as hedges, the change in fair value of the asset or liability for the period is recorded 
to unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the consolidated statements of operations. Upon the settlement of a derivative 
not designated as a hedge, the gain or loss at settlement is recorded to realized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the consolidated 
statements of operations. The Company has entered into natural gas swaps, gasoline swaps, diesel swaps and certain other crude 
oil swaps that are not designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. However, these instruments provide economic 
hedges of the Company’s crude oil and natural gas purchases and gasoline and diesel sales.

The  Company  recorded  the  following  gains  (losses)  in  its  consolidated  statements  of  operations related  to  its  derivative 

instruments not designated as hedges (in millions): 

Type of Derivative
Specialty products segment:

Natural gas swaps
Midland crude oil basis swaps

Fuel products segment:

Inventory financing obligation
Crude oil swaps
WCS crude oil basis swaps
WCS crude oil percentage basis swaps
Midland crude oil basis swaps
Gasoline swaps
Gasoline crack spread swaps
Diesel swaps
Diesel crack spread swaps
Diesel percentage basis crack spread swaps
2/1/1 crack spread swaps

Total

Crude Oil Swap Contracts

$

$

Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Realized Loss on 
Derivative Instruments
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2018

Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Unrealized
Gain on Derivative Instruments
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2018

— $
0.9

—
—
(1.8)
—
6.0
—
(1.0)
—
(0.7)
—
0.2
3.6

$

(3.6) $

—

—
(1.9)
3.2
2.3
—
(0.6)
(6.2)
(0.5)
(5.0)
—
(0.9)
(13.2) $

— $
1.0

5.9
(0.3)
14.9
(6.1)
7.1
0.2
1.8
0.2
11.5
(6.0)
—
30.2

$

1.0
—

(4.4)
(1.7)
7.1
0.5
—
(0.2)
3.0
(0.2)
(1.5)
—
—
3.6

At December 31, 2017, the Company had the following derivatives related to crude oil purchases in its fuel products segment, 

none of which are designated as hedges:

Crude Oil Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2018
Total
Average price

Barrels
Purchased

28,000
28,000

BPD

311

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

$

$

48.25

48.25

116

 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

WCS Crude Oil Basis Swap Contracts

The Company has entered into crude oil basis swaps to mitigate the risk of future changes in pricing differentials between 
WCS and NYMEX WTI. At December 31, 2018, the Company had the following derivatives related to WCS crude oil purchases 
in its fuel products segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

WCS Crude Oil Basis Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2019
Second Quarter 2019
Third Quarter 2019
Fourth Quarter 2019
Total
Average differential

Barrels
Purchased

BPD

419,000
455,000
460,000
460,000
1,794,000

Average 
Differential to 
NYMEX WTI
($/Bbl)

4,656
5,000
5,000
5,000

$
$
$
$

$

(28.10)
(28.22)
(28.22)
(28.22)

(28.19)

At the December 31, 2018, the Company had the following derivatives related to WCS crude oil basis sales in its fuel products 

segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

WCS Crude Oil Basis Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2019
Second Quarter 2019
Third Quarter 2019
Fourth Quarter 2019
Total
Average differential

WCS Crude Oil Percentage Basis Swap Contracts

Barrels Sold

BPD

388,000
455,000
460,000
460,000
1,763,000

Average
Differential to
NYMEX WTI
($/Bbl)

4,311
5,000
5,000
5,000

$
$
$
$

$

(19.84)
(19.84)
(19.84)
(19.84)

(19.84)

The Company has entered into derivative instruments to secure a percentage differential of WCS crude oil to NYMEX WTI. 
At December 31, 2018, the Company had the following derivatives related to WCS crude oil percentage basis swaps in its fuel 
products segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

WCS Crude Oil Percentage Basis Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2019
Second Quarter 2019
Third Quarter 2019
Fourth Quarter 2019
Total
Average percentage

Barrels 
Purchased

BPD

450,000
455,000
460,000
460,000
1,825,000

Fixed 
Percentage of 
NYMEX WTI 
(Average % of 
WTI/Bbl)

66.32%
66.32%
66.32%
66.32%

66.32%

5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000

117

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Midland Crude Oil Basis Swap Contracts

The Company has entered into crude oil basis swaps to mitigate the risk of future changes in pricing differentials between 
WTI Midland and NYMEX WTI. At December 31, 2018, the Company had the following derivatives related to Midland crude 
oil basis swaps which are allocated between its specialty and fuel products segments, none of which are designated as hedges:

Midland Crude Oil Basis Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2019
Second Quarter 2019
Total
Average price

Gasoline Crack Spread Swap Contracts

Barrels
Purchased

501,500
773,500
1,275,000

BPD

5,572
8,500

Average
Differential to
NYMEX WTI
($/Bbl)

$
$

$

(12.79)
(11.74)

(12.27)

At December 31, 2017, the Company had the following derivatives related to gasoline crack spread sales in its fuel products 

segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Gasoline Crack Spread Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2018
Total
Average price

Gasoline Swap Contracts

Barrels Sold

BPD

826,000
826,000

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

9,178

$

$

12.27

12.27

At December 31, 2017, the Company had the following derivatives related to gasoline sales in its fuel products segment, none 

of which are designated as hedges:

Gasoline Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2018
Totals
Average price

Diesel Crack Spread Swap Contracts

Barrels Sold

 BPD

14,000
14,000

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

156

$

$

61.35

61.35

At December 31, 2018, the Company had the following derivatives related to diesel crack spread sales in its fuel products 

segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Diesel Crack Spread Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2019
Second Quarter 2019
Third Quarter 2019
Fourth Quarter 2019
Total
Average price

Barrels Sold

BPD

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

450,000
455,000
460,000
460,000
1,825,000

5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000

$
$
$
$

$

25.58
25.58
25.58
25.58

25.58

At December 31, 2017, the Company had the following derivatives related to diesel crack spread sales in its fuel products 

segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Diesel Crack Spread Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2018
Total
Average price

Barrels Sold

BPD

826,000
826,000

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

9,178

$

$

17.58

17.58

118

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Diesel Swap Contracts

At December 31, 2017, the Company had the following derivatives related to diesel sales in its fuel products segment, none 

of which are designated as hedges:

Diesel Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2018
Totals
Average price

Barrels Sold

 BPD

14,000
14,000

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

156

$

$

66.35

66.35

Diesel Percentage Basis Crack Spread Swap Contracts

The Company has entered into diesel crack spread derivative instruments to secure a fixed percentage of gross profit on diesel 
in excess of the floating value of NYMEX WTI crude oil. At December 31, 2018, the Company had the following derivatives 
related to diesel percentage basis crack spread swap sales in its fuel products segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Diesel Percentage Basis Crack Spread Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2019
Second Quarter 2019
Third Quarter 2019
Fourth Quarter 2019
Total
Average percentage

Barrels Sold

 BPD

450,000
455,000
460,000
460,000
1,825,000

Fixed
Percentage of
NYMEX WTI
(Average % of
WTI/Bbl)

138.38%
138.38%
138.38%
138.38%

138.38%

5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000

12. Fair Value Measurements 

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. Observable 
inputs are from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about the factors 
market  participants  would  use  in  valuing  the  asset  or  liability  developed  based  upon  the  best  information  available  in  the 
circumstances. These tiers include the following:

•  Level 1 — inputs include observable unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

•  Level 2 — inputs include other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable

•  Level 3 — inputs include unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to 

develop its own assumptions

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation techniques and prioritizes the use of observable inputs. The 
availability of observable inputs varies from instrument to instrument and depends on a variety of factors including the type of 
instrument, whether the instrument is actively traded and other characteristics particular to the instrument. For many financial 
instruments, pricing inputs are readily observable in the market, the valuation methodology used is widely accepted by market 
participants and the valuation does not require significant management judgment. For other financial instruments, pricing inputs 
are less observable in the marketplace and may require management judgment.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Derivative Assets and Liabilities

Derivative instruments are reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements at fair value. The Company’s 
derivative instruments consist of over-the-counter (“OTC”) contracts, which are not traded on a public exchange. Substantially 
all of the Company’s derivative instruments are with counterparties that have long-term credit ratings of at least A3 and BBB+ by 
Moody’s and S&P, respectively.

To estimate the fair values of the Company’s commodity derivative instruments, the Company uses the forward rate, the strike 
price, contractual notional amounts, the risk free rate of return and contract maturity. Various analytical tests are performed to 
validate the counterparty data. The fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments are adjusted for nonperformance risk and 

119

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

creditworthiness of the hedging entities through the Company’s credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”). The CVA is calculated at 
the counterparty level utilizing the fair value exposure at each payment date and applying a weighted probability of the appropriate 
survival and marginal default percentages. The Company uses the counterparty’s marginal default rate and the Company’s survival 
rate  when  the  Company  is  in  a  net  asset  position  at  the  payment  date  and  uses  the  Company’s  marginal  default  rate  and  the 
counterparty’s survival rate when the Company is in a net liability position at the payment date. As a result of applying the applicable 
CVA at December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s net assets and net liabilities changed by an immaterial amount. 

Observable inputs utilized to estimate the fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments were based primarily on inputs 
that are readily available in public markets or can be derived from information available in publicly quoted markets. Based on the 
use of various unobservable inputs, principally non-performance risk, creditworthiness of the hedging entities and unobservable 
inputs in the forward rate, the Company has categorized these derivative instruments as Level 3. Significant increases (decreases) 
in any of those unobservable inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. The Company 
believes it has obtained the most accurate information available for the types of derivative instruments it holds. See Note 11 for 
further information on derivative instruments.

Pension Assets

Pension assets are reported at fair value in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2018, the 
Company’s investments associated with its Pension Plan (as such term is hereinafter defined) primarily consisted of mutual funds. 
The mutual funds are valued at the net asset value (“NAV”) of shares in each fund held by the Pension Plan at quarter end as 
provided by the respective investment sponsors or investment advisers. Plan investments can be redeemed within a short time 
frame (approximately 10 business days), if requested. See Note 15 for further information on pension assets.

Liability Awards

Unit based compensation liability awards are awards that are expected to be settled in cash on their vesting dates, rather than 
in equity units (“Liability Awards”). The Liability Awards are categorized as Level 1 because the fair value of the Liability Awards 
is based on the Company’s quoted closing unit price as of each balance sheet date.

Renewable Identification Numbers Obligation

The Company’s RINs Obligation is categorized as Level 2 and is measured at fair value using the market approach based on 

quoted prices from an independent pricing service. See Note 8 for further information on the Company’s RINs Obligation.

120

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Hierarchy of Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s recurring assets and liabilities measured at fair value were as follows (in millions):

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Assets:

Derivative assets:

Inventory financing obligation

$

— $

— $

WCS crude oil basis swaps

WCS crude oil percentage basis swaps

Midland crude oil basis swaps

Diesel crack spread swaps

Diesel percentage basis crack spread swaps

Total derivative assets

Pension Plan investments

Total recurring assets at fair value

Liabilities:

Derivative liabilities:

Inventory financing obligation

Crude oil swaps

Gasoline crack spread swaps

Gasoline swaps

Diesel swaps

Diesel crack spread swaps
Total derivative liabilities

RINs Obligation

Liability Awards

$

$

1.5

$

— $

— $

— $

1.5

14.9

(6.1)

8.1

7.4

(6.0)

19.8

—

14.9

(6.1)

8.1

7.4

(6.0)

19.8

0.1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$

— $

19.8

$

19.9

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.1

0.1

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.2

0.2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

(4.4) $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(2.7)

—

—

—

—

—

—

(15.8)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(15.8)

(2.7)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(5.6)

—

—

—

—

—

—

(59.1)

—

0.3

(1.8)

(0.2)

(0.2)

(4.1)

(10.4)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.2

0.2

(4.4)

0.3

(1.8)

(0.2)

(0.2)

(4.1)

(10.4)

(59.1)

(5.6)

Total recurring liabilities at fair value

$

(2.7) $

(15.8) $

— $

(18.5) $

(5.6) $

(59.1) $

(10.4) $

(75.1)

The table below sets forth a summary of net changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial assets and liabilities (in 

millions):

For the Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

Fair value at January 1,
Realized (gain) loss on derivative instruments
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments
Settlements
Fair value at December 31,
Total gain included in net loss attributable to changes in unrealized gain relating to financial
assets and liabilities held as of December 31,

$

$

$

(10.4) $
(3.6)
30.2
3.6
19.8

$

30.2

$

(14.0)
13.2
3.6
(13.2)
(10.4)

3.6

All settlements from derivative instruments not designated as hedges are recorded in gain (loss) on derivative instruments in 

the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 11 for further information on derivative instruments.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and are subject to fair value 

adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment. 

The Company reviews for goodwill impairment annually on October 1 and whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate its carrying value may not be recoverable. The fair value of the reporting units is determined using the income approach. 
The income approach focuses on the income-producing capability of an asset, measuring the current value of the asset by calculating 
the present value of its future economic benefits such as cash earnings, cost savings, corporate tax structure and product offerings. 

121

 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present value at a rate of return that incorporates the 
risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation and risks associated with the reporting unit. These assets would 
generally be classified within Level 3, in the event that the Company were required to measure and record such assets at fair value 
within its consolidated financial statements. See Note 7 for further information on goodwill impairment.

The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used, including definite-lived 
intangible assets and property plant and equipment, when events or circumstances warrant such a review. Fair value is determined 
primarily using anticipated cash flows assumed by a market participant discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved 
and these assets would generally be classified within Level 3, in the event that the Company was required to measure and record 
such  assets  at  fair  value  within  its  consolidated  financial  statements.  See  Note  2  for  further  information  on  long-lived  asset 
impairment.

The Company’s investment in FHC is a non-marketable equity security without a readily determinable fair value. The Company 
records this investment using a measurement alternative which measures the security at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or 
minus changes resulting from qualifying observable price changes with a same or similar security from the same issuer. The 
investment in FHC is recorded at fair value only if an impairment or observable price adjustment is recognized in the current 
period. If an observable price adjustment or impairment is recognized, the Company would classify this asset as Level 3 within 
the fair value hierarchy based on the nature of the fair value inputs.

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

The carrying value of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash is each considered to be representative of its fair value.

Debt

The estimated fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 2018 and 2017, consists primarily of senior notes. The estimated 
aggregate fair value of the Company’s senior notes defined as Level 1 was based upon quoted market prices in an active market. 
The estimated aggregate fair value of the Company’s senior secured notes classified as Level 2 was based upon directly observable 
inputs. The carrying value of borrowings, if any, under the Company’s revolving credit facility, capital lease obligations and other 
obligations approximate their fair values as determined by discounted cash flows and are classified as Level 3. See Note 10 for 
further information on long-term debt.

 The Company’s carrying and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, carried at adjusted historical cost, 

were as follows (in millions):

Level

Fair Value

Carrying Value

Fair Value

Carrying Value

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Financial Instrument:
Senior notes
Senior notes
Revolving credit facility
Capital lease and other obligations

13. Partners’ Capital 

Units Authorized

1
2
3
3

$
$
$
$

1,287.4

$
— $
— $
$

47.6

1,560.7

$
— $
— $
$

47.6

1,576.5
456.4
0.2
50.6

$
$
$
$

1,556.4
387.6
0.2
50.6

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company has 91,073,023 of common units authorized for issuance. 

Units Outstanding

Of the 77,177,159 common units outstanding at December 31, 2018, 60,768,134 common units were held by the public, with 
the remaining 16,409,025 common units held by the Company’s affiliates (including members of the Company’s general partner 
and their families). 

Significant information regarding rights of the limited partners includes the following:

•  Rights to receive distributions of available cash within 45 days after the end of each quarter, to the extent the Company 

has sufficient cash from operations after the establishment of cash reserves.

•  Limited partners have limited voting rights on matters affecting the Company’s business. The general partner may consider 
only the interests and factors that it desires and has no duty or obligation to give any consideration of any interests of the 

122

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company’s limited partners. Limited partners have no right to elect the board of directors of the Company’s general 
partner.

•  The vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all outstanding units voting together as a single class is required to remove 
the general partner. Any holder, other than the general partner or the general partner’s affiliates, that owns 20% or more 
of any class of units outstanding cannot vote on any matter.

•  The Company may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests without the approval of the limited partners.

•  Limited partners may be required to sell their units to the general partner if at any time the general partner owns more 

than 80% of the issued and outstanding common units.

Distributions and Incentive Distribution Rights

The Company’s general partner is entitled to incentive distributions if the amount it distributes to unitholders with respect to 

any quarter exceeds specified target levels shown below:

Minimum Quarterly Distribution
First Target Distribution
Second Target Distribution
Third Target Distribution
Thereafter

Total Quarterly
Distribution Per Common Unit
Target Amount
$0.45
up to $0.495
above $0.495 up to $0.563
above $0.563 up to $0.675
above $0.675

Marginal Percentage
Interest in Distributions

Unitholders

General Partner

98%
98%
85%
75%
50%

2%
2%
15%
25%
50%

The Company’s ability to make distributions is limited by its debt instruments. The revolving credit facility generally permits 
the Company to make cash distributions to unitholders as long as immediately after giving effect to such a cash distribution the 
Company has availability under the revolving credit facility at least the greater of (i) 15% of the Borrowing Base (as defined in 
the credit agreement) then in effect and (ii) $60.0 million (which amount is subject to increase in proportion to revolving commitment 
increases) plus the amount of FILO loans outstanding. Further, the revolving credit facility contains one springing financial covenant 
which provides that only if the Company’s availability under the revolving credit facility falls below the greater of (a) 10.0% of 
the Borrowing Base (as defined in the credit agreement) then in effect and (b) $35.0 million (which amount is subject to increase 
in proportion to revolving commitment increases) plus the amount of FILO loans outstanding, the Company will be required to 
maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) of at least 1.0 to 
1.0. The indentures governing the 2021 Notes, 2022 Notes and 2023 Notes provide that if the Company’s fixed charge coverage 
ratio (as defined in the indentures) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters is not less than 1.75 to 1.0, the Company 
will be permitted to pay distributions to its unitholders in an amount equal to available cash from operating surplus (each as defined 
in  the Company’s  partnership  agreement)  with  respect  to  its  preceding  fiscal  quarter,  subject  to  certain customary 
adjustments described in the indentures. If the Company’s fixed charge coverage ratio is less than 1.75 to 1.0, the Company will 
be able to pay distributions to its unitholders up to an amount equal to (i) a $225.0 million basket for the 2021 Notes, (ii) a $210.0 
million basket  for  the  2022  Notes  and  (iii)  a $225.0  million basket  for  the  2023  Notes,  subject  to  certain customary 
adjustments described in the indentures. 

The Company’s distribution policy is as defined in its partnership agreement. In April 2016, the board of directors of the 
Company’s general partner determined to suspend payment of the Company’s quarterly cash distribution to unitholders. The board 
of  directors  of  the  Company’s  general  partner  will  continue  to  evaluate  the  Company’s  ability  to  reinstate  the  quarterly  cash 
distribution. The Company made no distributions to its partners for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. For the year 
ended December 31, 2016, the Company made distributions of $57.4 million to its partners. For the years ended December 31, 
2018, 2017 and 2016, general partner was allocated no incentive distribution rights. 

14. Unit-Based Compensation 

The Company’s general partner originally adopted a Long-Term Incentive Plan on January 24, 2006, which was amended and 
restated effective December 10, 2015 (the “LTIP”), for its employees, consultants and directors and its affiliates who perform 
services for the Company. The LTIP provides for the grant of restricted units, phantom units, unit options and substitute awards 
and, with respect to unit options and phantom units, the grant of distribution equivalent rights (“DERs”). Subject to adjustment 
for certain events, an aggregate of 3,883,960 common units may be delivered pursuant to awards under the LTIP. Units withheld 
to satisfy the Company’s general partner’s tax withholding obligations are available for delivery pursuant to other awards. The 
LTIP is administered by the compensation committee of the Company’s general partner’s board of directors.

123

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Liability Awards are awards that are expected to be settled in cash on their vesting dates, rather than in equity units. Phantom 
unit Liability Awards are recorded in accrued salaries, wages and benefits in the consolidated balance sheets based on the vested 
portion of the fair value of the awards on the balance sheet date. The fair value of Liability Awards are updated at each balance 
sheet date and changes in the fair values of the vested portions of the awards are recorded as increases or decreases to compensation 
expense within general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. As a result of the amendment and 
restatement of the LTIP on December 10, 2015, all Liability Awards at that point were modified to value the awards based upon 
the closing unit price on that date. This modification did not affect the remaining service period.

Phantom Units

Non-employee directors of the Company’s general partner have been granted phantom units under the terms of the LTIP as 
part of their director compensation package related to fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016. These phantom units granted related to 
fiscal year 2016 have a four-year service period with one-quarter of the phantom units vesting annually on each December 31 of 
the vesting period. The phantom units granted related to fiscal years 2018 and 2017 have a three-year service period with the full 
amount of the phantom units vesting on the third December 31 after the grant date. Although ownership of common units related 
to the vesting of such phantom units does not transfer to the recipients until the phantom units vest, the recipients have DERs on 
these phantom units from the date of grant.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, named executive officers were awarded phantom units under the terms of the LTIP, 
as part of certain employment agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2017, named executive officers were awarded phantom 
units as part of the Company’s achievement of specified levels of financial performance in fiscal year 2017. For the year ended 
December 31, 2018, named executive officers will be awarded phantom units based on the Company’s achievement of specified 
levels of financial performance for the fiscal year 2018 which will be awarded in 2019. These phantom units are subject to time-
vesting requirements whereby either 25% of the units vest during the fiscal year, and the remainder will vest ratably over the next 
three years on each December 31 or 100% of the phantom units vest in three years. Although ownership of common units related 
to the vesting of such phantom units does not transfer to the recipients until the phantom units vest, the recipients have DERs on 
these phantom units from the date of grant.

The Company uses the market price of its common units on the grant date to calculate the fair value and related compensation 
cost of the phantom units. The Company amortizes this compensation cost to partners’ capital and general and administrative 
expense in the consolidated statements of operations using the straight-line method over the service period, as it expects these 
units to fully vest. 

Performance Units

In  2017,  the  Company  granted  certain  named  executive  officers  and  other  executives  performance  units  with  market 
performance conditions. The award is eligible to vest during the period commencing January 1, 2017 and ending December 31, 
2020. As  of  December 31,  2017  a  portion  of  the  performance  units  are  equity-classified  awards,  in  which  the  fair  value  was 
determined on the grant date by application of the Monte Carlo simulation model. In addition, a portion of the performance units 
are liability-classified awards and the fair value was determined by the market price of the Company’s common units on the grant 
date. The Company amortizes this compensation over the service period only if the performance condition is considered probable 
of occurring.

124

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A summary of the Company’s non-vested phantom units and performance units as of December 31, 2018, and the changes 

during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, are presented below:

Nonvested at January 1, 2016

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested at December 31, 2017

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested at December 31, 2018

Number of
Phantom Units

Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

420,724
1,880,094
(1,455,131)
(90,854)
754,833
2,753,507
(925,199)
(47,363)
2,535,778
1,030,174
(1,175,363)
(120,082)
2,270,507

$

$

$

$

24.27
4.57
6.35
14.82
9.58
4.10
7.30
9.73
3.11
6.29
6.97
6.83
5.71

For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2018,  compensation  income,  net,  of  $1.2  million  was  recognized  in  the  consolidated 
statements of operations related to vested phantom unit grants, including income of $4.4 million attributable to Liability Awards 
for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2018  caused  by  the  decline  in  the  Company’s  unit  price  during  2018.  For  the  years  ended 
December 31,  2017  and  2016,  compensation  expense  of  $11.6  million  and  $5.6  million,  respectively,  was  recognized  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations related to vested phantom unit grants, including $7.0 million, attributable to Liability Awards 
for the years ended December 31, 2017. There was no compensation expense attributable to Liability Awards for the year-ended 
December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, there was a total of $13.0 million and $7.9 million, respectively, of 
unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested phantom unit grants, including $10.5 million, attributable to Liability 
Awards for the year ended December 31, 2018. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 
approximately 2 years. The total fair value of phantom units vested during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
was $8.0 million, $7.2 million and $5.8 million, respectively.

15. Employee Benefit Plans 

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has a domestic defined contribution plan administered by its general partner for (i) all full-time employees that 
are eligible to participate in the plan (the “401(k) Plan”). Participants in the 401(k) Plan are allowed to contribute 1% to 70% of 
their pre-tax earnings to the plan, subject to government imposed limitations. The Company matches 100% of each 1% of eligible 
compensation contributed by the participant up to 4% and 50% of each additional 1% of eligible compensation contributed up to 
6%, for a maximum contribution by the Company of 5% of eligible compensation contributed per participant. The plan also includes 
a profit-sharing component for eligible employees. Contributions under the profit-sharing component are determined by the board 
of directors of the Company’s general partner and are discretionary. The funding policy is consistent with funding requirements 
of applicable laws and regulations.

The Company recorded the following 401(k) Plan matching contribution expense in the consolidated statement of operations 

(in millions):

401(k) Plan matching contribution expense

$

5.4

$

5.7

$

6.0

Year Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

125

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The Company has domestic noncontributory defined benefit plans for those salaried employees as well as those employees 
represented by either the United Steelworkers (the “USW”) or the International Union of Operating Engineers (the “IUOE”); who 
(i) were formerly employees of Penreco and became employees of the Company as a result of the acquisition of Penreco on 
January 3, 2008 (the “Penreco Pension Plan”) or (ii) were formerly employees of Montana Refining Company, Inc. and who 
became employees of the Company as a result of the acquisition of the Great Falls refinery on October 1, 2012 (the “Great Falls 
Pension Plan” and together with the Penreco Pension Plan, the “Pension Plan”). The Company sold the Superior Refinery in 2017 
and Husky assumed the retirement plan covering the Superior employees. Therefore, during 2017, the pension benefit obligation 
was reduced and certain applicable retirement plan assets were distributed to Husky related to the plan liabilities assumed by 
Husky. As a result of the completion of the sale of the Superior Refinery, the Company was required to remeasure certain pension 
plan obligations, which resulted in immaterial impact to the consolidated statement of operations in 2017. 

 During 2018, the Company made an immaterial amount of contributions to its Pension Plan and expects to make less than 

$0.1 million in 2019 to its Pension Plan.

Under the Penreco Pension Plan, benefits are based primarily on years of service for USW and IUOE represented employees 
and the employee’s final 60 months’ average compensation for salaried employees. In 2009, the Company amended the Penreco 
Pension Plan, which curtailed Penreco employees from accumulating additional benefits subsequent to December 31, 2009.

Under the Great Falls Pension Plan, benefits are based primarily on years of service and the employees’ 36 months’ highest 
average compensation for salaried employees. Effective October 1, 2012, the date of the acquisition of the Great Falls refinery, 
the  Company  amended  the  Montana  Pension  Plan,  which  curtailed  only  the  Montana  salaried  employees  from  accumulating 
additional benefits subsequent to October 31, 2012. Effective August 31, 2015, the Company again amended the Great Falls Pension 
Plan, which curtailed the collective bargaining employees from accumulating additional benefits subsequent to December 31, 
2015. The Company recorded no curtailment gain for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Defined Benefit Other Plans

The Company also has domestic contributory defined benefit post-retirement medical plans and contributory life insurance 
plans for (i) those salaried employees, as well as those employees represented by either the International Brotherhood of Teamsters 
(the “IBT”) or USW, who were formerly employees of Penreco and who became employees of the Company as a result of the 
acquisition of Penreco on January 3, 2008 (the “Penreco Other Plan”). The funding policy is consistent with funding requirements 
of applicable laws and regulations. 

Effective 2009, the Company amended the Penreco Other Plan, which curtailed employees from accumulating additional 
benefits subsequent to February 28, 2009. The long-term accrued benefit obligation recognized in the consolidated balance sheets 
for the Penreco Other Plan was $0.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. In addition, there was no other post-retirement 
benefit income related to this plan for years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

126

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The change in the benefit obligations, change in the plan assets, funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated 

balance sheets were as follows (in millions):

Change in projected benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Benefit payments
Actuarial (gain) loss
Reduction due to sale of the Superior Refinery
Administrative expense
Benefit obligation at end of year
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
Benefit payments
Actual return on assets
Employer contribution
Administrative expense
Distribution to acquirer of the Superior Refinery
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Funded status — benefit obligation in excess of plan assets
Reconciliation of amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:

Accrued benefit obligation, long-term
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Net amount recognized at end of year

Year Ended December 31,
2017
2018

38.3
0.1
1.3
(1.6)
(2.5)
—
—
35.6

$

$

$

35.4
(1.6)
(2.5)
—
— $
—
$
31.3
(4.3) $

(4.3) $
7.5
7.5
3.2

$

60.9
0.1
2.3
(2.5)
4.2
(26.6)
(0.1)
38.3

49.8
(2.5)
7.4
2.3
(0.1)
(21.5)
35.4
(2.9)

(2.9)
6.0
6.0
3.1

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

The  accumulated  and  projected  benefit  obligations  for  the  Pension  Plan  were  $35.6  million  and  $38.3  million  as  of 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Selected information for the Company’s Pension Plan with an accumulated and projected 
benefit obligation in excess of plan assets were as follows (in millions): 

Accumulated and projected benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets

The components of net periodic benefit cost (income) were as follows (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
2017
2018

$
$

35.6
31.3

$
$

38.3
35.4

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on assets
Amortization of net loss
Settlement loss recognized
Net periodic benefit cost (income)

Pension Plan
Year Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

$

$

$

0.1
1.3
(1.7)
0.1
—

(0.2) $

0.1
2.3
(2.9)
0.2
0.7
0.4

$

$

0.1
2.5
(3.2)
0.1
—
(0.5)

The components of net periodic benefit cost (income), other than the service cost component, are presented in the Other 

financial statement line of Other income (expense) in the consolidated statement of operations. 

127

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The components of changes recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss for the Pension Plan were as follows (in millions):

Pension Plan
Year Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other
comprehensive (income) loss:

Net (gain) loss

Amounts recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost:

Amortization of actual gains and losses

Total recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss

$

$

1.6

$

(0.2) $

(0.1)
1.5

$

(0.9)
(1.1) $

0.4

(0.1)
0.3

The portion relating to the Pension Plan classified in accumulated other comprehensive loss includes losses of $7.5 million
and $6.0 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In 2019, the estimated amount that will be amortized from 
accumulated other comprehensive loss includes a net loss of $0.2 million for the Pension Plan. 

For the Pension Plan, the Company uses a corridor approach to amortize actuarial gains and losses. Under this approach, net 
actuarial gains or losses in excess of ten percent of the larger of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets are 
amortized on a straight-line basis. The period of amortization is the average remaining service of active participants who are 
expected to receive benefits under the plans.

All pension plans have a December 31 measurement date. The significant weighted average assumptions used to determine 

the benefit obligations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, were as follows:

Discount rate for Penreco Pension Plan
Discount rate for Great Falls Pension Plan

Benefit Obligations
Assumptions

2018

2017

4.18%
4.16%

3.56%
3.54%

The significant weighted average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost (income) for the years ended 

December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

Discount rate for Penreco Pension Plan
Discount rate for Superior Pension Plan
Discount rate for Great Falls Pension Plan
Expected return on plan assets for Penreco Pension Plan (1)
Expected return on plan assets Superior Pension Plan (1)
Expected return on plan assets for Great Falls Pension Plan (1)

Net Periodic Benefit (Income) Cost
Assumptions
2017

2018

2016

3.56%
—
3.54%
5.00%
—
5.00%

4.08%
4.06%
4.04%
6.35%
6.35%
6.35%

4.30%
4.27%
4.21%
6.75%
6.75%
6.75%

(1)  The Company considered the historical returns, the future expectation for returns for each asset class and fair value of 
the plan assets, as well as the target asset allocation of the Pension Plan portfolio which was developed in accordance 
with the Company’s Statement of Investment Policy, to develop the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.

Investment Policy

The Defined Benefit Plan Investment Committee (the “Investment Committee”) is responsible for the overall management 
of the Pension Plan assets, and its responsibilities encompass establishing the investment strategies and policies, monitoring the 
management of plan assets, reviewing the asset allocation mix on a regular basis, monitoring the performance of the Pension Plan 
assets  to  determine  whether  the  investments  objectives  are  met  and  guidelines  followed  and  taking  the  appropriate  action  if 
objectives  are  not  followed. The  Company  uses  different  investment  managers  with  various  asset  management  objectives  to 
eliminate any significant concentration of risk. The Investment Committee believes there are no significant concentrations of risks 
associated with the investment assets. The Company’s investment manager will assist in the continual assessment of assets and 
the potential reallocation of certain investments and will evaluate the selection of investment managers for the Pension Plan assets 

128

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

based on such factors as organizational stability, depth of resources, experience, investment strategy and process, performance 
expectations and fees.

Long-term strategic investment objectives utilize a diversified mix of equity and fixed income securities to preserve the funded 
status of the trusts, and balance risk and return in relationship to the respective liabilities. The primary investment strategy currently 
employed is a dynamic de-risking strategy that periodically rebalances among various investment categories depending on the 
current funded position and maximizes the effectiveness of the Pension Plan asset allocation strategy. This program is designed 
to actively move from return-seeking investments (such as equities) toward liability-hedging investments (such as fixed income) 
as funding levels improve. 

Effective June 2013, all of the Pension Plan assets were invested in a Master Trust. Trust assets in the Pension Plan are invested 
subject to the policy restriction that the average quality of the fixed income portfolio must be rated at least investment grade by 
both Moody’s and S&P. These assets are invested in accordance with prudent expert standards as mandated by the Employee 
Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”). The Pension Plan’s target asset allocation is currently comprised of the following:

Asset Class
Domestic equities
Foreign equities
Fixed income

Investment Fund Strategies

Range of 
Asset Allocation
15–25%
15–25%
55–65%

Target
Allocation
20%
20%
60%

Domestic equity funds include funds that invest in U.S. common and preferred stocks. Foreign equity funds invest in securities 
issued by companies listed on international stock exchanges. Certain funds have value and growth objectives and managers may 
attempt to profit from security mispricing in equity markets to meet these objectives. Short-term investments (including commercial 
paper, certificates of deposits and government repurchase agreements) and derivatives may be used for hedging purposes to limit 
exposure to various risk factors.

Fixed income funds invest in U.S. dollar-denominated, investment grade bonds, including U.S. Treasury and government 
agency securities, corporate bonds and mortgage and asset-backed securities. These funds may also invest in any combination of 
non-investment grade bonds, non-U.S. dollar-denominated bonds and bonds issued by issuers in emerging capital markets. Short-
term investments (including commercial paper, certificates of deposits and government repurchase agreements) and derivatives 
may be used for hedging purposes to limit exposure to various risk factors. 

The Company’s Pension Plan asset allocations, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, by asset category, are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Domestic equities
Foreign equities
Fixed income

2018

2017

—%
10%
11%
79%
100%

1%
12%
12%
75%
100%

At December 31, 2018, the Company’s investments associated with its Pension Plan primarily consisted of (i) cash and cash 
equivalents and (ii) mutual funds. Mutual funds are valued based on the NAV per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient 
to estimate fair value due to the absence of readily available market prices. NAV’s are provided by the respective investment 
sponsors or investment advisers and are subsequently reviewed and approved by management. In the event management concludes 
a reported NAV does not reflect fair value or is not determined as of the financial reporting measurement date, the Company will 
consider whether and when deemed necessary to make an adjustment at the balance sheet date. In determining whether an adjustment 
to the external valuation is required, the Company will review material factors that could affect the valuation, such as changes to 
the composition or performance of the underlying investments or comparable investments, overall market conditions, expected 
sale prices for private investments which are probable of being sold in the short-term and other economic factors that may possibly 
have a favorable or unfavorable effect on the reported external valuation. See Note 12 for the definition of Level 1.

129

 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company’s Pension Plan assets measured at fair value, were as follows (in millions):

Cash and cash equivalents
Total plan assets subject to leveling
Plan assets measured at net asset value
Domestic equities
Foreign equities
Fixed income
Total plan assets measured at net asset value
Total plan assets

Fair Value of Pension Assets at December 31,
2017
2018

Level 1

Total

Level 1

Total

$
$

$

0.1
0.1

0.1
0.1

$
$

$

0.2
0.2

3.2
3.4
24.6
31.2
31.3

$

$

0.2
0.2

4.3
4.4
26.5
35.2
35.4

The following benefit payments for the Pension Plan, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to 

be paid in the years indicated as of December 31, 2018 (in millions):

2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024 to 2028
Total

Pension Benefits

1.8
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.2
11.3
21.0

$

$

16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

The table below sets forth a summary of changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component for the 

years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):

 Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2016

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

Net current period other comprehensive income

 Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2017

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

Net current period other comprehensive loss

 Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2018

Defined Benefit
Pension And
Retiree Health
Benefit Plans

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment

Total

$

$

$

(7.1) $

(1.2) $

(8.3)

0.2

0.9

1.1

—

—

—

(6.0) $

(1.2) $

(1.6)

0.1

(1.5)

—

—

—

(7.5) $

(1.2) $

0.2

0.9

1.1

(7.2)

(1.6)

0.1

(1.5)

(8.7)

The table below sets forth a summary of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the 

Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):

Components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Amortization of defined benefit pension benefit plans:
Amortization or settlement recognition of net loss

2018

2017

Location of
Gain (Loss)

$
$

(0.1) $
(0.1) $

(1)

(0.9)
(0.9) Total

130

 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(1)  This accumulated other comprehensive loss component is included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. See 

Note 15 for additional information.

17. Income Taxes

The Company, as a partnership, is generally not liable for federal and state income taxes on the earnings of Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. However, the Company conducts certain activities through immaterial, 
wholly-owned subsidiaries that are corporations, which in certain circumstances are subject to federal, state and local income 
taxes. Additionally, the Company is subject to franchise taxes in certain states. Income taxes on the earnings of the Company, with 
the exception of the above mentioned taxes, are the responsibility of its partners, with earnings of the Company included in partners’ 
earnings.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, an income tax expense of $0.7 million was recognized, as compared to an income tax 
benefit of $0.1 million and an income tax expense of $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

As a result of the Company’s analysis, management has determined that the Company does not have any uncertain tax positions.

18. Earnings per Unit 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit (in millions, except unit 

and per unit data):

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit:
Net loss from continuing operations
Less:

General partner’s interest in net loss from continuing operations

Net loss from continuing operations available to limited partners
Net loss from discontinued operations available to limited partners
Net loss available to limited partners

Denominator for basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit:

Weighted average limited partner units outstanding (1)

Limited partners’ interest basic and diluted net loss per unit:

From continuing operations
From discontinued operations
Limited partners’ interest

Year Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

$

$

$

$

$

(51.0) $

(31.3) $

(296.8)

(1.0)
(50.0) $
(4.0)
(54.0) $

(0.6)
(30.7) $
(71.0)
(101.7) $

(6.0)
(290.8)
(31.2)
(322.0)

77,943,992

77,598,950

77,043,935

(0.64) $
(0.05)
(0.69) $

(0.40) $
(0.91)
(1.31) $

(3.77)
(0.41)
(4.18)

(1)  Total  diluted  weighted  average  limited  partner  units  outstanding  excludes  0.2  million,  0.2  million  and  0.5  million
potentially dilutive phantom units which would be antidilutive for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively.

19. Transactions with Related Parties 

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company had product sales to related parties, excluding the 
transactions discussed below, of $31.3 million, $37.9 million and $13.1 million, respectively. Trade accounts and other receivables 
from related parties at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $0.9 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The Company also had 
purchases from related parties, excluding transactions discussed below, during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
of $10.7 million, $7.1 million and $6.4 million, respectively. Accounts payable to related parties, excluding accounts payable 
related to the transactions discussed below, at December 31, 2018 and 2017, were $0.9 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

The general partner employs all of the Company’s employees and the Company reimburses the general partner for certain of 

its expenses.

The Company had a general services master services agreement with a third-party construction company related to the Great 
Falls refinery expansion project in which various construction related services were performed during 2016. This third party was 
related to refinery management. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company had capital expenditures of $10.4 million, 

131

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

for construction related services. The Company had no capital expenditures and no accounts payable for the years ended December 
31, 2018 or 2017. Accounts payable under this contract at December 31, 2016 were $2.5 million.

During 2015, the Company entered into an agreement for logistic administration/support, general administrative management 
and fiscal administration services with Monument Chemical, Inc. (“Monument Chemical”). Monument Chemical is owned by a 
limited partner and a member of the board of the Company’s general partner is a member of Monument Chemical’s management. 
Under this agreement, Monument Chemical rents storage tanks in Belgium on the Company’s behalf and organizes delivery of 
products to the Company’s customers. A commission is paid to Monument Chemical based on the sales value invoiced to the 
Company’s customers. The agreement was terminated during 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company paid 
total commissions and general administrative fees of $1.2 million. Accounts payable under this contract at December 31, 2017
was immaterial.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company entered into various transactions with Dakota Prairie. See Note 6

for further information on Dakota Prairie transactions. 

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2016, the Company entered into joint venture agreements with 

The Heritage Group. See Note 6 for further information on the joint ventures with The Heritage Group.

20. Segments and Related Information 

a. Segment Reporting

The Company manages its business in two operating segments, which are grouped on the basis of similar product, market and 

operating factors into the following reportable segments:

• 

Specialty Products. The specialty products segment produces a variety of lubricating oils, solvents, waxes, synthetic 
lubricants  and  other  products  which  are  sold  to  customers  who  purchase  these  products  primarily  as  raw  material 
components for basic automotive, industrial and consumer goods. Specialty products also include synthetic lubricants 
used in manufacturing, mining and automotive applications. 

•  Fuel Products. The fuel products segment produces primarily gasoline, diesel, jet fuel and asphalt which are primarily 

sold to customers located in the PADD 2 and PADD 4 areas within the U.S. 

Prior to the sale of Anchor, as disclosed in Note 4, the Company reported an oilfield services segment, which was solely 
comprised of Anchor. As a result of Anchor’s classification as a discontinued operation, the Company has removed the oilfield 
services segment.

The accounting policies of the reporting segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting 
policies as disclosed in Note 2, except that the disaggregated financial results for the reporting segments have been prepared using 
a management approach, which is consistent with the basis and manner in which management internally disaggregates financial 
information for the purposes of assisting internal operating decisions. The Company accounts for intersegment sales and transfers 
at cost plus a specified mark-up The Company will periodically refine its expense allocation methodology for its segment reporting 
as more refined information becomes available and the industry or market changes. The Company evaluates performance based 
upon Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial measure). The Company defines Adjusted EBITDA for any period as EBITDA 
adjusted for (1)(a) impairment; (b) unrealized gains and losses from mark to market accounting for hedging activities; (c) realized 
gains and losses under derivative instruments excluded from the determination of net income (loss); (d) non-cash equity-based 
compensation expense and other non-cash items (excluding items such as accruals of cash expenses in a future period or amortization 
of a prepaid cash expense) that were deducted in computing net income (loss); (e) debt refinancing fees, premiums and penalties; 
(f) any net loss realized in connection with an asset sale that was deducted in computing net income (loss) and (g) all extraordinary, 
unusual or non-recurring items of gain or loss, or revenue or expense.

The Company manages its assets on a total company basis, not by segment. Therefore, management does not review any asset 

information by segment and, accordingly, the Company does not report asset information by segment.

132

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Reportable segment information is as follows (in millions):

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

Year Ended December 31, 2018
Sales:
External customers
Intersegment sales
Total sales
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates

Adjusted EBITDA
Reconciling items to net loss:
Depreciation and amortization
Gain on sale of business
Unrealized gain on derivatives
Interest expense
Debt extinguishment costs

Equity based compensation and other items

Income tax expense
Net loss from continuing operations

Year Ended December 31, 2017
Sales:
External customers
Intersegment sales
Total sales

Adjusted EBITDA
Reconciling items to net loss:
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment charges
Gain on sale of business
Unrealized gain on derivatives
Interest expense
Equity-based compensation and other items

Income tax benefit
Net loss from continuing operations

Specialty
Products

Fuel
Products

Combined
Segments

Eliminations

Consolidated
Total

1,382.4

$

1,382.4

$
(3.7) $

$

2,115.1
55.5
2,170.6

$
— $

$

3,497.5
55.5
3,553.0

$
(3.7) $

— $

(55.5)
(55.5) $
— $

3,497.5
—
3,497.5
(3.7)

160.2

$

103.7

$

263.9

$

— $

263.9

53.2
—

77.7

130.9
—

—
—

130.9
(4.8)
(30.2)
155.5

58.8

4.0
0.7
(51.0)

$

Specialty
Products

Fuel
Products

Combined
Segments

Eliminations

Consolidated
Total

$

$

$

1,300.4
0.2
1,300.6

186.5

70.5
60.3
—

$

$

$

2,463.4
54.8
2,518.2

127.8

108.6
147.0
(236.0)

$

$

$

3,763.8
55.0
3,818.8

314.3

179.1
207.3
(236.0)

— $

(55.0)
(55.0) $

3,763.8
—
3,763.8

— $

314.3

—
—
—

$

179.1
207.3
(236.0)
(3.6)
183.1

15.8
(0.1)
(31.3)

133

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

$

$
$
$

Year Ended December 31, 2016
Sales:
External customers
Intersegment sales
Total sales
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
Adjusted EBITDA
Reconciling items to net loss:
Depreciation and amortization

Realized gain (loss) on derivatives, not reflected
in net loss or settled in a prior period
Impairment charges
Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliate
Unrealized gain on derivatives
Interest expense

Equity-based compensation and other items
Income tax expense
Net loss from continuing operations

b. Geographic Information

Specialty
Products

Fuel
Products

Combined
Segments

Eliminations

Consolidated
Total

$

1,252.3
2.5
1,254.8

$
(0.3) $
$

188.9

$

2,222.0
34.5
2,256.5

$
(18.0) $
(10.1) $

$

3,474.3
37.0
3,511.3

$
(18.3) $
$
178.8

74.7

1.9
1.9
—

110.5

(8.3)
34.0
113.9

185.2

(6.4)
35.9
113.9

— $

(37.0)
(37.0) $
— $
— $

—

—
—
—

$

3,474.3
—
3,474.3
(18.3)
178.8

185.2

(6.4)
35.9
113.9
(19.9)
161.7

5.0
0.2
(296.8)

International sales accounted for less than 10% of consolidated sales in each of the three years ended December 31, 2018, 

2017 and 2016. Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets are domestically located.

c. Product Information

The Company offers specialty products primarily in categories consisting of lubricating oils, solvents, waxes, packaged and 
synthetic specialty products and other. Fuel products categories primarily consist of gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, asphalt, heavy fuel 
oils and other. The following table sets forth the major product category sales for each segment (dollars in millions):

Specialty products:
Lubricating oils
Solvents
Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products
Other

Total
Fuel products:
Gasoline
Diesel
Jet fuel
Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other

Total

Consolidated sales

d. Major Customers

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017

2016

$

$

600.1
331.9
117.0
256.8
76.6
1,382.4

683.1
910.0
100.1
421.9
2,115.1
3,497.5

17.2% $
9.5%
3.3%
7.3%
2.2%
39.5%

19.5%
26.0%
2.9%
12.1%
60.5%
100.0% $

584.2
274.4
117.2
260.7
63.9
1,300.4

948.5
877.9
135.0
502.0
2,463.4
3,763.8

15.5% $
7.3%
3.1%
6.9%
1.7%
34.5%

25.2%
23.4%
3.6%
13.3%
65.5%
100.0% $

538.7
237.7
128.7
244.7
102.5
1,252.3

844.3
808.4
117.5
451.8
2,222.0
3,474.3

15.5%
6.8%
3.7%
7.0%
3.0%
36.0%

24.3%
23.3%
3.4%
13.0%
64.0%
100.0%

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company had no customer that represented 10% or greater 

of consolidated sales.

e. Major Suppliers

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company had two suppliers that supplied approximately 

58.8%, 65.7% and 64.5%, respectively, of its crude oil supply.

134

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

21. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The table below sets forth selected quarterly financial data for each of the last two fiscal years (in millions, except unit and 

per unit data):

2018
Sales
Gross profit
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) available to limited partners
Limited partners’ interest basic and diluted income (loss) per
unit:

From continuing operations
From discontinued operations
Limited partners’ interest

Basic weighted average limited partner units outstanding

Diluted weighted average limited partner units outstanding

2017
Sales
Gross profit
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) available to limited partners
Limited partners’ interest basic and diluted net income (loss)
per unit:

From continuing operations
From discontinued operations
Limited partners’ interest

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Total (1)

$

750.5
113.2
(2.9)
(1.9)
(4.8)
(4.7)

$

945.5
123.4
(51.2)
(0.7)
(51.9)
(50.9)

$

953.5
104.3
(16.0)
(0.5)
(16.5)
(16.1)

$

848.0
95.8
19.1
(1.0)
18.1
17.7

3,497.5
436.7
(51.0)
(4.1)
(55.1)
(54.0)

(0.04) $
(0.02)
(0.06) $

(0.64) $
(0.01)
(0.65) $

(0.20) $
(0.01)
(0.21) $

0.24
(0.01)
0.23

$

$

(0.64)
(0.05)
(0.69)

78,045,360
78,045,360

77,730,458
77,730,458

77,783,879
77,783,879

78,086,357
78,218,831

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Total (1)

$

886.5
129.5
1.5
(7.7)
(6.2)
(6.1)

$

967.0
143.7
12.0
(2.4)
9.6
9.2

$

1,026.5
127.7
(26.1)
2.5
(23.6)
(23.1)

$

883.8
97.3
(18.7)
(64.9)
(83.6)
(81.9)

3,763.8
498.2
(31.3)
(72.5)
(103.8)
(101.7)

$

0.02
(0.10)
(0.08) $

0.15
(0.03)
0.12

$

$

(0.33) $
0.03
(0.30) $

(0.24) $
(0.82)
(1.06) $

(0.40)
(0.91)
(1.31)

$

$

$

$

$

$

Basic and diluted weighted average limited partner units
outstanding
Diluted weighted average limited partner units outstanding

77,412,634
78,259,909

77,554,815
77,714,112

77,632,784
77,931,605

77,784,534
77,784,534

(1)  The sum of the four quarters may not equal the total year due to rounding.

22. Subsequent Events 

As of March 1, 2019, the fair value of the Company’s senior notes has increased by approximately $151.2 million subsequent 

to December 31, 2018.

135

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, we have evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of 
our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of the design and 
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of 
the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable 
assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and 
communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow 
timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure  and  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods 
specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Based upon the evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial 
officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2018 at the reasonable 
assurance  level  due  to  the    material  weaknesses  described  below.  Notwithstanding  these  material  weaknesses,  management 
concluded that the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of the Company at December 31, 2018 in conformity with GAAP and our external auditors have issued an 
unqualified opinion on our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The  management  of  Calumet  Specialty  Products  Partners,  L.P.  (the  “Company”)  is  responsible  for  establishing  and 
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process 
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements 
for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly 
reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  Company;  (2) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are 
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, 
based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control - Integrated Framework” 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (“COSO”). During the 
quarter ended September 30, 2017, we implemented an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system on a company-wide basis, 
to improve the efficiency of certain financial and related transaction processes. As disclosed in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 
10-K, the implementation resulted in business and operational interruptions and three material weaknesses in internal control over 
financial reporting. 

As of December 31, 2018, the following two material weaknesses exist:

•  The ineffective design and implementation of effective controls with respect to the implementation of our enterprise 

resource planning (“ERP”) system consistent with our financial reporting requirements.  Specifically, management did 
not design effective controls over the ERP implementation to ensure appropriate data conversion and data integrity, or 
provide sufficient end user training to our employees to ensure that our employees could effectively operate the system 
and carry out their responsibilities.

•  The untimely and insufficient operation of controls in the financial statement close process, including lack of timely 

account reconciliation, analysis and review related to all financial statement accounts.

These material weaknesses resulted in not having adequate automated and manual controls designed and in place and not 

achieving the intended operating effectiveness of those controls impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures.

Given the two material weaknesses that exist as of December 31, 2018, we have concluded that internal control over 

financial reporting remains ineffective as of December 31, 2018. 

136

Table of Contents

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements and has issued an adverse report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which is included 
herein.

Update on Previously Reported Material Weaknesses  

We have continued to make progress as it relates to the remediation efforts of the three material weaknesses identified in 

the prior year. Our remediation efforts related to the ineffective design and maintenance of IT general controls for our ERP 
system have been implemented and operated for a sufficient period of time to report as remediated as of December 31, 2018. A 
brief description of the actions that were taken to remediate this material weakness is included below. For the other two material 
weaknesses described above, these remain subject to ongoing review by our senior management, as well as oversight by the 
audit committee of the board of directors, and we will continue to take the necessary measures to implement our remediation 
plan, as described below, in the coming year.

The following actions were taken to remediate the material weakness related to the ineffective design and maintenance of 
IT general controls related to the Company’s ERP system identified as of December 31, 2017. After completing our testing of 
the design and operating effectiveness of these controls, we have concluded that this material weakness has been remediated.

•  User Access IT General Controls - We addressed segregation of duties conflicts in addition to developing controls so 

that appropriate system access rights are granted to system users and controls related to routine reviews of user system 
access. In addition, we implemented a new delegation of authority policy.

• 

Program Change IT General Controls - We have developed and implemented a suite of controls over the initiation, 
testing and approval of program change activities. 

Planned Remediation Efforts to Address Remaining Material Weaknesses

In order to remediate the remaining two material weaknesses, we are taking the following steps to improve our overall 
processes and controls:

•  Corporate Governance and Oversight - We hired a new Chief Accounting Officer in September 2017 who has 

significant SAP and ERP implementation experience to help enhance the capabilities of existing management to 
oversee the ongoing work being completed to help stabilize the ERP system and oversee the key enhancements needed 
to enable us to realize the value of the system. In addition, we re-organized the IT organization and are further 
enhancing the accounting organization to better equip the teams to manage the changes resulting from the ERP system.

•  Data Integrity and Data Conversion - We have implemented certain additional controls around data management and 

review controls.

•  End User Training - To reinforce the importance of our control environment across the Company, we are developing 

and providing additional training to employees to enhance their understanding of the new ERP system so that they can 
effectively operate the system and related controls. In addition, we are also developing, enhancing and implementing 
the remaining necessary trainings and standardized policies in other areas of accounting to communicate and reinforce 
individual accountability for performance of internal control responsibilities across the Company.

• 

Financial Statement Close Process - We are reviewing, analyzing, and properly documenting our processes related to 
internal controls over financial reporting. We are designing and implementing effective review and approval controls. 
We are also designing and implementing effective review and approval controls over account reconciliations, journal 
entries, complex and non-routine transactions and management estimates across our remaining internal control 
processes. These controls will address the accuracy and completeness of the data used in the performance of the 
respective control.

The Company started the remediation process outlined above prior to September 30, 2017 and it will continue for the 
remaining two material weaknesses into fiscal year 2019. We continue to progress in the execution of our remediation plan and 
are committed to continuing to review and improve our internal control processes and financial reporting controls and 
procedures. When fully implemented and operational, we believe the measures described above will remediate the control 
deficiencies that led to the material weaknesses and strengthen our internal controls over financial reporting. As we continue to 
evaluate and work to improve our internal controls over financial reporting, we may determine to take additional measures to 
address control deficiencies or modify certain activities of the remediation measures described above.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As described above in the “Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting” section, we have 

undertaken remediation actions to address the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. These 

137

Table of Contents

remediation actions continued throughout the quarter ended December 31, 2018 but have not materially affected our internal 
control over financial reporting. 

With the exception of the foregoing remediation actions and the changes described in the previous section, there have been 

no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2018 that have materially 
affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

138

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of Calumet GP, LLC
General Partner and the Partners of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses described below 
on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (the Company) has not maintained 
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on the COSO criteria.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a 
reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or 
detected  on  a  timely  basis.  The  following  material  weaknesses  have  been  identified  and  included  in  management’s  assessment. 
Management has identified material weaknesses related to (i) the ineffective design and implementation of effective controls with respect 
to the implementation of the organization’s enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system and (ii) the untimely and insufficient operation 
of controls in the financial statement close process, including lack of timely account reconciliations, analysis and review related to all 
financial statement accounts.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), 
the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, 
comprehensive loss, partners' capital and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related 
notes. These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 
2018 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 7, 2019 which expressed an unqualified 
opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion 
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 
Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company 
in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
March 7, 2019 

139

Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information

On March 1, 2019, Calumet GP, LLC (the “Company”), the general partner of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., 

notified William A. Anderson, the Executive Vice President - Sales that his position was being eliminated and that his 
employment with the Company would end on March 22, 2019.  

140

Table of Contents

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers of Our General Partner and Corporate Governance

Management of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and Director Independence

PART III

Our general partner, Calumet GP, LLC, manages our operations and activities. Unitholders are limited partners and are not 
entitled to elect the directors of our general partner or directly or indirectly participate in our management or operations. Our 
general partner owes certain contractual duties to our unitholders pursuant to various provisions of our partnership agreement as 
well as fiduciary duties to its owners.

The directors of our general partner oversee our operations. The owners of our general partner have appointed eight members 
to our general partner’s board of directors. The directors of our general partner are generally elected by a majority vote of the 
owners of our general partner on an annual basis. However, as long as our executive vice chairman of our general partner, F. 
William Grube, and trusts, established for the benefit of his family members or Permitted Transferees (as defined in our partnership 
agreement), continue to own at least 30% of the membership interests in our general partner, Mr. Grube (or in certain specified 
instances, his designee or transferee) has the right to serve as a director of our general partner. The directors of our general partner 
hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification or until their successors have been elected and 
qualified. 

Pursuant  to  Section 4360  of  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market,  LLC  Marketplace  Rules  (“NASDAQ  Rules”),  a  listed  limited 
partnership like us is not required to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors of our general partner or 
to  establish  a  compensation  committee  or  a  nominating/governance  committee.  However,  four  of  our  general  partner’s  eight 
directors are “independent” as that term is defined in the NASDAQ Rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. In determining 
the independence of each director, our general partner has adopted standards that incorporate the NASDAQ Rules and Exchange 
Act standards. Our general partner’s independent directors as determined in accordance with those standards are: James S. Carter, 
Robert E. Funk, Stephen P. Mawer and Daniel L. Sheets. The board of directors held five meetings during 2018.

The officers of our general partner manage the day-to-day affairs of our business. Officers serve at the discretion of the board 

of directors.

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table shows information regarding the directors and executive officers of Calumet GP, LLC as of March 7, 

2019:

Name
Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.
F. William Grube
Timothy Go
D. West Griffin
Bruce A. Fleming
Christopher H. Bohnert
William A. Anderson
James S. Carter
Robert E. Funk
Stephen P. Mawer
Daniel J. Sajkowski
Amy M. Schumacher
Daniel L. Sheets

Age
68
71
52
58
62
52
50
70
73
54
59
48
61

Position with Calumet GP, LLC

Chairman of the Board
Executive Vice Chairman
Chief Executive Officer
Executive Vice President — Chief Financial Officer
Executive Vice President — Strategy & Growth
Chief Accounting Officer
Executive Vice President — Sales and Innovation
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director

Each director’s biographical information set forth below includes the particular experience and qualifications that led the 

board of directors to conclude that the director is qualified to serve in such capacity.

Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. has served as the chairman of the board of our general partner since September 2005. Mr. Fehsenfeld 
also served as the vice chairman of the board of our Predecessor from 1990 until our initial public offering. Mr. Fehsenfeld has 
worked for The Heritage Group in various capacities since 1977 and has served as its managing trustee since 1980. Mr. Fehsenfeld 
received his B.S. in mechanical engineering from Duke University and his M.S. in management from the Massachusetts Institute 
of Technology Sloan School.

As co-founder of our Predecessor, Mr. Fehsenfeld has an extensive knowledge base regarding the Company’s operations and 
has participated in all major strategic decision making for the Company and our Predecessor since their inception. In his role as 

141

Table of Contents

managing trustee of The Heritage Group, Mr. Fehsenfeld serves in lead executive roles, including the role of chairman and chief 
executive officer, for a multitude of different companies within The Heritage Group, providing a breadth of experience in leadership 
and management across a wide variety of industries, including energy. Since 2008, Mr. Fehsenfeld has served as chairman of the 
board of directors of Heritage-Crystal Clean, Inc., a publicly-traded environmental services company which is owned in part by 
The Heritage Group. Mr. Fehsenfeld is the father of Amy M. Schumacher, member of the board of directors of our general partner.

F. William Grube has served as the executive vice chairman of the board of our general partner since April 2015. From January 
2011 through April 2015, Mr. Grube served as chief executive officer and vice chairman of the board of our general partner. From 
September 2005 through December 2010, Mr. Grube served as chief executive officer, president and director of our general partner. 
Mr. Grube has also served as president and chief executive officer of our Predecessor from 1990 until our initial public offering. 
From 1973 to 1989, Mr. Grube served as executive vice president of Rock Island Refining Corporation. Mr. Grube received his 
B.S. in chemical engineering from Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology and his M.B.A. from Harvard University. 

As co-founder of our Predecessor and through his role as prior chief executive officer, Mr. Grube possesses unique experience 
relative to the management of the Company on a day-to-day basis over a significant time period and across all functional areas of 
the Company. Mr. Grube has significant technical expertise in refining developed over the course of his career, with both the 
Company and our Predecessor, as well as another refining company which specialized in the production of fuel products.

Timothy Go has served as chief executive officer of our general partner since January 2016. Prior to joining the Company, 
Mr. Go served as vice president — operations of Flint Hills Resources, LP, a wholly owned subsidiary of Koch Industries, Inc., 
since July 2013. From 2011 through 2013, Mr. Go served as vice president — operations excellence of Flint Hills Resources, LP. 
From August 2008 through 2011, Mr. Go served as managing director — operations excellence of Koch Industries, Inc. From 
1989 to 2008, Mr. Go served in various technical and managerial roles with Exxon Mobil. Mr. Go received a B.S. in chemical 
engineering from the University of Texas at Austin.

D. West Griffin has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of our general partner since January 2017. 
Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Griffin was a founder and served as the chief financial officer of Energy XXI (Bermuda) Limited 
(also known as Energy XXI Ltd.) from 2005 to 2014. In 2004, Mr. Griffin served as chief financial officer of Alon USA. From 
1999 through 2002, Mr. Griffin served as chief financial officer of InterGen North America. Mr. Griffin received his B.E. and his 
M.B.A from Dartmouth College.

Bruce A. Fleming has served as executive vice president — strategy & growth of our general partner since March 2016.  Prior 
to joining the Company, Mr. Fleming served as the vice president of mergers & acquisitions at Tesoro Corporation and as an officer 
of Tesoro Companies Inc. since 2004. From 1997 through 2004, Mr. Fleming served as managing director of Hong Kong-based 
Orient Refining Ltd., and from 1981 through 1996 he held senior operations, business development and planning roles with Amoco 
Oil and Amoco Corporation where he was most recently vice president of China business development. Mr. Fleming earned a 
Ph.D. in chemical engineering from Princeton University and a B.S. in chemical engineering from the University of Delaware. He 
is a member of the Board of M&A Standards.

Christopher H. Bohnert has served as the chief accounting officer of our general partner since September 2017. Prior to joining 
the Company, Mr. Bohnert, served as chief accounting officer of Titan International, Inc. since 2015. From 2014 to 2015, Mr. 
Bohnert served as chief financial officer and vice president, finance at Silgan Plastics, a plastic packaging manufacturer and, from 
2005-2012, he served as chief financial officer of AB Mauri North America, a bakery ingredient manufacturer. Mr. Bohnert received 
his B.S. in economics and accounting from the University of Missouri (Columbia) and a Master’s in accountancy from the University 
of South Carolina.

William A. Anderson has served as executive vice president — sales and innovation of our general partner since January 2018. 
From October 2014 through January 2018, Mr. Anderson served as the executive vice president — sales. From October 2012 
through October 2014, Mr. Anderson served as vice president — marketing and new products. From September 2005 through 
September 2012, Mr. Anderson served as vice president — sales of our general partner. Mr. Anderson served as vice president — 
sales and marketing of our Predecessor from 2000 until our initial public offering and served in various other capacities from 1993 
to 2000. Mr. Anderson received his B.A. in communications from DePauw University.

James S. Carter has served as a member of the board of directors of our general partner since January 2006. Mr. Carter worked 
in various capacities at ExxonMobil including vice president of U.S. marketing and sales of fuels and specialty products, manager 
of U.S. refining and marketing planning and analysis, manager of U.S. distribution activities, analysis manager of ExxonMobil 
International, and advisor to ExxonMobil headquarters for European refining and marketing until his retirement in 2003. Mr. Carter 
is a member of the Association of Audit Committee Members, Inc. Mr. Carter received his B.S. in mechanical engineering from 
Clemson University and his M.B.A. in finance and accounting from Tulane University.

Mr. Carter brings extensive marketing and managerial experience with one of the largest integrated energy companies in the 
world.  He  possesses  a  broad  background  in  petroleum  products  marketing,  with  specific  experience  in  the  marketing  of  fuel 
products.

142

Table of Contents

Robert E. Funk has served as a member of the board of directors of our general partner since January 2006. Mr. Funk previously 
served  as  vice  president  —  corporate  planning  and  economics  of  CITGO  Petroleum  Corporation,  a  refiner  and  marketer  of 
transportation fuels, lubricants, petrochemicals, refined waxes, asphalt and other industrial products, from 1997 until his retirement 
in December 2004. Mr. Funk previously served CITGO or its predecessor, Cities Services Company, as general manager — facilities 
planning from 1988 to 1997, general manager — lubricants operations from 1983 to 1988 and manager — refinery east, Lake 
Charles refinery from 1982 to 1983. Mr. Funk received his B.S. in chemical engineering from the University of Kansas.

Mr. Funk  has  extensive  refining  industry  experience  including  planning,  operations  and  managerial  roles  for  a  large 
multinational refining company. His broad background of experience provides helpful insight to the Company in its implementation 
of strategic initiatives and its refinery operations in general.

Stephen P. Mawer has served as a board member of our general partner since March 2016. He retired as president of Koch 
Supply & Trading in 2014 following a 27-year career in commodities trading, risk management and refining operations. While at 
Koch, Mr. Mawer led global commodities trading and served as a senior member of the Koch Industries management team. Mr. 
Mawer holds Bachelor’s and Master’s degrees in chemical engineering from the University of Cambridge, England. Currently, he 
serves as a member of the Board of Directors at Zenith Energy Management, a midstream company, as well as chairman of ClimeCo 
Corporation, an environmental commodities development and management company. He also serves as a member of the advisory 
board of Heritage Environmental Services.

Mr. Mawer brings extensive knowledge of petroleum markets, refining economics, supply/marketing optimization and risk 

management.

Daniel J. Sajkowski has served as a member of the board  of directors of our general partner since September 2014. Mr. 
Sajkowski has served as executive vice president, Growth and New Ventures of The Heritage Group since 2013. Prior to joining 
The Heritage Group, Mr. Sajkowski was the senior director — downstream technology at Sapphire Energy from 2010 until 2013. 
From 2004 to 2010, Mr. Sajkowski served as business unit leader at BP’s Whiting, Indiana refinery. During his career with BP/
Amoco, Mr. Sajkowski also held positions as the manager of integrated supply and trading from 2002 until 2004 and vice president 
of refining technology from 2000 until 2002. Mr. Sajkowski earned his B.S. and M.S. degrees in chemical engineering from the 
University of Michigan and a Ph.D. in chemical engineering from Stanford University. He also completed The General Manager 
Program at Harvard University.

Mr. Sajkowski has extensive refining industry experience including planning, operations and managerial roles for a large 
multinational refining company. His broad background of experience provides helpful insight to the Company in its implementation 
of strategic initiatives and its refinery operations in general.

Amy M. Schumacher has served as a member of the board of directors of our general partner since September 2014. Ms. 
Schumacher has served as the president of Monument Chemicals, Inc. and Haltermann Solutions since 2010. In addition, in July 
2016, Ms. Schumacher assumed the role of president of The Heritage Group. Prior to joining Monument Chemicals, Inc. and 
Haltermann Solutions, Ms. Schumacher worked in various capacities for The Heritage Group leading a variety of growth projects 
from 2003 until 2010. From 1998 to 2003, Ms. Schumacher was a consultant with Accenture. Ms. Schumacher received her B.S. 
in civil engineering from Purdue University and her M.S. in management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology Sloan 
School. Ms. Schumacher currently serves as a trustee for The Heritage Group and sits on a number of private subsidiary boards. 
Ms. Schumacher is the daughter of Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., the chairman of the board of our general partner.

Ms. Schumacher has extensive managerial experience including planning and strategy. She possesses a broad background 

within the chemicals industry, with specific experience in strategic growth projects.

Daniel L. Sheets has served as a member of the board of directors of our general partner since October 2018. Mr. Sheets 
worked in various capacities at Lubrizol including president of Lubrizol Additives from 2009 through his retirement in 2018 and 
vice president from 2005 to 2008. Prior to that time, Mr. Sheets served as vice president for engine additives and served as global 
business manager for fuels, refinery and oilfield products at Lubrizol. Mr. Sheets received his B.S. in electrical engineering from 
Pennsylvania State University.

Mr. Sheets has extensive strategy, supply chain, sales and marketing and value capture experience. He possesses a broad 
background in petroleum products marketing, with specific experience in the marketing of lubricants, lubricant additives and 
specialty chemicals.

143

Table of Contents

Board of Directors Committees

Conflicts Committee

Two members of the board of directors of our general partner serve on a conflicts committee to review specific matters that 
the board believes may involve conflicts of interest. The conflicts committee determines if the resolution of the conflict of interest 
is fair and reasonable to us. The members of the conflicts committee may not be owners, officers or employees of our general 
partner or directors, officers, or employees of its affiliates, and must meet the independence and experience standards established 
by NASDAQ and the Exchange Act to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors, and certain other requirements. Any 
matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our 
partners, and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders. The two independent board 
members who serve on the conflicts committee are Messrs. James S. Carter and Robert E. Funk. Mr. Funk serves as the chairman 
of the conflicts committee. The conflicts committee held seven meetings during 2018.

Compensation Committee

The board of directors of our general partner also has a compensation committee which, among other responsibilities, has 
overall responsibility for evaluating and either approving or recommending to the board of directors the director, chief executive 
officer and senior executive compensation plans, policies and programs of the Company. NASDAQ does not require a limited 
partnership like us to have a compensation committee comprised entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, Messrs. Fred M. 
Fehsenfeld, Jr., Stephen P. Mawer and Ms. Amy M. Schumacher serve as members of our compensation committee. Mr. Mawer 
serves as the chairman of the compensation committee. Mr. Fehsenfeld and Ms. Schumacher are not independent members of the 
compensation committee. The compensation committee held five meetings during 2018.

The board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee which defines the scope of the committee’s 
authority. The committee may form and delegate some or all of its authority to subcommittees comprised of committee members 
when it deems appropriate. The committee is responsible for reviewing and recommending to the board of directors for its approval 
the  annual  salary  and  other  compensation  components  for  the  chief  executive  officer.  The  committee  reviews  and  makes 
recommendations to the board of directors for its approval of any of the Company’s equity compensation-based plans, including 
the Long-Term Incentive Plan, or any cash bonus or incentive compensation plans or programs. Also, the committee reviews and 
approves all annual salary and other compensation arrangements and components for the senior executives of the Company. Further, 
the  compensation  committee  periodically  reviews  and  makes  a  recommendation  to  the  board  of  directors  for  changes  in  the 
compensation of all directors. The committee has the authority to retain or terminate any compensation consultant that assists it 
in the evaluation of director and senior executive compensation and to obtain independent advice and assistance from internal and 
external legal, accounting and other advisors. The committee did not engage an independent compensation consultant for the 2018 
year.

Audit Committee

The board of directors of our general partner has an audit committee comprised of four directors, Messrs. James S. Carter, 
Robert E. Funk, Stephen P. Mawer and Daniel L. Sheets, each of whom the board of directors of our general partner has determined 
meets the independence and experience standards established by NASDAQ and the SEC. In addition, the board of directors of our 
general partner has determined that Mr. Carter is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC. Mr. Carter serves 
as the chairman of the audit committee. The audit committee held nine meetings during 2018.

The board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee. The audit committee assists the board of directors 
in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and corporate 
policies and controls. The audit committee has the sole authority to retain and terminate our independent registered public accounting 
firm, approves all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof and pre-approves any non-audit services to be rendered 
by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee is also responsible for confirming the independence 
and objectivity of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm is given 
unrestricted access to the audit committee.

Risk Committee

The board of directors of our general partner has established a risk committee which, among other responsibilities, oversees 
the Company’s risk assessment practices. Messrs. Robert E. Funk, Stephen P. Mawer and Daniel J. Sajkowski serve as members 
of our risk committee. Mr. Sajkowski serves as the chairman of the risk committee. The board of directors has adopted a written 
charter for the risk committee which defines the scope of the committee’s authority. The risk committee held four meetings during 
2018.

144

Table of Contents

Strategy and Growth Committee

The  board  of  directors  of  our  general  partner  has  established  a  strategy  and  growth  committee  which,  among  other 
responsibilities, oversees our (i) long-term strategy, (ii) risks and opportunities relating to such strategy, (iii) strategic decisions 
regarding investments, mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, (iv) capitalization, (v) ownership structure and (vi) distribution 
policy. Messrs. Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., F. William Grube, Robert E. Funk and Stephen P. Mawer serve as members of the strategy 
and growth committee. The board of directors has adopted a written charter for the strategy and growth committee which defines 
the scope of the committee’s authority. The strategy and growth committee held three meetings during 2018.

Talent and Leadership Development Committee

The board of directors of our general partner has established a talent and leadership development committee which, among 
other responsibilities, monitors our strategic, long-term, and sustainable approach to talent and development issues relating to 
people. Messrs. Daniel J. Sajkowski, Daniel L. Sheets and Ms. Amy M. Schumacher serve as members of our talent and leadership 
development committee. Ms. Schumacher serves as the chairwoman of the talent and leadership development committee. The 
board of directors has adopted a written charter for the talent and leadership development committee which defines the scope of 
the committee’s authority. The talent and leadership development committee held four meetings during 2018.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all directors, officers, employees and contractors.

Available on our website at www.calumetspecialty.com are copies of our board of director’s committee charters and Code of 
Business Conduct and Ethics, all of which also will be provided to unitholders without charge upon their written request to: Investor 
Relations, Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., 2780 Waterfront Parkway East Drive, Suite 200, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46214.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires Calumet’s directors and certain executive officers, 
as well as beneficial owners of ten percent or more of Calumet’s common units, to report their holdings and transactions in Calumet’s 
securities. Based on information furnished to Calumet and contained in reports filed pursuant to Section 16(a), as well as written 
representations that no other reports were required for 2018, Calumet’s directors and executive officers filed all reports required 
by Section 16(a) with the exception of one late filing related to the vesting of phantom units into common units delivered on 
October 12, 2018, for Christopher H. Bohnert.

Item 11. Executive and Director Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

For purposes of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the compensation tables that follow, the names and positions 

of our named executive officers for the 2018 fiscal year were:

•  Timothy Go — Chief Executive Officer

• 

F. William Grube — Executive Vice Chairman of the Board

•  D. West Griffin — Executive Vice President — Chief Financial Officer

•  Bruce A. Fleming — Executive Vice President — Strategy & Growth

•  William A. Anderson — Executive Vice President — Sales and Innovation

Effective March 22, 2019, Mr. Anderson will no longer be employed by Calumet. However, he served as an executive officer 
during  the  2018  fiscal  year  and  accordingly  is  deemed  to  be  a  “named  executive  officer”  for  that  period  for  purposes  of  the 
compensation disclosures that follow.

The compensation committee of the board of directors of our general partner oversees our compensation programs. Our general 
partner  maintains  compensation  and  benefits  programs  designed  to  allow  us  to  attract,  motivate  and  retain  the  best  possible 
employees to manage us, including executive compensation programs designed to reward the achievement of both short-term and 
long-term  goals  necessary  to  promote  growth  and  generate  positive  unitholder  returns.  Our  general  partner’s  executive 
compensation programs are based on a pay-for-performance philosophy, including measurement of our performance against the 
specified financial target of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below). Our executive compensation programs include both long-term 
and short-term compensation elements which, together with base salary and employee benefits, constitute a total compensation 
package intended to be competitive with similar companies.

Under their collective authority, the compensation committee and the board of directors maintain the right to develop and 
modify compensation programs and policies as they deem appropriate. Factors they may consider in making decisions to materially 
increase or decrease compensation include our overall financial performance, our growth over time, our changes in complexity 
145

Table of Contents

as well as individual executive job scope, complexity and performance, and changes in competitive compensation practices in our 
defined labor markets. In determining any forms of compensation other than the base salary for the senior executives, or in the 
case of the chief executive officer, the recommendation to the board of directors of the forms of compensation for the chief executive 
officer,  the  compensation  committee  considers  our  financial  performance  and  relative  unitholder  return,  the  value  of  similar 
incentive awards to senior executives at comparable companies and the awards given to senior executives in past years.

Financial Performance Metric Used in Compensation Programs

Our primary business objectives are to generate cash flows, reduce debt leverage and grow our business. As a result, our 
Adjusted EBITDA is the primary measurement of performance taken into account in setting policies and making compensation 
decisions, as we believe this represents the most comprehensive measurement of our ability to generate cash flows. Both short-
term and long-term forms of executive compensation are specifically structured on our achievement relative to the annual Adjusted 
EBITDA goal and, as such, determination of related awards, as well as their grant or payment, occurs subsequent to the end of 
each fiscal year upon final determination of Adjusted EBITDA (defined below). We believe that including these financial objectives 
as the primary performance measurements to determine compensation awards for all of our executive officers recognizes the 
integrated and collaborative effort required by the full executive team to maximize performance. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-
GAAP measure that we define, consistent with the terms of our revolving credit agreement and senior notes indentures. The most 
directly  comparable  GAAP  performance  measure  for Adjusted  EBITDA  is  Net  loss.  Please  refer  to  Part  II,  Item 6  “Selected 
Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA.

Review of Named Executive Officer Performance

The compensation committee reviews, on an annual basis, each compensation element for a named executive officer. In each 
case,  the  compensation  committee  takes  into  account  the  scope  of  responsibilities  and  experience  and  balances  these  against 
competitive salary levels. The compensation committee has the opportunity to meet with the named executive officers at various 
times during the year, which allows the compensation committee to form its own assessment of each individual’s performance.

Objectives of Compensation Programs

Our executive compensation programs are designed with the following primary objectives:

• 

reward strong individual performance that drives our positive financial results;

•  make incentive compensation a significant portion of an executive’s total compensation, designed to balance short-term 

• 

• 

and long-term performance;

align the interests of our executives with those of our unitholders; and

attract,  develop  and  retain  executives  with  a  compensation  structure  that  is  competitive  with  other  publicly-traded 
partnerships of similar size.

Elements of Executive Compensation

The compensation committee believes the total compensation and benefits program for our named executive officers should 

consist of the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

base salary;

annual incentive plan which includes short-term cash awards and also includes an optional deferred compensation element;

long-term incentive compensation, including unit-based awards;

retirement, health and welfare benefits; and

perquisites.

These elements are designed to constitute an integrated executive compensation structure meant to incentivize a high level 

of individual executive officer performance in line with our financial and operating goals.

Base Salary

Design. Salaries provide executives with a base level of semi-monthly income as consideration for fulfillment of certain roles 
and responsibilities. The salary program assists us in achieving our objective of attracting and retaining the services of quality 
individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of Calumet. Generally, changes in the base salary levels for our 
named executive officers are determined on an annual basis by the compensation committee of the board of directors and are 
effective at the beginning of the following fiscal year.

Results. The 2018 and 2017 base salaries for Messrs. Go, Grube, Griffin, Fleming and Anderson are as follows:

146

Table of Contents

Timothy Go (1)
F. William Grube
D. West Griffin
Bruce F. Fleming
William A. Anderson

2018 Base Salary

2017 Base Salary

$
$
$
$
$

500,000
454,363
412,008
398,475
333,259

$
$
$
$
$

500,000
454,363
400,000
385,000
325,130

(1) The 2018 Base Salary for Mr. Go was increased, effective August 16th, 2018 to $600,000 to be prorated over the remainder 
of the year.

Compensation  Changes  for  2019.  With  respect  to  our  named  executive  officers,  the  compensation  committee  approved 
increased salaries for certain executives as part of its annual salary review process. Effective January 1, 2019, the base salaries 
were increased for Messrs. Griffin and Fleming to $424,369 and $410,429, respectively.

Short-Term Cash Bonus Awards

Design. Under the Annual Bonus Program Cash Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Cash Incentive Plan”), short-term cash 
bonus awards are designed to aid us in retaining and motivating executives to assist us in meeting our financial performance 
objectives on an annual basis. Short-term cash awards were granted to named executive officers based on Adjusted EBITDA 
performance targets in 2018. We chose a performance metric that was applicable to all named executive officers. We believe this 
goal establishes a direct link between executive compensation and our financial performance.

The compensation committee establishes minimum, target and stretch incentive opportunities for each executive officer and 
other key employees expressed as a percentage of base salary. The compensation committee may determine whether the applicable 
performance period will be a full calendar year or a specific portion of a calendar year, depending upon our incentive goals for 
the short-term cash awards for that year. For the 2018 award, the amount that is paid out is based on our achievement of a minimum, 
target, or stretch level of Adjusted EBITDA during the entire fiscal year. At the recommendation of the compensation committee, 
the board of directors approved Adjusted EBITDA targets for the performance period based on budgets prepared by management. 
When  making  the  annual  determination  of  the  minimum  goal,  target  goal  and  stretch  goal  levels  of Adjusted  EBITDA,  the 
compensation committee and the board of directors considered the specific circumstances facing us during the year. Generally, 
the compensation committee seeks to set the minimum goal, target goal and stretch goal levels such that the relative challenge of 
achieving each level is consistent from year to year. The expectation that management will achieve the minimum goal level is 
high, while meaningful additional effort would be required to achieve the target goal and considerable additional effort would be 
required to achieve the stretch goal.

Generally, no awards are paid under the Cash Incentive Plan unless we achieve at least the minimum performance goal, as 
applicable. If the minimum, target or stretch level Adjusted EBITDA goal is achieved for 2018, participants in the plan will receive 
their minimum, target or stretch cash award opportunity, respectively. If our Adjusted EBITDA is between specified goal levels, 
participants are eligible to receive a prorated percentage of their cash award opportunity based on where the actual Adjusted 
EBITDA amount falls between the levels.

For Messrs. Go, Griffin, Fleming and Anderson, if any, earned awards will be paid 50% in cash and 50% in fully vested 
phantom unit awards that will be deferred into our Deferred Compensation Plan. All phantom units granted will be granted with 
distribution equivalent rights (“DERs”).

2018 Target Goal and Results. For fiscal year 2018, the minimum Adjusted EBITDA goal was $200.0 million, the target goal 
was  $300.0  million  and  the  stretch  goal  was  $400.0  million  for  all  named  executive  officers.  For  the  reasons  described  in 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — 2018 Update,” we exceeded our 
minimum goal for the 2018 Adjusted EBITDA as defined in the Cash Incentive Plan, and achieved an Adjusted EBITDA of $263.9 
million.

The following table summarizes the levels of cash award opportunity for each eligible named executive officer for 2018:

Timothy Go, D. West Griffin, Bruce A. Fleming and William A. Anderson
F. William Grube

147

Cash Incentive Bonus Award 
Opportunity as a
Percentage of Base Salary(1)

Minimum
50%
25%

Target
150%
50%

Stretch
250%
100%

 
 
Table of Contents

(1)  Company performance goals are based on Adjusted EBITDA.

The compensation committee may also subject a portion of the award to individual performance goals. With respect to Messrs. 
Go, Griffin and Fleming, 70% of the 2018 award will be based upon the company performance goal noted above, and 30% on 
individual performance goals. With respect to Mr. Anderson, 25% will be based on the company performance goal noted above 
and 75% will be based upon individual performance goals.

For 2018, the Adjusted EBITDA was set at the budgeted amount, a level that the board of directors believed reflected the 
reasonable expectations management had for our financial performance during the fiscal year and likely to be achieved given 
actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved for the 2017 fiscal year. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations — 2018 Update,” for a discussion of the factors that impacted our results. For the 2017 year, 
compensation targets were based on both the ratio of Net Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. Upon the 
recommendation of the compensation committee, the board of directors changed the primary measurement of performance for 
compensation purposes solely to Adjusted EBITDA for 2018. We believe this represents the most comprehensive measurement 
of our financial performance of our assets.

The following tables reflect our minimum, target and stretch goals for the 2017 and 2018 Cash Incentive Plan awards: 

Ratio of Net Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA (Dollars in millions)

Fiscal Year
2018(1)
2017(2)

Actual
NA
6.4

Min. Goal
NA
11.4

Target Goal
NA
6.7

Stretch Goal
NA
5.0

Actual
$263.9
$317.2

Min. Goal
$200.0
$175.0

Target Goal
$300.0
$300.0

Stretch Goal
$400.0
$400.0

(1)  2018 targets were set based on expected Company performance after the divestitures of Anchor and Superior, which were 

divested during the 2017 fiscal year.

(2)  For the 2017 year, compensation targets were based on both the ratio of Net Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA and 

Adjusted EBITDA.

Individual Performance and Personal Objectives. The Compensation Committee evaluates the individual performance of, 
and performance objectives for, our named executive officers. Individual performance and objectives are specific to each officer 
position and are set at the beginning of the fiscal year.

Criteria used to measure an individual’s performance may include assessment of objective criteria (e.g., execution of projects 
within budget parameters, improving profitability, or timely completing an acquisition or divestiture) as well as qualitative factors 
such as the executive’s ability to lead, ability to communicate, and successful adherence to our stated values (i.e., commitment to 
safety, commitment to integrity, respect, commitment to excellence, innovation, entrepreneurship and collaboration). There are 
no specific weights assigned to these various elements of performance.

Compensation  Changes  for  2019.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  compensation  committee,  the  board  of  directors  has 
approved new Adjusted EBITDA targets for the 2019 fiscal year based on budgets prepared by management. We do not disclose 
our confidential 2019 targets, which, if disclosed, would put us at a competitive disadvantage. However, we believe that management 
will achieve the 2019 minimum goal level, while meaningful additional effort would be required to achieve the target goal and 
considerable additional effort would be required to achieve the stretch goal. There is no guarantee that our named executive officers 
will receive an award related to the 2019 year. The 2019 targets and actual results will be fully discussed within our compensation 
disclosures for the 2019 year.

For further description of this compensation program, please see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Description of Cash Incentive Plan.”

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

Design. The compensation committee allows for the participation of the executive officers in the Calumet Specialty Products 
Partners, L.P. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) to encourage the officers to save for 
retirement and to assist us in retaining our officers. The Deferred Compensation Plan is intended to promote retention by giving 
employees an opportunity to save in a tax-efficient manner. The terms governing the retirement benefit under this plan for the 
executive officers are the same as those available for other eligible employees in the U.S. Pursuant to the Deferred Compensation 
Plan, a select group of management, including the named executive officers, and all of the non-employee directors are eligible to 
participate by making an annual irrevocable election to defer, in the case of management, all or a portion of their annual cash 
incentive award under the Cash Incentive Plan, and, in the case of non-management directors, all or none of their annual cash 
retainer. With respect to the 2018 year, all of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Grube, were required to defer 50% of 
any Cash Incentive Plan award into the Deferred Compensation Plan. The deferred amounts are credited to participants’ accounts 

148

Table of Contents

in the form of phantom units, with each such phantom unit representing a notional unit that entitles the holder to receive either an 
actual common unit or the cash value of a common unit (determined by using the fair market value of a common unit at the time 
a determination is needed). The phantom units credited to each participant’s account also receive distribution equivalent rights, 
which are credited to the participant’s account in the form of additional phantom units. In our sole discretion, we may make 
matching contributions of phantom units or purely discretionary contributions of phantom units, in amounts and at times as the 
compensation committee recommends and the board of directors approves. 

Results. We did not make any discretionary matching contributions of phantom units to the accounts of those participants in 

the Deferred Compensation Plan during 2018.

Long-Term Unit-Based Awards

Design. Long-term unit-based awards may consist of any type of award allowed pursuant to our Long-Term Incentive Plan, 
including phantom units, restricted units, unit options, substitution awards and DERs. These awards are granted to employees, 
consultants and directors of our general partner under the provisions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, originally 
adopted  on  January 24,  2006,  and  administered  by  the  compensation  committee. These  awards  aid  Calumet  in  retaining  and 
motivating executives to assist us in meeting our financial performance objectives.

In fiscal year 2018, the annual unit award opportunity provided to Mr. Grube consisted of the contingent right to receive 
phantom units. The equity-based awards provided to our named executive officers other than Mr. Grube for 2018 consisted solely 
of the phantom unit awards granted to the executives with respect to the 50% of their cash awards which were deferred into our 
Deferred Compensation Plan in the form of phantom units. Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, phantom units are generally 
granted  upon  our  achievement  of  specified  levels  of Adjusted  EBITDA,  with  adjustments  for  individual  performance. When 
granted, phantom units are subject to further time-based vesting criteria specified in the grant. Upon satisfaction of the time-based 
vesting criteria specified in the grant, phantom units convert into common units (or cash equivalent). Accordingly, these awards 
established  a  direct  link  between  executive  compensation  and  our  financial  performance.  This  component  of  executive 
compensation, when coupled with an extended ratable vesting period as compared to cash awards, further aligns the interests of 
applicable executives with our unitholders in the longer-term and reinforces unit ownership levels among executives.

Results. The following table reflects the target number of phantom units that could be awarded to Mr. Grube depending on 
whether we achieved the Adjusted EBITDA minimum, target or stretch goals discussed above in “Short-Term Cash Awards”. The 
phantom units that Mr. Grube will receive pursuant to the results of the 2018 Adjusted EBITDA goals and our long-term incentive 
program for 2018 will not be awarded to Mr. Grube until the first quarter of 2019 (therefore it will not be reflected within the 
Summary Compensation Table below as 2018 compensation), although we consider the grant to be part of Mr. Grube’s 2018 
compensation package. 

F. William Grube

2018 Phantom Unit Award Opportunity
Target
10,800

Minimum
5,400

Stretch
16,200

Phantom Units
To Be Granted (1)
10,800

(1)  Phantom units granted pursuant to our annual awards are subject to a time-vesting requirement, whereby 100% of the 
units vest on the third December 31st after the grant date. These phantom units will also receive DERs, if any, which 
would be paid in the form of cash.

For further description of this compensation program, please see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Description of Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

149

 
 
Table of Contents

Health and Welfare Benefits

We offer a variety of health and welfare benefits to all eligible employees of our general partner. These benefits are consistent 
with the types of benefits provided by our peer group and provided so as to ensure that we are able to maintain a competitive 
position in terms of attracting and retaining executive officers and other employees. In addition, the health and welfare programs 
are intended to protect employees against catastrophic loss and encourage a healthy lifestyle. The named executive officers generally 
are eligible for the same benefit programs on the same basis as the rest of our employees. Our health and welfare programs include 
medical, pharmacy, dental, life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance coverages. In addition, all employees working 
over 30 hours per week are eligible for long-term disability coverage. Long-term disability coverage benefits specific to the named 
executive officers provide for a compensation allowance, which is grossed up for the payment of taxes, to allow them to purchase 
long-term disability coverage on an after-tax basis at no net cost to them. As structured, these long-term disability benefits will 
pay 60% of monthly earnings, as defined by the policy, up to a maximum of $15,000 per month during a period of continuing 
disability up to normal retirement age, as defined by the policy. Executive officers and other key employees are also eligible to 
obtain annual executive physical examinations which are paid for by us. Decisions made with respect to this compensation element 
do not significantly factor into or affect decisions made with respect to other compensation elements.

Retirement Benefits

We provide the Calumet GP, LLC Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) to assist our eligible officers and employees 
in  providing  for  their  retirement.  Named  executive  officers  participate  in  the  same  retirement  savings  plan  as  other  eligible 
employees subject to ERISA limits. We match 100% of each 1% of eligible compensation contribution by the participant up to 
4% and 50% of each additional 1% of eligible compensation contribution up to 6%, for a maximum contribution by us of 5% of 
eligible compensation contributions per participant. These contributions are provided as a reward for prior contributions and future 
efforts toward our success and growth.

Perquisites

We provide executive officers with perquisites and other personal benefits that we believe are reasonable and consistent with 
our overall compensation programs and philosophy. These benefits are provided in order to enable us to attract and retain these 
executives. Decisions made with respect to this compensation element do not significantly factor into or affect decisions made 
with respect to other compensation elements.

All  named  executive  officers  are  provided  with  all,  or  certain  of,  the  following  benefits  as  a  supplement  to  their  other 

compensation:

•  Executive Physical Program: Generally, on an annual basis, we pay for a complete and professional personal physical 

exam for each named executive officer appropriate for his age to improve his health and productivity.

•  Club Memberships: We pay club membership fees for certain named executive officers. Although such club memberships 
may be used for personal purposes in addition to business entertainment purposes, each named executive officer having 
such a membership is responsible for the reimbursement to us or direct payment for any incremental costs above the base 
membership fees associated with his personal use of such membership.
Spousal and Family Travel: On an occasional basis, we pay expenses related to travel of the spouses or certain family 
members of our named executive officers in order to accompany the named executive officer to business-related events.
Long-Term Disability Insurance: We provide compensation to allow each named executive officer to purchase long-term 
disability insurance on an after-tax basis at no net cost to him.

• 

• 

•  Use of Company Aircraft: On an occasional basis, our named executive officers may be eligible to use a leased aircraft 
for personal use and the incremental cost to us is treated as and reflected in the tables below as compensation to the 
applicable officer for purposes of these disclosures. The items that we use to determine the incremental cost to us of these 
flights include the variable costs for personal use of aircraft that were charged to us by the vendor that operates the leased 
aircraft for contracted hourly costs, fuel charges, and taxes. 

•  Commuting and Living Expenses: In order for us to attract top executive talent, we must not be limited to those individuals 
residing in the Indianapolis metropolitan area and in some cases must be willing to offer payment or reimbursement for 
an agreed upon amount of relocation, commuting, temporary housing and other related costs.

The compensation committee periodically reviews the perquisite program to determine if adjustments are appropriate and 

noted the addition of payment of legal expenses was appropriate.

150

Table of Contents

Other Compensation Related Matters

Clawback Policy

The  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  was  last  amended  and  restated  on  December  10,  2015. This  amendment  included  a  new 
provision that addresses the potential need to recover awards granted under that plan. To the extent that applicable laws or listing 
standards would require it, or otherwise as determined appropriate by us, all awards granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan 
shall be subject to clawback, forfeiture, repurchase or recoupment, as appropriate.

Tax Implications of Executive Compensation

Because we are not an entity taxable as a corporation, many of the tax issues associated with executive compensation that 
face publicly-traded corporations do not directly affect us. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”) provides that 
amounts deferred under nonqualified deferred compensation plans are includable in a participant’s income when vested, unless 
certain requirements are met. If these requirements are not met, participants are also subject to an additional income tax and interest. 
All of our awards under our Long-Term Incentive Plan, severance arrangements and other nonqualified deferred compensation 
plans presently meet these requirements. As a result, employees will be taxed when the deferred compensation is actually paid to 
them. We will be entitled to a tax deduction at that time.

Executive Ownership of Units

While we have not adopted any security ownership requirements or policies for our executives, our executive compensation 
programs foster the enhancement of executives’ equity ownership through long-term unit-based awards under the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. Further, in 2006 several executives purchased a significant number of our common units as participants in a directed 
unit program in conjunction with our initial public offering. For a listing of security ownership by our named executive officers, 
refer to Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder Matters.”

The board of directors of our general partner has adopted the Insider Trading Policy of Calumet GP, LLC and Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P. (the “Insider Trading Policy”), which provides guidelines to employees, officers and directors with respect 
to transactions in our securities. Pursuant to Calumet’s Insider Trading Policy, all executive officers and directors must confer with 
our chief financial officer before effecting any put or call options for our securities. Further, the Insider Trading Policy states that 
we strongly discourage all such transactions by officers, directors and all other employees and consultants. The Insider Trading 
Policy is available on our website at www.calumetspecialty.com or a copy will be provided at no cost to unitholders upon their 
written request to: Investor Relations, Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., 2780 Waterfront Parkway East Drive, Suite 200, 
Indianapolis, Indiana, 46214.

Employment Agreements 

Our general partner has entered into employment agreements with Timothy Go, chief executive officer and F. William Grube, 
executive vice chairman to ensure they will perform their roles for an extended period of time given their position and value to 
us.  For  a  discussion  of  the  material  terms  of  the  employment  agreements,  please  refer  to  “Narrative  Disclosure  to  Summary 
Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Description of Employment Agreements.”

Under these employment agreements, the named executive officers are entitled to receive severance compensation if their 
employment is terminated under certain conditions, such as termination by the named executive officer for “good reason” or by 
us without “cause,” each as defined in the agreements and further described in “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change 
in Control.”

The employment agreements with the named executive officers and the related severance provisions are designed to meet the 

following objectives:

•  Change in Control: In certain scenarios, the potential for merger or being acquired may be in the best interests of our 
unitholders. We provide the potential for severance compensation to the named executive officers in the event of a change 
in control transaction to promote their ability to act in the best interests of our unitholders even though their employment 
could be terminated as a result of the transaction.
Termination without Cause: We believe severance compensation in such a scenario is appropriate because the named 
executive officers are bound by confidentiality, nonsolicitation and noncompetition provisions covering one year after 
termination and because we and the named executive officer have mutually agreed to a severance package that is in place 
prior to any termination event. This provides us with more flexibility to make a change in this executive position if such 
a change is in our and our unitholders’ best interests.

• 

The salary multiple of the change of control benefits, use of the single or double trigger change of control benefits and the 
amount of the severance payout were determined through negotiations with each named executive officer at the time that we 
entered into the employment agreements. Relative to the overall value to us, the compensation committee believes these potential 
benefits are reasonable.

151

Table of Contents

Report of the Compensation Committee for the Year Ended December 31, 2018 

The compensation committee of our general partner has reviewed and discussed our Compensation Discussion and Analysis 
with management. Based upon such review, the related discussion with management and such other matters deemed relevant and 
appropriate by the compensation committee, the compensation committee has recommended to the board of directors that our 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Members of the Compensation Committee:

Stephen P. Mawer, Chairman
Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.
Amy M. Schumacher

Summary Compensation Table

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  compensation  information  of  our  named  executive  officers  for  the  years  ended 

December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

Summary Compensation Table for 2018

Name and Principal Position
Timothy Go
Chief Executive Officer

F. William Grube
Executive Vice Chairman

D. West Griffin (1)
Executive Vice President - Chief 
Financial Officer
Bruce A. Fleming (2)
Executive Vice President - 
Strategy & Growth

William A. Anderson (7)
Executive Vice President - Sales

Year
2018
2017
2016
2018
2017
2016

2018

2017

2018

2017

2016
2018
2017
2016

Salary

537,450
500,000
500,000
454,363
454,363
454,363

412,008

394,110

398,475

385,000

280,021
333,259
325,130
325,130

$
$
$
$
$
$

$

$

$

$

$
$
$
$

Unit 
Awards (4)
— $
375,000
— $ 4,836,561
625,000

Bonus (3)
$
$
$ 250,000
$
$
$

$
— $
— $
— $

57,780
19,881

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation (5)
237,300
$
437,500
$
$
— $
$
$

184,812
227,182

All Other 
Compensation (6)
55,770
$
14,713
$
95,815
— $
43,333
$
14,136
$
20,200
— $

Total
$ 1,205,520
$ 5,788,774
$ 1,470,815
682,508
$
753,461
$
494,444
$

$

$

$

$

$
$
$
$

— $

309,006

— $ 2,218,750

— $

298,856

— $ 1,315,500

$

$

$

$

— $
— $
— $
— $

749,947
249,944
896,563

$
$
$
— $

232,785

300,000

225,000

356,125

$

$

$

$

47,073
225,000

— $
$
$
— $

178,441

$ 1,132,240

258,681

$ 3,171,541

14,635

$

936,966

24,405

$ 2,081,030

54,600
15,970
14,518
21,416

$ 1,084,568
$
646,246
$ 1,461,211
346,546
$

(1)  Mr. Griffin was appointed executive vice president, chief financial officer effective January 5, 2017.

(2)  Mr. Fleming’s employment with us commenced March 21, 2016.

(3)  Mr. Go received a signing bonus of $250,000 per his employment agreement. 

(4)  The amounts include the aggregate grant date fair value of (i) with respect to the 2016 year, unit awards for Mr. Fleming 
related to a matching phantom unit award granted to Mr. Fleming equal to his common unit purchases in 2016, pursuant 
to an agreement we entered into with Mr. Fleming upon his entry into our employment to match certain purchases of our 
common units that he made during 2016, (ii) with respect to the 2017 year, 143,990 phantom unit awards were granted 
to Mr. Go during the 2017 fiscal year related to a correction that was needed in the number of phantom units granted to 
Mr. Go in 2015 and 2016 (described further below), (iii) with respect to the 2017 year, performance units and strategic 
units to reward Messrs. Go, Griffin, Fleming and Anderson the number of which is determined based on certain market 
and company performance, (iv) with respect to the 2016 and 2017 years, phantom units to reward Mr. Grube for services 
provided during the fiscal year and the number of which is determined based on a performance goal applicable to the 
year and (v) with respect to the 2017 and 2018 years, phantom unit awards made in connection with each applicable 
executive officer’s requirement to defer 50% of their cash incentive award under the Cash Incentive Plan into our Deferred 
Compensation Plan. The 2018 phantom units relating to the Cash Incentive Plan are included at “probable” values, which 
were target amounts on the grant date in 2018. Maximum values for Messrs. Go, Griffin, Fleming and Anderson were 
$625,000, $515,010, $498,094 and $416,574, respectively. Mr. Grube will be awarded 10,800 units to reward him for 
services provided during the 2018 fiscal year, but due to the fact that they will not be granted until 2019, there was not 
an accounting value associated with those awards during 2018. In the event Mr. Grube is a named executive officer for 
2019, the awards will be disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table for 2019 rather than 2018. The amounts reflect 

152

 
Table of Contents

the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, disregarding the estimate of 
forfeitures. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 for a 
discussion of the assumptions used to determine the FASB ASC Topic 718 value of the awards.

(5)  Represents amounts earned under our Cash Incentive Plan and not deferred into the Deferred Compensation Plan. Please 
read “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Elements of Executive Compensation — Short-Term Cash Awards” for 
further details.

(6)  The following table provides the aggregate “All Other Compensation” information for each of the named executive 

officers,

401(k) Plan Matching Contributions
Commuting and Living Expenses (1)
Vehicle
Long-Term Disability Insurance
Term Life Insurance
Total

Timothy Go
13,250
$
—
38,908
1,872
1,740
55,770

$

$

$

F. William 
Grube

D. West 
Griffin

Bruce A. 
Fleming

William A. 
Anderson

13,250
—
27,420
1,872
791
43,333

$

$

13,250
161,885
—
1,872
1,434
178,441

$

$

13,250
—
—
—
1,385
14,635

$

$

13,250
—
—
1,560
1,160
15,970

(1)  As part of Mr. Griffin’s offer letter of employment, we provided him $25,000 quarterly for living and commuting 

expenses. Includes a tax gross up of $61,885.

          (7)    Mr. Anderson’s last day as an employee is scheduled to be March 22, 2019.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 

2018:

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (1)

Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (2)

Grant
Date

Minimum
($)

Target
($)

Maximum
($)

Minimum
($)

Target
($)

Maximum
($)

Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Unit
Awards 
($)

3/7/2018 $
3/7/2018
3/7/2018 $
3/7/2018 $
3/7/2018

3/7/2018 $
3/7/2018
3/7/2018 $
3/7/2018

125,000

113,591

103,002

99,619

83,315

$

$

$

$

$

375,000

227,182

309,006

298,856

249,944

$

$

$

$

$

625,000

454,363

515,010

498,094

416,574

$

125,000

$

375,000

$

625,000

$

375,000

$

$

$

103,002

99,619

83,315

$

$

$

309,006

298,856

249,944

$

$

$

515,010

498,094

416,574

$

$

$

309,006

298,856

249,944

Name
Timothy Go

F. William Grube

D. West Griffin

Bruce A. Fleming

William A. Anderson

(1)  With respect to Mr. Grube, estimated possible payouts under non-equity incentive plan awards represent the ranges of 
potential cash incentive awards which could have been earned under our Cash Incentive Plan related to fiscal year 2018. 
With respect to Messrs. Go, Griffin, Fleming and Anderson, estimated possible payouts under non-equity incentive plan 
awards represent 50% of the ranges of potential cash incentive awards which could have been earned under our Cash 
Incentive Plan related to fiscal year 2018. For the 2018 year, the 50% non-cash portion of the Cash Incentive Plan award 
is required to be deferred into the Deferred Compensation Plan. For a description of these plans and available awards 
please  read  “Narrative  Disclosure  to  Summary  Compensation  Table  and  Grants  of  Plan-Based  Awards  Table — 

153

 
Table of Contents

Description  of  Cash  Incentive  Plan”  and  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis —  Elements  of  Executive 
Compensation — Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.”

(2)  With respect to Messrs. Go, Griffin, Fleming and Anderson, amounts reported in these columns represent the 50% of the 
ranges of potential cash incentive awards which could have been earned under our Cash Incentive Plan related to fiscal 
year  2018.  For  the  2018  year,  50%  of  any  Cash  Incentive  Plan  award  is  required  to  be  deferred  into  the  Deferred 
Compensation Plan as phantom units. Because the awards were always designed to be paid out in equity, they were 
accounted for as equity awards internally and had a grant date fair value pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718. However, 
the incentive value presented to the applicable named executive officers was structured in the form of a cash value which 
is presented in the columns here. The number of phantom units to be granted will be determined by dividing the cash 
value earned under the Cash Incentive Plan by the value of our common units on the date that the cash portion of the 
Cash Incentive Plan is paid out. For the cash amount actually payable in the first quarter of 2019, see the Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan Compensation section of the Summary Compensation Table. The equity value to be paid to the applicable 
named executive officers, is equivalent to the amount in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation section of the 
Summary Compensation Table. For a description of these plans and available awards, please read “Narrative Disclosure 
to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Description of Cash Incentive Plan” and 
“Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Elements of Executive Compensation — Executive Deferred Compensation 
Plan.”

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Description of Cash Incentive Plan

Annual Adjusted EBITDA goals are recommended by the compensation committee to the board of directors and are based 
upon our annual forecast of financial performance for the upcoming fiscal year, and such goals are reviewed and approved by the 
board of directors. Three increasing goals of Adjusted EBITDA, applicable to all named executives, are established to calculate 
awards under the Cash Incentive Plan: minimum, target and stretch. Under the Cash Incentive Plan, if our actual performance 
meets  at  least  the  minimum  ratio  of Adjusted  EBITDA  goal  for  the  fiscal  year,  as  applicable,  executives  and  certain  other 
management employees may receive incentive awards ranging from 10% to 50% of base salary, depending on the employee’s 
position with the general partner. If financial performance exceeds the minimum Adjusted EBITDA goal, as applicable, the cash 
incentive award paid as a percentage of base salary may be larger, ultimately reaching an upper range of 30% to 250% of base 
salary, if the stretch goal is reached. Cash incentive awards are prorated if actual performance falls between the defined minimum 
and stretch goals. If the Adjusted EBITDA, as applicable, falls below the minimum goal, no cash incentive awards are paid under 
the Cash Incentive Plan. The compensation committee can recommend to the full board of directors, however, that cash awards 
be given notwithstanding the fact that we failed to achieve at least the minimum Adjusted EBITDA goal. Awards earned, if any, 
under this plan are generally paid in the first quarter of the following fiscal year after finalizing the calculation of our performance 
relative to the Adjusted EBITDA targets. 

Description of Long-Term Incentive Plan

Following is a summary of the Long-Term Incentive Plan and the material terms related to phantom units that we may grant 

pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

General. The Long-Term Incentive Plan provides for the grant of restricted units, phantom units, unit options and substitute 
awards and, with respect to unit options and phantom units, the grant of DERs. Subject to adjustment for certain events, an aggregate 
of 3,883,960 common units may be delivered pursuant to awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. Units withheld to satisfy 
our general partner’s tax withholding obligations are available for delivery pursuant to other awards. Our general partner’s board 
of directors, in its discretion, may terminate the Long-Term Incentive Plan at any time with respect to the common units for which 
a  grant  has  not  theretofore  been  made.  The  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  will  automatically  terminate  on  the  earlier  of  the 
10th anniversary of the amendment date or when common units are no longer available for delivery pursuant to awards under the 
Long-Term Incentive Plan. Our general partner’s board of directors has the right to alter or amend the Long-Term Incentive Plan 
or any part of it from time to time and the compensation committee may amend any award; provided, however, that no change in 
any outstanding award may be made that would materially impair the rights of the participant without the consent of the affected 
participant. Subject to unitholder approval, if required by the rules of the principal national securities exchange upon which the 
common units are traded, the board of directors of our general partner may increase the number of common units that may be 
delivered with respect to awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Phantom Units. During 2018, we granted phantom units pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan. A phantom unit is a notional 
unit that entitles the grantee to receive a common unit upon the vesting of the phantom unit or, in the discretion of the compensation 
committee, cash equal to the fair market value of a common unit. The compensation committee may make grants of phantom units 
under the Long-Term Incentive Plan to eligible individuals containing such terms, consistent with the Long-Term Incentive Plan, 
as the compensation committee may determine, including the period over which phantom units granted will vest. The compensation 
committee may, in its discretion, base vesting on the grantee’s completion of a period of service or upon the achievement of 
154

Table of Contents

specified financial objectives or other criteria. In addition, the phantom units will vest automatically upon a change of control (as 
defined in the Long-Term Incentive Plan) of us or our general partner, subject to any contrary provisions in the award agreement.

If a grantee’s employment, consulting or membership on the board of directors terminates for any reason, the grantee’s phantom 
units  will  be  automatically  forfeited  unless,  and  to  the  extent,  the  grant  agreement  or  the  compensation  committee  provides 
otherwise. Common units to be delivered with respect to these awards may be common units acquired by our general partner in 
the open market, common units already owned by our general partner, common units acquired by our general partner directly from 
us or any other person or any combination of the foregoing. Our general partner is entitled to reimbursement by us for the cost 
incurred in acquiring common units. If we issue new common units with respect to these awards, the total number of common 
units outstanding will increase. Any outstanding restricted unit or phantom unit awards fully vest upon the occurrence of certain 
events including, but not limited to, change of control, death, disability and normal retirement.

DERs are rights that entitle the grantee to receive, with respect to a phantom unit, cash equal to the cash distributions made 
by us on a common unit. The compensation committee, in its discretion, may grant tandem DERs with phantom units on such 
terms as it deems appropriate.

Participants do not pay any consideration for the common units they receive with respect to these types of awards, and neither 

we nor our general partner will receive remuneration for the units delivered with respect to these awards.

Annual Phantom Unit Programs. None of the named executive officers other than Mr. Grube were provided with an annual 
phantom unit opportunity during 2018. Mr. Grube’s 2018 earned award will be granted to him in the first quarter of 2019. The 
2018 phantom unit opportunities provided to our named executive officers other than Mr. Grube consisted of 50% of their annual 
cash  incentive  award  being  granted  in  the  form  of  fully  vested  phantom  units  which  were  then  deferred  into  the  Deferred 
Compensation Plan. 

Mr. Go received a grant of phantom units during 2017 that were unrelated to our 2017 annual equity program. In 2016 and 
2015, we granted Mr. Go phantom units that were intended to be equal to the value of a certain percentage of his salary on the 
date of grant. In April 2017, we discovered an error in the methodology previously used to convert cash to equity awards in 2016, 
therefore we granted him additional phantom units in order to correct the difference in the number of phantom units he should 
have received on the original grant dates in 2016 and 2015. The additional 143,990 phantom units granted to Mr. Go in 2017 were 
granted with the same terms and conditions as the original 2016 and 2015 grants, which resulted in a portion of the awards (40,529 
phantom units) being vested on the date of grant. 

In 2017, performance unit awards and strategic unit awards were granted to Messrs. Go, Griffin, Fleming and Anderson based 
on achievement of certain performance or strategic goals from January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2020 and the passage of 
time. The details of these awards can be found in the 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 2, 2018.

Description of Employment Agreements

Employment Agreement with Timothy Go, Chief Executive Officer: Our general partner has an employment agreement with 
Mr. Go dated as of September 14, 2015 (“Go Effective Date”). The initial term of his employment agreement is three years and 
expired on September 14, 2018, but the agreement provides for automatic extensions of an additional twelve months beginning 
on the third anniversary of the Go Effective Date, and on every anniversary of the Go Effective Date thereafter, unless either party 
notifies the other of non-extension at least 180 days prior to any such anniversary date. 

The agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of $500,000, subject to various adjustments by the board of directors 
of our general partner that have been made following the Go Effective Date, as well as a signing bonus, the right to participate in 
the Long-Term Incentive Plan, other bonus plans, our retirement, health and welfare benefit plans, and the use of an automobile. 
Mr. Go’s employment agreement may be terminated at any time by either party with proper notice. The potential severance benefits 
provided within the employment agreement are described in greater detail in the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change 
in Control” section below. For the term of his employment agreement and for the one-year period following the termination of 
employment, Mr. Go is prohibited from engaging in competition (as defined in his employment agreement) with us and soliciting 
our customers and employees.

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with F. William Grube, Executive Vice Chairman. Our general partner has an 
amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Grube dated as of December 31, 2015 (the “Grube Effective Date”). The 
initial term of the amended agreement is five years and will expire on December 31, 2020 (the “Employment Period”), but the 
agreement provides for automatic extensions of an additional twelve months added to the Employment Period beginning on the 
third anniversary of the Grube Effective Date, and on every anniversary of the Grube Effective Date thereafter, unless either party 
notifies the other of non-extension at least ninety days prior to any such anniversary date.

The agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of approximately $454,363, subject to various adjustments by the 
board of directors of our general partner that have been made following the Grube Effective Date, as well as the right to participate 
in the Long-Term Incentive Plan, other bonus plans, our retirement, health and welfare benefit plans, and the use of an automobile. 

155

Table of Contents

Mr. Grube’s employment agreement may be terminated at any time by either party with proper notice. The potential severance 
benefits provided within the employment agreement are described in greater detail in the “Potential Payments Upon Termination 
or  Change  in  Control”  section  below.  For  the  term  of  the  employment  agreement  and  for  the  one-year  period  following  the 
termination of employment, Mr. Grube is prohibited from engaging in competition (as defined in the employment agreement) with 
us and soliciting our customers and employees.

We do not maintain employment agreements with Messrs. Griffin, Fleming or Anderson.

Salary in Proportion to Total Compensation

The following table sets forth the percentage of each named executive officer’s total compensation that we paid in the form 

of salary for 2018.

Name
Timothy Go
F. William Grube
D. West Griffin
Bruce A. Fleming
William A. Anderson

Salary Percentage for 2018 

Percentage of
Total
Compensation
45%
67%
36%
43%
52%

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

Our named executive officers had the following outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2018.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2018 

Unit Awards

Name
Timothy Go

F. William Grube
D. West Griffin

Bruce A. Fleming

William A. Anderson

Number of Units
That Have Not
Vested (#) (1)

Market Value of
Units 
That Have Not
Vested ($) (2)

39,063

$

86,329

10,800

$
— $

23,868
—

35,759

$

79,027

— $

—

Equity Incentive 
Plan Awards: 
Number of 
Unearned Units 
That Have Not 
Vested (#)

575,000(1)
(3)

Equity Incentive 
Plan Awards: 
Market Value of 
Units that Have 
Not Vested ($) (2)
$
1,270,750
$
— $
$
$
$
$
$
$

375,000 (3)
—
635,375
309,006 (3)
317,688
298,856 (3)
222,381
249,944 (3)

287,500(1)
(3)

143,750(1)
(3)

100,625(1)
(3)

(1)  These units are scheduled to vest in amounts and on the dates shown in the following table:

Vesting Date

December 31, 2019
December 31, 2020
Reinstatement of Distributions
$10 Price Target
$16 Price Target
$18 Price Target

Timothy
Go
39,063
—
125,000
100,000
250,000
100,000
614,063

F. William
Grube
—
10,800
—
—
—
—
10,800

156

D. West
Griffin
—
—
62,500
50,000
125,000
50,000
287,500

Bruce A.
Fleming
35,759
—
31,250
25,000
62,500
25,000
179,509

William A.
 Anderson
—
—
21,875
17,500
43,750
17,500
100,625

 
Table of Contents

(2)  Market value of phantom units reported in these columns is calculated by multiplying the closing market price of $2.21

of our common units at December 31, 2018 by the number of units outstanding.

(3)    Our named executive officers other than Mr. Grube were required to defer 50% of their 2018 Cash Incentive Plan award 
in the form of phantom units. Because the equity portion of this award was originally denominated in cash, and could 
not be converted to a number of units until the settlement date for the Cash Incentive Plan award in the first quarter of 
2019, there is not a number of units to reflect in this column. The potential value of the award, based on December 31, 
2018 unit prices and the assumption of a target payout is reflected in the accompanying column as the Market Value of 
Units that Have Not Vested. Following the end of the 2018 year these amounts were converted to a specific number of 
phantom units that were deferred into the Deferred Compensation Plan as fully vested phantom units. 

Options Exercises and Stock Vested

Our  named  executive  officers  exercised  no  options  and  had  a  total  of  648,433  phantom  units  related  to  the  Deferred 
Compensation Plan and the Long-Term Incentive Plan vest during the year ended December 31, 2018. The vested units related to 
the Deferred Compensation Plan will remain in the Deferred Compensation Plan until the earlier of the date specified by each 
participant and the participant’s termination of employment, as further described under “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” 
below.

Unit Awards Vested During Year Ended December 31, 2018 

Name
Timothy Go
F. William Grube
D. West Griffin
Bruce A. Fleming
William A. Anderson

Unit Awards

Number of Units
Vested

Value Realized
on Vesting (1)

304,241
5,400
138,961
132,010
67,821

$
$
$
$
$

2,000,940
11,934
1,027,208
793,405
484,364  

(1)  Market value of phantom units reported in this column is calculated by multiplying the closing market price of our common 

units on the vesting date by the number of units vesting on such date.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The Deferred Compensation Plan became effective as of January 1, 2009. The Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded 
arrangement intended to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding and fiduciary requirements set forth in Title I of the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Our obligations 
under the Deferred Compensation Plan will be general unsecured obligations to pay deferred compensation in the future to eligible 
participants in accordance with the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan from our general assets. The compensation committee 
of our general partner’s board of directors acts as the plan administrator.

Name
Timothy Go
F. William Grube
D. West Griffin
Bruce A. Fleming
William A. Anderson

Executive Contributions in Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table for 2018

Executive
Contributions
in 2018(1)

Company
Contributions
in 2018 (2)

Aggregate
Earnings
in 2018 (3)

Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions in
2018

Aggregate
Balance at End
of 2018 (4)

$
$
$
$
$

125,568

$
— $
$
$
$

86,104
102,213
64,578

— $
— $
— $
— $
— $

— $
— $
— $
— $
— $

— $
— $
— $
— $
— $

125,568
79,978
86,104
102,213
64,578

(1)  Executive contributions in 2018 represent phantom units granted to certain of our named executive officers based on the 
requirement to defer 50% of their cash incentive award under the Cash Incentive Plan related to the 2017 fiscal year into 
the Deferred Compensation Plan. All amounts reflected in this column were also reported as compensation for the year 
2017 in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “Unit Awards.”

157

 
 
Table of Contents

(2)  No  company  contributions  were  made  with  respect  to  the  2018  year.  Our  contributions  would  have  represented 
discretionary matching contributions made in the form of phantom units granted to our named executive officers.

(3)  Aggregate earnings in 2018 would have represented additional phantom units earned through DERs in the applicable 
named executive officer’s Deferred Compensation Plan account on phantom units granted under the executive contribution 
and the discretionary matching contribution in fiscal years 2015, 2014, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009. These amounts, which 
would have represented the fair value of the phantom units earned on the corresponding dates of our distributions to our 
unitholders in fiscal year 2018, and would have been included as compensation in 2018 under “Unit Awards” in the 
Summary Compensation Table.

(4)  While the aggregate balance of each participant’s Deferred Compensation Plan account at the end of the fiscal year is 
comprised of the phantom units related to the executive and discretionary matching contributions as well as the phantom 
units attributable to aggregate earnings accumulated during the 2018 year, the dollar amount of each participant’s account 
as of December 31, 2018, was determined by multiplying all phantom units deemed to be included in the participant’s 
account by the closing price of our common units on December 31, 2018 (the last trading day of the fiscal year), which 
was $2.21. The phantom units associated with each executive’s account as of December 31, 2018, were as follows: Mr. 
Go, 56,818; Mr. Grube, 36,189; Mr. Griffin, 38,961; Mr. Fleming, 46,250 and Mr. Anderson 29,221. With respect to 
Messrs. Go, Griffin, Fleming and Anderson, the 2018 executive contribution is related to the phantom units deferred with 
respect to the 2017 annual incentive bonuses, as bonus amounts are not converted to units until the date upon which the 
cash payment is made, during the first quarter of the year following the year to which the bonus relates. Phantom units 
that relate to the 2018 incentive award but which will not be converted until the first quarter of 2019 will not be reflected 
in this table until the 2019 contributions are reported. Subject to the executive’s continued employment with us, these 
phantom  units  will  become  vested  over  a  four  year  period  (except  for  phantom  units  associated  with  executive 
contributions, which are fully vested at the time of cash incentive deferral), but such vesting applies to the number of 
phantom units credited to the participant’s account, and not the value of the account at any given time. The value of the 
executive’s accounts will fluctuate due to the fact that the value of their phantom units will track the value of our common 
units. Also, please keep in mind that the executive’s accounts may not currently be fully vested; subject to the forfeiture 
provisions  described  below,  these  amounts  do  not  reflect  the  payout  amount  that  an  executive  would  receive  if  he 
voluntarily left our service prior to vesting. The amounts in this column also include amounts that were previously reported 
as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table during previous years as follows: (a) for 2009, Mr. Grube, $113,348 
(b) for 2010, Mr. Grube, $115,373 and (c) for 2011, Mr. Grube, $160,800.

The named executive officers, as well as other officers and key employees, participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan by 
making an annual irrevocable election to defer all or a portion of their annual cash incentive award for the year. In 2018, none of 
the executives made an elective contribution to the plan, but all of the named executive officers other than Mr. Grube were required 
to defer 50% of their Cash Incentive Plan award. The deferred amounts will be credited to the participants’ accounts in the form 
of phantom units, and will receive DERs to be credited in the form of additional phantom units to the participants’ account. We 
have the discretion to make matching contributions of phantom units or purely discretionary contributions of phantom units, in 
amounts  and  at  times  as  the  compensation  committee  determines  appropriate.  For  the  2018 year,  there  were  no  matching 
contributions to named executives of deferred amounts related to the 2018 fiscal year. Participants will at all times be 100% vested 
in  amounts  they  have  deferred;  however,  amounts  we  have  contributed  may  be  subject  to  a  vesting  schedule,  as  determined 
appropriate by the compensation committee. The participants’ accounts are adjusted at least quarterly to determine the fair market 
value of our phantom units, as well as any DERs that may have been credited in that time period. Distributions from the Deferred 
Compensation  Plan  are  payable  on  the  earlier  of  the  date  specified  by  each  participant  and  the  participant’s  termination  of 
employment.  Death,  disability,  normal  retirement  or  our  change  of  control  (as  such  terms  are  defined  within  the  Long-Term 
Incentive Plan) require automatic distribution of the Deferred Compensation Plan benefits, and will also accelerate at that time 
the vesting of any portion of a participant’s account that has not already become vested. Benefits will be distributed to participants 
in the form of our common units, cash or a combination of common units and cash at the election of the compensation committee. 
In the event that accounts are paid in common units, such units will be distributed pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan. 
Unvested portions of a participant’s account will be forfeited in the event that a distribution was due to a participant’s voluntary 
resignation or a termination for cause. To ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Code, distributions to participants that are 
considered “key employees” (as defined in Code Section 409A of the Code) may be delayed for a period of six months following 
such key employees’ termination of employment with us.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

We provide certain of our named executive officers with certain severance and change in control benefits in order to provide 
them with assurances against certain types of terminations without cause or resulting from change in control transactions where 
the terminations were not based upon cause. This type of protection is intended to provide the executive with a basis for keeping 
focus and functioning in the unitholders’ interests at all times. In addition to the potential acceleration of our equity-based awards 
upon certain events, our employment agreements with Messrs. Go, and Grube contain severance and change in control provisions.

158

Table of Contents

In the event that severance payments are triggered under the applicable employment agreement, Messrs. Go and Grube will 
be eligible to receive payments as soon as administratively possible, though if Code Section 409A would subject them to additional 
taxes upon receipt of the payments, we will delay the payment of these amounts for a period of six months and provide for interest 
to accrue on such delayed amounts at the maximum nonusurious rate from the date of the originally scheduled payment date. 
Messrs. Go and Grube are also eligible to receive an additional sum from us in the event that any termination payments we provide 
to them is considered “parachute” payments pursuant to Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 
“Code”); a parachute payment could occur in connection with a change in control or a termination of employment that was also 
in connection with a change in control, but such a payment would not occur in the event of a termination of Messrs. Go’s and 
Grube’s employment that is not in connection with a change in control. This additional payment, if necessary, would equal the 
amount necessary to place them in the same after-tax position they would have been in absent the additional excise taxes imposed 
by Section 280G of the Code. Lastly, severance potentially payable to the executives under their employment agreements is partially 
provided in consideration for the executive’s agreement not to compete with us or solicit our employees for a period of one year 
following a termination of employment.  

The employment agreements in place as of December 31, 2018, contain the following definitions for each of the possible 

“triggering events” that could result in a termination payment to the below referenced named executive officers:

•  Cause. Mr. Go may be terminated for cause if: (i) Mr. Go is indicted for a felony (or a plea of nolo contendere thereto); 
(ii) Mr. Go’s conduct in connection with his employment duties or responsibilities is fraudulent, unlawful, or grossly 
negligent; (iii) Mr. Go exhibits willful misconduct; (iv) Mr. Go is materially insubordinate or fails to follow the lawful 
instructions or directions from the board of directors or its designee, if such failure is not cured; if curable, by Mr. Go 
after he has been given ten (10) days written notice of such failure; (v) any material breach of the employment agreement 
by Mr. Go occurs, including but not limited to, a breach of the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 10 of the agreement, 
if such breach is not cured, if curable, by Mr. Go after he has been given ten (10) days written notice of such breach; (vi) 
any acts of dishonesty are committed by Mr. Go, resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the 
expense of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (vii) Mr. Go fails to comply with a material policy of the Company, 
its subsidiaries or affiliates, if such failure is not cured, if curable, by Mr. Go after he has been given ten (10) days written 
notice of such failure.

Mr. Grube may be terminated for cause due to: (i) Mr. Grube’s willful and continuing failure (excluding as a result of his 
mental or physical incapacity) to perform his duties and responsibilities with us; (ii) Mr. Grube’s having committed any 
act of material dishonesty against us or any of our affiliates (including theft, misappropriation, embezzlement, forgery, 
fraud, or willful and intentional falsification of records or misrepresentations); (iii) Mr. Grube’s willful and continuing 
material breach of the employment agreement; (iv) Mr. Grube’s having been convicted of, or having entered a plea of 
nolo contendre to any felony; or (v) Mr. Grube’s having been the subject of any final and non-appealable order, judicial 
or administrative, obtained or issued by the SEC, for any securities violation involving fraud, including, for example, 
any such order consented to by Mr. Grube in which findings of facts or any legal conclusions establishing liability are 
neither admitted nor denied.

•  Change in Control. Messrs. Go’s  and Grube’s agreements state that a change in control may occur upon any of the 

following events:

any “person” or “group,” within the meaning of those terms as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than the Company or its Affiliates, or Fred M. Fehsenfeld Jr. or F. William 
Grube  or  their  respective  immediate  families  or Affiliates,  becomes  the  beneficial  owner,  by  way  or  merger, 
consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding 
equity interests of the Company;

a person or entity other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company becomes the general partner of the Company; 
or 

the sale or other disposition, including by liquidation or dissolution, of all or substantially all of the assets of the 
Company in one or more transactions to any person other than an Affiliate of the Company.

•  Good Reason. Mr. Go has the right to terminate employment under his employment agreement, upon the occurrence of 
any of the following circumstances, without his prior consent: (i) material diminution in his total compensation opportunity 
in effect on the Go Effective Date; (ii) material breach by us of any of our covenants or obligations under his agreement; 
(iii) material reduction in his authority, duties or responsibilities or reporting relationship; (iv) the involuntary relocation 
of the geographic location of his principal place of employment by more than 100 miles from the location of his principal 
place of employment as of the Go Effective Date; and (v) following a Change in Control (as defined in the agreement), 
our failure to obtain an agreement from any successor to us to assume and agree to perform this agreement in the same 
manner and to the same extent that we would be required to perform if no succession had taken place, except where such 
assumption occurs by operation of law; provided however, that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions or any other 

159

 
 
 
Table of Contents

provisions of his agreement to the contrary, any assertion by him of a termination for Good Reason (as defined in his 
agreement) shall not be effective unless all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the conditions described above 
giving rise to his termination of employment must have arisen without his consent; (ii) he must provide written notice to 
the board of directors of the existence of such condition(s) within 30 days of the initial existence of such condition(s); 
(iii) the condition(s) specified in such notice must remain uncorrected for 30 days following the board of directors’ receipt 
of such written notice; and (iv) the date of his termination of employment must occur within 90 days after the initial 
existence of the condition(s) specified in such notice.

Good  reason  under  Mr.  Grube’s  employment  agreement  includes:  (i) any  material  breach  by  us  of  the  employment 
agreement; (ii) any requirement by us that Mr. Grube relocate outside of the metropolitan Indianapolis, Indiana area; 
(iii) failure  of  any  successor  to  assume  the  employment  agreement  not  later  than  the  date  as  of  which  it  acquires 
substantially  all  of  the  equity,  assets  or  business  of  us;  (iv) any  material  reduction  in  Mr. Grube’s  title,  authority, 
responsibilities, or duties (including a change that causes him to cease being a member of the board of directors or reporting 
directly and solely to the board of directors); or (v) the assignment of Mr. Grube any duties materially inconsistent with 
his duties as our executive vice chairman.

• 

Totally Disabled. Under Mr. Go’s employment agreement, we have the right to terminate his employment if he is unable 
to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of his position as a result of a physical or 
mental injury or illness for a period of (i) 90 consecutive days or (ii) 180 days in any one-year period.

Mr. Grube’s employment agreement states that if he is unable to perform his duties under his employment agreement by 
reason of mental or physical incapacity for 90 consecutive calendar days during the Employment Period we have the 
right to terminate his employment; provided that we will not have the right to terminate his employment for disability if 
(i) in the written opinion of a qualified physician reasonably acceptable to us is delivered to us within 30 days of our 
delivery to Mr. Grube of a notice of termination (as defined in the employment agreement), it is reasonably likely that 
Mr. Grube will be able to resume his duties on a regular basis within 90 days of the notice of termination and (ii) Mr. Grube 
does resume such duties within such time.

Mr. Go’s employment agreement provides him with the opportunity to receive a transaction bonus upon the occurrence of 
certain company transactions that must occur prior to the fifth anniversary of the date of his employment agreement (or September 
14, 2020). Mr. Go may receive a transaction bonus (the “Transaction Bonus”) of five percent (5%) of the excess, if any, of (i) the 
value  realized  by  our  general  partner’s  equityholders  upon  a  “Transaction  Event”  over  (ii)  four  hundred  million  dollars 
($400,000,000), which amount shall (i) be increased by the amount of contributions to us by our general partner in the event of 
equity offerings by us and (ii) exclude any value realized by our general partner’s equityholders with respect to direct holdings of 
limited partner interests in us. For purposes of Mr. Go’s employment agreement, “Transaction Event” means the first to occur of 
the following events: (i) any “person” or “group” other than an affiliate of our general partner becomes the beneficial owner, by 
way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the voting power of the 
outstanding equity interests of our general partner; (ii) the sale or other disposition, including by liquidation or dissolution, of all 
or substantially all of the assets of our general partner in one or more transactions to any person other than an affiliate; (iii) a 
conversion of all or substantially all of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by our general partner into our units; or (iv) a 
monetization of all or substantially all of the partnership interests in a transaction not described in clauses (i) through (iii). 

Change of Control Pursuant to Long-Term Incentive Plan

Upon a Change of Control, all outstanding awards granted pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan shall automatically vest 
and be payable at their maximum target level or become exercisable in full, as the case may be, or any restricted periods connected 
to the award shall terminate and all performance criteria, if any, shall be deemed to have been achieved at the maximum level. We 
provided these “single-trigger” change of control benefits because we believed such benefits were important retention tools for 
us, as providing for accelerated vesting of awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan upon a Change of Control enables employees, 
including the named executive officers, to realize value from these awards in the event that we go through a change of control 
transaction. In addition, we believed that it was important to provide the named executive officers with a sense of stability, both 
in the middle of transactions that may create uncertainty regarding their future employment and post-termination as they seek 
future employment. Whether or not a change of control results in a termination of our officers’ employment with us or a successor 
entity, we wanted to provide our officers with certain guarantees regarding the importance of equity incentive compensation awards 
they were granted prior to that change of control. Further, we believe that change of control protection allows management to 
focus their attention and energy on the business transaction at hand without any distractions regarding the effects of a change of 
control. Also, we believe that such protection maximizes unitholder value by encouraging the named executive officers to review 
objectively any proposed transaction in determining whether such proposed transaction is in the best interest of our unitholders, 
whether or not the executive will continue to be employed.

For purposes of the Long-Term Incentive Plan, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred upon one or more of 
the following events: (i) any person or group, other than a person or group who is our affiliate, becomes the beneficial owner, by 

160

Table of Contents

way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of 
our outstanding equity interests; (ii) a person or group, other than our general partner or one of our general partner’s affiliates, 
becomes our general partner; or (iii) the sale or other disposition, including by liquidation or dissolution, of all or substantially all 
of our assets or the assets of our general partner in one or more transactions to any person or group other than an a person or group 
who is our affiliate. However, in the event that an award is subject to Code Section 409A, a Change of Control shall have the same 
meaning as such term in the regulations or other guidance issued with respect to Code Section 409A for that particular award.

Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, awards that were outstanding as of December 31, 2018, will also accelerate upon a 
termination due to death, disability or a normal retirement upon or after reaching the age of 66. The board of directors has the final 
authority to determine if a disability is permanent or of a long-term duration resulting in termination from us. A “disability” per 
the terms of the Long-Term Incentive Plan grant means (i) a participant’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by 
reason of a physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period 
of 12 months, or (ii) the participant is, by reason of a physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can 
be expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 
3 months under one of our accident and health plans. We have determined that providing acceleration of the Long-Term Incentive 
Plan awards upon a death or disability is appropriate because the termination of a participant’s employment with us due to such 
an occurrence is often an unexpected event, and it is our belief that providing an immediate value to the participant or his family, 
as appropriate, in such a situation is a competitive retention tool. We also believe that providing for acceleration upon a normal 
retirement is appropriate due to the fact that the definition of a normal retirement requires an executive to remain employed with 
us until late in his career, and the acceleration of their equity awards upon such an event provides the executives with a reassurance 
that they will receive value for their awards at the end of their career. We have determined that it is in the unitholders’ best interest 
to provide such retention tools with respect to our equity compensation awards due to the fact that we strive to retain a high level 
of executive talent while competing in a very aggressive industry.

Change of Control with Respect to Deferred Compensation Plan Participants

The  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  provides  the  executives  with  the  opportunity  to  defer  all  or  a  portion  of  their  eligible 
compensation each year. At the time of their deferral election, the executive may choose a day in the future in which a payout from 
the plan will occur with regard to their vested account balance, or, if earlier, the payout of vested accounts will occur upon the 
executive’s  termination  from  service  for  any  reason.  Despite  the  executive’s  payout  election  date,  however,  the  Deferred 
Compensation Plan accounts will also receive accelerated vesting and a pay out in the event of the executive’s termination from 
service due to death, disability or normal retirement, or upon the occurrence of a Change of Control.

A “disability” under the Deferred Compensation Plan means (i) a participant’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful 
activity by reason of a physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a 
continuous period of 12 months, or (ii) the participant is, by reason of a physical or mental impairment that can be expected to 
result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period 
of not less than 3 months under one of our accident and health plans. A “normal retirement” means a participant’s termination of 
employment on or after the date that he or she reaches the age of 66.

There are various connections between the Deferred Compensation Plan and the Long-Term Incentive Plan. A “Change of 
Control” for the Deferred Compensation Plan shall have the same definition as that term within the Long-Term Incentive Plan 
noted above. Our compensation committee also has the discretion to pay Deferred Compensation Plan accounts in either cash or 
our common units. In the event that a Deferred Compensation Plan account is settled in our common units, those units will be 
issued pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan. For purposes of this disclosure we have assumed that the compensation committee 
would determine to settle the Deferred Compensation Plan accounts solely in our common units, meaning that the amounts below 
would reflect the fair market value of common units that could be issued pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan in connection 
with a termination of employment or a Change of Control. Please note that the compensation committee’s decision regarding such 
a settlement could not be determined with any certainty until such an event actually occurred.

161

Table of Contents

The table below reflects the amount of compensation payable to our named executive officers in the event of a termination 
of employment or a change in control of the Company on December 31, 2018. For purposes of calculating the potential payments, 
we have made certain assumptions that we have determined to be reasonable and relevant to our unitholders.

Termination
by Us Without
Cause, or
Good Reason
Termination
by Executive

Termination
by Us for
Cause, or
Without Good
Reason
Termination
by Executive

Termination by
Us Without
Cause, or Good
Reason
Termination, in
Connection
with a Change
in Control

Termination
Due to Death
or Disability

Change in
Control

$

900,000

$

— $

1,800,000

$

— $

355,950

1,381,529
—

36,356

50,000

2,723,835

1,363,089

184,812

23,868

—

1,571,769

469,625

$

$

$

$

—

939,250
—

—

—

939,250

$

— $

184,812

—

—

184,812

469,625

$

$

— $

— $

469,625

313,840
—

313,840

125,694

$

$

$

$

469,625

234,813
—

234,813

125,694

$

$

$

$

— $

— $

125,694

$

125,694

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

711,900

1,737,479
125,568

54,534

50,000

4,479,481

1,363,089

184,812

23,868

79,978

1,651,747

469,625

86,104

555,729

313,840
102,213

416,053

125,694

64,578

190,272

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

237,300

1,262,879
125,568

—

—

—

—

1,262,879
125,568

—

—

1,625,747

$

1,388,447

— $

184,812

23,868

79,978

288,658

469,625

86,104

555,729

313,840
102,213

416,053

125,694

64,578

190,272

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

—

—

23,868

79,978

103,846

469,625

86,104

555,729

313,840
102,213

416,053

125,694

64,578

190,272

Name

Timothy Go

F. William
Grube

D. West
Griffin

Bruce A.
Fleming

William A.
Anderson

Benefits
Base Salary (1)
Compensation Incentive Awards (2)
Long-Term Incentive Plan (3)
Deferred Compensation Plan (4)
Post-Employment Health Care (5)
Outplacement Assistance (6)
Total
Base Salary (1)
Compensation Incentive Awards (2)
Long-Term Incentive Plan (3)
Deferred Compensation Plan (4)
Total
Long-Term Incentive Plan (3)
Deferred Compensation Plan (4)
Total
Long-Term Incentive Plan (3)
Deferred Compensation Plan (4)
Total
Long-Term Incentive Plan (3)
Deferred Compensation Plan (4)
Total

(1)  As per his employment agreement, Mr. Go will receive 3 times his base salary if a qualifying termination occurs within 
twenty-four months following a Change in Control (“Change in Control Period”) or 1.5 times his base salary if the 
qualifying termination occurs at any time other than the Change in Control Period and Mr. Grube will receive 3 times 
his base salary for a qualifying termination whether or not in connection with a Change in Control.

(2)  As per their employment agreements, for termination due to death or disability, Messrs. Go and Grube will be entitled 
to receive a pro rata portion of any incentive compensation awards for the bonus year in which the termination occurs. 
For termination for good reason by the executive or by us without cause, Mr. Go will be entitled to 3 times his cash 
incentive bonus if a qualifying termination occurs with the Change in Control Period or 1.5 times his cash incentive bonus 
if the termination occurs at any time other than the Change in Control Period and Mr. Grube will be entitled to receive a 
pro rata portion of any compensation incentive awards for the bonus year in which the termination occurs. For termination 
without good reason by executive or by us with cause, Mr. Go will not be entitled to any pro rata portion of incentive 
compensation awards, although Mr. Grube’s pro-rata bonus is considered to be part of the accrued obligations that he 
would receive upon a termination for any reason. Assuming a termination on December 31, 2018, amounts have been 
calculated assuming that the entire 2018 bonus award would be payable for the 2018 year. Mr. Go is also entitled to 
receive the Transaction Bonus, as described further above, in the event of certain transactions. Solely for the purposes of 
this table, we have assumed the Transaction Bonus amount would be equal to $0 as no such transaction has taken place 
as of December 31, 2018 and the amount cannot be estimated with any certainty.

162

Table of Contents

(3)  All amounts assume that the executives received full vesting of equity awards due to the applicable qualifying termination 
or Change in Control event, or in the event of termination for cause, settlement of awards that had previously vested. The 
value of all phantom units pursuant to equity awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan were valued at our December 31, 
2018, closing common unit price of $2.21. As required pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, in the event that any of the 
executives are also “key employees” as defined in Section 409A of the Code at the time a settlement would become due, 
we would delay the settlement of such an executive’s equity awards until the first day of the seventh month following 
the applicable event requiring settlement of equity awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. Amounts include fully 
vested awards related to performance unit awards and strategic unit awards granted to Messrs. Go, Griffin, Fleming and 
Anderson in 2017 but which could not be paid out until a termination of employment or change in control.

(4)  Amounts assume that the executives received full vesting of the Deferred Compensation Plan accounts due to the applicable 
qualifying termination (death, disability, or normal retirement) or Change in Control event. All vested amounts will also 
receive  accelerated  distribution  upon  a  qualifying  termination  or  a  Change  in  Control  event,  therefore  the  columns 
“Termination by Us Without Cause, or Good Reason Termination, in Connection with a Change in Control,” “Change in 
Control” and “Termination Due to Death and Disability” also include vested account balances that would be distributed 
upon the applicable triggering event. None of our named executive officers other than Mr. Grube was normal retirement 
age (66 for purposes of the Deferred Compensation Plan) as of December 31, 2018, therefore only Mr. Grube would be 
eligible to receive the distribution of his vested Deferred Compensation Plan account upon a termination event in addition 
to the columns reflected in the table above. The value of all phantom units held in the Deferred Compensation Plan 
accounts was valued at our December 31, 2018, closing common unit price of $2.21. As required pursuant to Section 
409A of the Code, in the event that any of the executives are also “key employees” as defined in Section 409A of the 
Code at the time a settlement would become due, we would delay the settlement of such an executive’s account until the 
first day of the seventh month following the applicable event requiring settlement of the Deferred Compensation Plan 
account. As of December 31, 2018, the 50% portion of the 2018 Cash Incentive Awards that were required to be deferred 
were still deemed to be outstanding equity awards, and not part of the Deferred Compensation Plan accounts.

(5)  Per the employment agreement of Mr. Go, in connection with certain qualifying terminations, if the executive timely and 
properly elects continuation coverage under the Company’s group health plans pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus 
Reconciliation act of 1985 (“COBRA”) then: (i) the Company shall reimburse the executive for the difference between 
the monthly amount the executive pays to effect and continue such coverage for himself and spouse and eligible dependents, 
if any, and the monthly employee contribution amount that active similarly situated employees of the Company pay for 
the same or similar coverage under such group health plans; and (ii) on and after the date the executive is no longer 
eligible to receive COBRA continuation coverage, if the executive has not become eligible to receive coverage under a 
group health plan sponsored by another employer, then the Company shall pay a lump sum cash payment equal to the 
product of (x) the monthly reimbursement amount and (y) (A) if such termination does not occur within the Change of 
Control Period, 18 and (B) if such termination occurs within the Change in Control Period, 24.

(6)  Per the employment agreement for Mr. Go, in connection with certain qualifying terminations, for the 12-month period 
beginning  on  his  termination  date,  or  until  the  executive  begins  other  full-time  employment  with  a  new  employer, 
whichever occurs first, the executive shall be entitled to receive outplacement services that are directly related to the 
termination of the executive’s employment and are provided by a nationally prominent executive outplacement services 
firm, provided however, that the total amount of the expenses paid by Company shall not exceed $50,000. A maximum 
payment is assumed to be made.

Compensation of Directors

Officers or employees of our general partner who also serve as directors do not receive additional compensation for their 
service as a director of our general partner. Each director who is not an officer or employee of our general partner receives an 
annual fee as well as compensation for attending meetings of the board of directors and board committee meetings. For 2017, we 
determined to pay all director compensation in arrears for the 2017 year in 2018, therefore both the 2017 and 2018 compensation 
are reportable in the Director Compensation Table below for 2018. Non-employee directors were entitled to fees and equity awards 
for 2018 that consisted of the following:

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

an annual fee of $70,000;

an annual award of restricted or phantom units with a market value of approximately $100,000;
a strategy and growth committee chair annual fee of $10,000;

an audit committee chair annual fee of $20,000;

a non-chair audit committee member annual fee of $10,000;

a non-chair strategy and growth committee annual fee of $5,000;
a conflicts committee and compensation committee chair annual fee of $8,000;

163

Table of Contents

• 

• 

• 

a non-chair conflicts committee and compensation committee annual fee of $4,000;

all other committee chair annual fee of $5,000; and

all other committee member annual fee of $2,500.

With respect to the 2017 and 2018 years, the Board determined that all cash fees earned in the 2017 and 2018 years would be 
paid in the form of phantom unit awards granted pursuant to our Long-Term Incentive Plan in the first quarter of 2018 and in the 
fourth quarter of 2018, respectively, with the exception of Mr. Sheets who joined the Board in late 2018. To determine the number 
of phantom units to be granted in lieu of such cash fees, the cash value of all fees earned during each quarter of 2017 and 2018 
were divided by the closing price of our common units on the last business day of each applicable quarter. In previous years the 
directors could elect to receive phantom units under our Deferred Compensation Plan in lieu of receiving cash fees. If the directors 
elected phantom units rather than cash, they would have received one matching phantom unit for each three phantom units deferred 
into the Deferred Compensation Plan. As the directors did not defer fees from 2017 and 2018 into the Deferred Compensation 
Plan, the Board determined to credit each director with one additional phantom unit for each three phantom units earned during 
each quarter in 2017 and 2018 (the “Matching Units”). Following the end of the 2017 year, all phantom units deemed to be earned 
during 2017, including the Matching Units, were granted to the directors with a three year vesting schedule. During the fourth 
quarter of 2018, all phantom units deemed to be earned during 2018, including Matching Units were granted to the directors with 
a three year vesting schedule. Consequently, the amounts reported as unit awards in the table below reflect cash and equity director 
compensation for 2017 and 2018, 100% of which was granted in phantom units during 2018 for each director other than Mr. Sheets.

In addition, we reimburse each non-employee director for his or her out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with 
attending meetings of the board of directors or board committees. Under certain circumstances, we will also indemnify each 
director for his or her actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

The following table sets forth certain compensation information of our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 

2018:

Name
Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.
James S. Carter
Robert E. Funk
Stephen P. Mawer
Daniel J. Sajkowski
Amy M. Schumacher
Daniel L. Sheets

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash (1)

Director Compensation Table for 2018
Unit
Awards (2)

Total

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
$

17,500

421,256
453,442
464,336
459,658
417,991
428,711
25,000

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

421,256
453,442
464,336
459,658
417,991
428,711
42,500

(1) 

Includes fees paid in cash only. As noted above, the cash fees earned by each non-employee director in 2017 and 2018 
were paid in the form of phantom unit awards that were granted on March 7, 2018 for fees related to fiscal year 2017 and 
November 7, 2018 and December 31, 2018 for fees related to fiscal year 2018, with the exception of Mr. Sheets whose 
fees were paid in the form of cash. 

(2)  The amounts in this column are calculated based on the aggregate grant date fair value of (i) annual phantom unit awards 
to all non-employee directors for fiscal years 2017 and 2018 and (ii) cash fees paid in the form of phantom unit awards 
that were granted on March 7, 2018 for fees related to fiscal year 2017 and November 7, 2018 and December 31, 2018 
for fees related to fiscal year 2018 and (iii) matching phantom unit awards granted to those non-employee directors for 
fiscal years 2017 and 2018 as discussed above. The phantom unit awards that were granted on March 7, 2018 for awards 
related to fiscal year 2017 and November 7, 2018 for awards related to fiscal year 2018. The amounts reflect the aggregate 
grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, disregarding the estimate of forfeitures. See 
note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 for a discussion of the 
assumptions used to determine the FASB ASC Topic 718 value of the awards.

(3)  Mr. Sheets began his role as director on October 29, 2018.

Annual Phantom Unit Awards and Matching Units

As noted above, the 2017 and 2018 annual grants, Director Fees and the Matching Units were not granted to the directors 
until after the end of the 2017 year. The number of phantom units granted during 2018 with respect to the 2017 and 2018 annual 
grants, Director Fees and Matching Units are disclosed in the table below. 

164

 
Table of Contents

Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.

James S. Carter

Robert E. Funk

Stephen P. Mawer

Daniel J. Sajkowski

Amy M. Schumacher

Daniel L. Sheets(4)

Annual Director Phantom Unit Awards

Fiscal Year to
which Awards
relate to
2017
2018
2017
2018
2017
2018
2017
2018
2017
2018
2017
2018
2018

Number of 
Units Granted 
(#) (1)
24,722
38,308
26,404
41,626
27,340
41,958
26,872
41,958
24,722
37,706
25,469
38,306
5,208

Number of 
Matching 
Units Granted 
(#) (2)

Aggregate
Grant Date
Fair Value

4,677
5,824
5,236
6,931
5,548
7,041
5,392
7,041
4,677
5,624
4,924
5,826
—

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

240,280
180,976
257,088
196,355
266,448
197,891
261,768
197,891
240,280
177,711
247,735
180,976
25,000

Grant Date
March 7, 2018
Fourth Quarter 2018(3)
March 7, 2018
Fourth Quarter 2018(3)
March 7, 2018
Fourth Quarter 2018(3)
March 7, 2018
Fourth Quarter 2018(3)
March 7, 2018
Fourth Quarter 2018(3)
March 7, 2018
Fourth Quarter 2018(3)
Fourth Quarter 2018(3)

(1)  This column represents both the annual phantom unit award and Director Fees grant. With respect to the annual phantom 
unit award, 25% of the phantom units vested immediately, entitling the director to receive an equal number of common 
units, with an additional 25% vesting on December 31st of each of the three successive years. With respect to the Director 
Fees grant, all phantom units vest on the third December 31st after the grant date.

(2)  With respect to the Matching Units, the phantom units will vest on the third December 31st after the grant date.

(3)  The grant date for the fees related to the first three quarters of 2018 and the 2018 annual director grant was November 

11, 2018. The grant date for fees related to the fourth quarter of 2018 was December 31, 2018.

(4)  Mr. Sheets began his role as director on October 29, 2018.

The following table summarizes the aggregate balance of each director’s phantom unit awards as of December 31, 2018:

Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.
James S. Carter
Robert E. Funk
Stephen P. Mawer
Daniel J. Sajkowski
Amy M. Schumacher
Daniel L. Sheets

Annual Director Phantom Unit Awards
Market Value of 
Number of Units
Units That Have 
That Have Not
Not Vested (1)
Vested
65,702
72,368
74,058
73,434
64,900
66,696
3,906

145,201
159,933
163,668
162,289
143,429
147,398
8,632

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

(1)  The market value of each director’s unvested phantom units as of December 31, 2018 was determined by multiplying all 

unvested phantom units by the closing price of our common units on December 31, 2018, which was $2.21. 

Deferred Compensation Plan

In the past years, our directors were eligible to defer their fees earned into the Deferred Compensation Plan. When directors 
elect to defer any portion of their compensation into the plan, these deferred amounts are credited to the participant’s account in 
the form of phantom units, and will receive DERs to be credited to the participant’s account in the form of additional phantom 
units on the corresponding dates of our distributions to our unitholders. The compensation committee may recommend a matching 
contribution  for  the  deferred  fees  in  its  discretion.  Phantom  units  credited  to  a  participant’s  account  pursuant  to  matching 
contributions also carry DERs to be credited to the participant’s account in the form of additional phantom units. 

165

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the aggregate balance of each director’s Deferred Compensation Plan account at the end of 

the fiscal year:

Name
Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.
James S. Carter
Robert E. Funk
Daniel J. Sajkowski
Amy M. Schumacher

 Director Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table for 2018

Number of Units
48,048
60,181
32,806
25,109
28,364

$
$
$
$
$

Aggregate
Balance at end
of 2018 (1)

106,186
133,000
72,501
55,491
62,684

(1)  The dollar amount of each director’s account as of December 31, 2018 was determined by multiplying all phantom units 
deemed to be included in the participant’s account by the closing price of our common units on December 31, 2018, 
which was $2.21.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The  members  of  our  compensation  committee  are  Fred M.  Fehsenfeld, Jr.,  Stephen  P.  Mawer  and Amy  M.  Schumacher. 
Mr. Fehsenfeld, Jr. is the chairman of the board of our general partner. Mr. Mawer is a member of the board of our general partner. 
Ms.  Schumacher  is  a  member  of  the  board  of  our  general  partner.  Please  read  Item 13  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related 
Transactions and Director Independence” for descriptions of our transactions in fiscal year 2018 with certain entities related to 
Messrs. Fehsenfeld and Mawer and Ms. Schumacher. Mr. Fehsenfeld and Ms. Schumacher are not independent members of the 
compensation committee. No executive officer of our general partner served as a member of the compensation committee of 
another entity that had an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Risk Considerations in our Overall Compensation Program

Our compensation policies and practices are designed to provide rewards for high levels of financial performance. Currently, 
our incentive compensation programs are based on performance, at the Company level, relative to goals we set for Adjusted 
EBITDA. In our assessment of risk related to such use of a single financial performance metric, we considered the relative difficulty 
for any employee to engage in an undue amount of risk-taking activity with a result that would be reasonably likely to have a 
material adverse effect on us due to the breadth and scope of activities, both operational and financial, across that organization 
that are captured in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA. Also, we considered the current approval controls that exist to mitigate 
against excessive risk-taking that might impact Adjusted EBITDA and, in turn, our compensation programs. For example, we have 
specific approval policies related to the entry into derivative instruments, material commercial agreements and significant capital 
expenditures. Also, our full board of directors, as well as through the actions of its various committees, regularly assesses our key 
risk areas to monitor the impacts of such risks on our financial performance. Further, we considered the design of our incentive 
compensation programs, noting that the inclusion of both shorter-term cash incentive awards and longer-term unit awards further 
align the interest our employees and its unitholders. As a result of these considerations, we have concluded that the risks arising 
from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

CEO Pay Ratio

As required by Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and Item 402(u) of 
Regulation  S-K,  we  are  providing  the  following  information  about  the  relationship  of  the  annual  total  compensation  of  our 
employees and the annual total compensation of Timothy Go, our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). 

The  employees  providing  services  to  us  are  provided  by  Calumet  GP,  LLC,  our  general  partner,  as  we  do  not  have  any 
employees for purposes of the pay ratio rules. Rather than providing a pay ratio disclosure that contemplates no employees, we 
have determined that the disclosure that would be most aligned with the spirit of the pay ratio rules and that would provide our 
unitholders with more meaningful information would be to provide a ratio using the median employee from general partner’s 
employee population. 

For 2018, our last completed fiscal year: 

•  The median of the annual total compensation of all employees of our general partner (other than the CEO) was $80,962; 

and 

•  The annual total compensation of the CEO, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table included elsewhere within 

this Annual Report, was $1,205,520.

166

Table of Contents

•  Based on this information, for 2018 the ratio of the annual total compensation of Mr. Go to the median of the annual total 

compensation of all employees was reasonably estimated to be 15 to 1.

To identity the median of the annual total compensation of all our general partner’s employees, as well as to determine the 

annual total compensation of our general partner’s median employee and the CEO, we took the following steps: 

•  We determined that, as of December 31, 2018, our general partner’s employee population consisted of approximately 
1,700 individuals with all of these individuals located in the United States. This population consisted of our full-time, 
part-time, and temporary employees, as we do not have seasonal workers. 

  We selected December 31, 2018 as our identification date for determining our median employee.

•  We used a consistently applied compensation measure to identify the median employee of comparing the amount of salary 
or wages and bonuses reflected in our general partner’s payroll records as reported to the Internal Revenue Service on 
Form W-2 for 2018. We did not annualize the compensation for any employees that were not employed by our general 
partner for all of 2018. 

  We do not widely distribute annual equity awards to employees, therefore such awards were excluded from our 

compensation measure.

•  We identified our general partner’s median employee by consistently applying this compensation measure to all of our 
employees included in our analysis. Since all of our general partner’s employees, including the CEO, are located in the 
United States, we did not make any cost of living adjustments in identifying the median employee. 

•  After  we  identified  our  general  partner’s  median  employee,  we  combined  all  of  the  elements  of  such  employee’s 
compensation for the 2018 year in accordance with the requirements of Item 402(c)(2)(x) of Regulation S-K, resulting 
in annual total compensation of $80,962. The difference between such employee’s salary, wages and overtime pay and 
the employee’s annual total compensation represents contributions in the amount of $3,370 that we made on the employee’s 
behalf to our 401(k) plan for the 2018 year and to the employee’s health savings account for the 2018 year. 

•  With respect to the annual total compensation of the CEO, we used the amount reported in the “Total” column of our 

2018 Summary Compensation Table included in this Annual Report.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder Matters

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our units as of March 6, 2019, held by:

• 

• 

• 

• 

each person who beneficially owns 5% or more of our outstanding units;

each director of our general partner;

each named executive officer of our general partner; and

all directors, and executive officers of our general partner as a group.

The amounts and percentages of units beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the 
determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of 
a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or 
“investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed 
to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under 
these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed a beneficial 
owner of securities as to which he or she has no economic interest.

167

Table of Contents

Except as indicated by footnote, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to 
all units shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable. Except as indicated by 
footnote, the address for the beneficial owners listed below is 2780 Waterfront Parkway East Drive, Suite 200, Indianapolis, Indiana, 
46214.

Name of Beneficial Owner
The Heritage Group (1)(2)
Calumet, Incorporated (2)
William A. Anderson (3)
Christopher H. Bohnert
James S. Carter
Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. (1)(2)(4)(5)
Bruce A. Fleming
Robert E. Funk
Timothy Go
D. West Griffin
F. William Grube (6)
Stephen P. Mawer
Daniel J. Sajkowski
Amy M. Schumacher (1)(5)(7)
Daniel L. Sheets
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)

*

= less than 1 percent.

Common Units
Beneficially
Owned

Percentage of Total
Units Beneficially
Owned

11,867,533
1,934,287
78,616
7,642
148,808
739,811
232,255
99,020
208,145
97,860
240,194
60,675
49,015
58,715
2,604
2,023,360

15.32%
2.50%
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
2.61%

(1)  Thirty grantor trusts indirectly own all of the outstanding general partner interests in The Heritage Group, an Indiana 
general partnership. The direct or indirect beneficiaries of the grantor trusts are members of the Fehsenfeld family. Each 
of the grantor trusts has five trustees, Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., James C. Fehsenfeld, Nicholas J. Rutigliano, William S. 
Fehsenfeld and Amy M. Schumacher, each of whom exercises equivalent voting rights with respect to each such trust. 
Each of Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. and Amy M. Schumacher, who are directors of our general partner, disclaims beneficial 
ownership of all of the common units owned by The Heritage Group, and none of these units are shown as being beneficially 
owned by such directors in the table above. Of these common units, 367,197 are owned by The Heritage Group Investment 
Company, LLC (“Investment LLC”). Investment LLC is under common ownership with The Heritage Group. The Heritage 
Group, although not the owner of the common units, serves as the Manager of Investment LLC, and in that capacity has 
sole voting and investment power over the common units. The Heritage Group disclaims beneficial ownership of the 
common units owned by Investment LLC except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The address for The 
Heritage Group is 5400 W. 86th St., Indianapolis, Indiana, 46268.

(2)  The common units of Calumet, Incorporated are indirectly owned 45.8% by The Heritage Group and 5.1% by Fred M. 
Fehsenfeld, Jr. personally. Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. is also a director of Calumet, Incorporated. Accordingly, 885,294 of 
the common units owned by Calumet, Incorporated are also shown as being beneficially owned by The Heritage Group 
in the table above, and 97,971 of the common units owned by Calumet, Incorporated are also shown as being beneficially 
owned by Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. in the table above. The Heritage Group and Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. disclaim beneficial 
ownership of all of the common units owned by Calumet, Incorporated in excess of their respective pecuniary interests 
in such units. The address of Calumet, Incorporated is 5400 W. 86th St., Indianapolis, Indiana, 46268.

(3) 

(4) 

Includes  common  units  that  are  owned  by  the  children  of  William A. Anderson,  for  which  he  disclaims  beneficial 
ownership.

Includes common units that are owned by the spouse and certain children of Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., for which he disclaims 
beneficial ownership.

(5)  Does not include a total of 1,979,804 common units owned by two trusts, the direct or indirect beneficiaries of which are 
members of the Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. family. Each of the trusts has five trustees, Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., James C. 
Fehsenfeld, Nicholas J. Rutigliano, William S. Fehsenfeld and Amy M. Schumacher, each of whom exercises equivalent 
voting rights with respect to each such trust. Each of Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. and Amy M. Schumacher, who are directors 

168

Table of Contents

of our general partner, disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the common units owned by the trusts, and none of these 
units are shown as being beneficially owned by such directors in the table above.

(6) 

(7) 

Includes common units that are owned by the spouse of F. William Grube, for which he disclaims beneficial ownership.

Includes common units that are owned by the spouse and children of Amy M. Schumacher, for which she disclaims 
beneficial ownership. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table summarizes information about our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2018: 

Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights (1)(2)

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
of Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights

Long-Term Incentive Plan
Total

2,022,908
2,022,908

$

Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected
in Column (a)) (2)

—
—

391,346
391,346

(1)  The Long-Term Incentive Plan contemplates the issuance or delivery of up to 3,883,960 common units to satisfy awards 
under the plan. The number of units presented in column (a) assumes that all outstanding grants may be satisfied by the 
issuance of new units or the purchase of existing units on the open market upon vesting. In fact, some portion of the 
phantom units may be settled in cash and some portion will be withheld for taxes. Any units not issued upon vesting will 
become “available for future issuance” under Column (c). For more information on our Long-Term Incentive Plan, which 
did not require approval by our limited partners, refer to Item 11 “Executive and Director Compensation — Narrative 
Disclosure  to  Summary  Compensation Table  and  Grants  of  Plan-Based Awards Table —  Description  of  Long-Term 
Incentive Plan.”

(2)  As of December 31, 2018, the Company has determined the equity-classified performance units are likely to be settled 
in cash and have reclassified these as liability awards. Liability classified awards are not included in this calculation. As 
of December 31, 2018, we determined that certain units classified as equity awards as of December 31, 2017 are likely 
to be settled in cash and, as a result, we have reclassified them as liability awards.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and its Affiliates

Owners of our general partner and their affiliates own 16,449,981 common units representing an approximately 21.0% limited 
partner interest in us. In addition, our general partner owns a 2% general partner interest in us and all of the incentive distribution 
rights. Our general partner is entitled to receive incentive distributions if the amount we distribute with respect to any quarter 
exceeds levels specified in our partnership agreement. Under the quarterly incentive distribution provisions, generally our general 
partner is entitled, without duplication, to 15% of amounts we distribute in excess of $0.495 ($1.98 annualized) per unit, 25% of 
the amounts we distribute in excess of $0.563 ($2.25 annualized) per unit and 50% of amounts we distribute in excess of $0.675 
($2.70 annualized) per unit. We suspended distributions in April 2016. Please refer to Part II, Item 5 “Market for Registrant’s 
Common Equity, Related Unitholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities — Market Information” for additional 
information related to our distribution policy and the incentive distribution rights.

Our general partner does not receive any management fee or other compensation for its management of our partnership; 
however, our general partner and its affiliates are reimbursed for all expenses incurred on our behalf. These expenses include the 
cost of employee, officer and director compensation and benefits properly allocable to us and all other expenses necessary or 
appropriate to the conduct of our business and allocable to us. The partnership agreement provides that our general partner determines 
the expenses that are allocable to us. There is no limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates 
may be reimbursed.

Omnibus Agreement

We entered into an omnibus agreement, dated January 31, 2006, with The Heritage Group and certain of its affiliates pursuant 
to which The Heritage Group and its controlled affiliates agreed not to engage in, whether by acquisition or otherwise, the business 
of refining or marketing specialty lubricating oils, solvents and wax products as well as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel products in 
the continental U.S. (“restricted business”) for so long as The Heritage Group controls us. This restriction does not apply to:

• 

any business owned or operated by The Heritage Group or any of its affiliates as of January 31, 2006;

169

Table of Contents

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the refining and marketing of asphalt and asphalt-related products and related product development activities;

the refining and marketing of other products that do not produce “qualifying income” as defined in the Internal Revenue 
Code;

the purchase and ownership of up to 9.9% of any class of securities of any entity engaged in any restricted business;

any restricted business acquired or constructed that The Heritage Group or any of its affiliates acquires or constructs that 
has a fair market value or construction cost, as applicable, of less than $5.0 million;

any  restricted  business  acquired  or  constructed  that  has  a  fair  market  value  or  construction  cost,  as  applicable,  of 
$5.0 million or more if we have been offered the opportunity to purchase it for fair market value or construction cost and 
we decline to do so with the concurrence of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner; and

any business conducted by The Heritage Group with the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of 
our general partner.

Employee Costs

Our general partner employs all of our employees and we reimburses the general partner for certain of its expenses.

Product Sales and Related Purchases

During  2018,  we  made  ordinary  course  sales  of  certain  specialty  products  to  Monument  Chemicals,  Inc.  (“Monument 
Chemicals”), a specialty chemical company owned in part by The Heritage Group. Amy M. Schumacher is president of Monument 
Chemicals, Inc. The total purchases made by us from Monument Chemicals in 2018 for product purchases was approximately 
$0.6 million. The total sales made by us to Monument Chemicals in 2018 were approximately $9.0 million. As of December 31, 
2018, there was approximately $0.5 million due to us from Monument Chemicals related to these products sales. We anticipate 
that we will continue to sell products to Monument Chemicals in the future. We believe that the product sales prices and credit 
terms offered to Monument Chemicals are comparable to prices and terms offered to non-affiliated third-party customers. 

During 2018, we made ordinary course purchases of certain services from Heritage-Crystal Clean Inc. (“Crystal Clean”), a 
cleaning and waste removal company owned in part by The Heritage Group and Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. as an individual. The total 
purchases made by us from Crystal Clean in 2018 for cleaning and waste removal services were approximately $2.9 million. As 
of December 31, 2018, there was an approximately $0.1 million balance due from us to Crystal Clean related to these purchases. 
We expect that we will continue to utilize these services from Crystal Clean in the future. During 2018, we made ordinary course 
sales of certain specialty products to Crystal Clean. The total sales made by us to Crystal Clean in 2018 for certain specialty 
products were approximately $0.1 million. We anticipate that we will continue to sell products to Crystal Clean in the future. We 
believe that the product sales prices and credit terms offered to Crystal Clean are comparable to prices and terms offered to non-
affiliated third-party customers. 

During  2018,  we  made  ordinary  course  purchases  from  Heritage  Environmental  Services  (“Heritage  Environmental”),  a 
cleaning and waste removal company owned in part by The Heritage Group and Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. as an individual. Total 
purchases made by us from Heritage Environmental in 2018 for cleaning and waste removal services were approximately $5.5 
million. As  of  December 31,  2018,  there  was  a  $0.2  million  balance  due  from  us  to  Heritage  Environmental  related  to  these 
purchases. We expect that we will continue to utilize these services from Heritage Environmental in the future.

During 2018, we made ordinary course sales of certain specialty products to Heritage Advanced Products, LLC (“Heritage 
Advanced”), a specialty chemical company owned in part by The Heritage Group. The total sales made by us to Heritage Advanced 
in  2018  were  approximately  $0.3  million. As  of  December 31,  2018,  there  was  an  immaterial  balance  due  us  from  Heritage 
Advanced related to these products sales. We anticipate that we will continue to sell products to Heritage Advanced in the future. 
We believe that the product sales prices and credit terms offered to Heritage Advanced are comparable to prices and terms offered 
to non-affiliated third-party customers. 

During 2018, we made payments to Asphalt Materials, Inc., an affiliate of The Heritage Group (“Asphalt Materials”), for 
expenses related to the business use of The Heritage Group’s company plane by our senior executive officers and for consulting 
services provided to us by Asphalt Materials. The aggregate payments for these services made by us to Asphalt Materials in 2018
was approximately $0.6 million. There was also approximately $0.5 million balance due to Asphalt Materials from us related to 
these services. We believe that the costs of the services provided to us by Asphalt Materials are comparable to costs charged by 
non-affiliated third-party suppliers of similar services. We expect that we will continue to utilize these services from Asphalt 
Materials in the future. During 2018, we made ordinary course sales of certain fuel products to Asphalt Materials of $6.3 million. 
As of December 31, 2018, there was an approximately $0.3 million balance due to us from Asphalt Materials related to these 
products sales. We anticipate that we will continue to sell products to Asphalt Materials in the future. We believe that the product 
sales prices and credit terms offered to Asphalt Materials are comparable to prices and terms offered to non-affiliated third-party 
customers. 

170

Table of Contents

During 2018, we made ordinary course sales of certain fuel products to Western States Asphalt, Inc., an affiliate of The Heritage 
Group (“Western States”), of $15.6 million. As of December 31, 2018, there was a $0.1 million balance due to us from Western 
States related to these products sales. We anticipate that we will continue to sell products to Western States in the future. We believe 
that the product sales prices and credit terms offered to Western States are comparable to prices and terms offered to non-affiliated 
third-party customers. 

Product Collaboration

During 2018, we entered into an agreement with The Heritage Group that will allow us to use The Heritage Group’s research 
facilities, equipment and supplies in exchange for a portion of the profit from new products developed. Our employees use the 
research facility on a regular basis and some of our equipment is located in the research facility. The agreement allows for joint 
projects  with  The  Heritage  Group  in  which  both  parties  would  share  in  the  profit  of  new  products  developed.  There  were 
approximately $0.8 million profit sharing expenses in 2018. As of December 31, 2018, there was a $0.1 million balance due from 
us to The Heritage Group related to these expenses.

Acquisition

On  March  23,  2018,  we  along  with  The  Heritage  Group  acquired  Biosynthetic  Technologies,  LLC  (“Biosynthetic 
Technologies”), a startup company which developed an intellectual property portfolio for the manufacture of renewable-based and 
biodegradable esters for $7.0 million. The purchase price was split 50/50 between us and The Heritage Group. We intend to develop 
and commercialize the renewable esters and is designing a commercial scale test at our existing esters manufacturing plant in 
Missouri.  

Procedures for Review and Approval of Related Person Transactions

Effective February 9, 2007, to further formalize the process by which related person transactions are analyzed and approved 
or disapproved, the board of directors of our general partner has adopted the Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. Related 
Person Transactions Policy (the “Policy”) to be followed in connection with all related person transactions (as defined by the 
Policy) involving the Company and its subsidiaries. The Policy was adopted to provide guidelines and procedures for the application 
of the partnership agreement to related person transactions and to further supplement the conflict resolution policies already set 
forth therein.

The Policy defines a “related person transaction” to mean any transaction since the beginning of the Company’s last fiscal 
year (or any currently proposed transaction) in which: (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries was or is to be a participant; 
(ii) the amount involved exceeds $120,000 (including any series of similar transactions exceeding such amount on an annual basis); 
and (iii) any related person (as defined in the Policy) has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Under the terms of the 
policy, our general partner’s chief executive officer (“CEO”) has the authority to approve a related person transaction (considering 
any and all factors as the CEO determines in his sole discretion to be relevant, reasonable or appropriate under the circumstances) 
so long as it is:

(a)  in the normal course of the Company’s business;

(b)  not one in which the CEO or any of his immediate family members has a direct or indirect material interest; and

(c)  on terms no less favorable to the Company than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties 
or fair to the Company, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other 
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Company).

The CEO does not have the authority to approve the issuances of equity or grants of awards under the Company’s Long-Term 
Incentive Plan, except as provided in that plan. Pursuant to the Policy, any other related person transaction must be approved by 
the conflicts committee acting in accordance with the terms and provisions of its charter.

A copy of the Policy is available on our website at www.calumetspecialty.com and will be provided to unitholders without 
charge upon their written request to: Investor Relations, Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., 2780 Waterfront Parkway E. 
Drive, Suite 200, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46214.

Please see Item 10 “Directors, Executive Officers of Our General Partner and Corporate Governance” for a discussion of 

director independence matters.

171

Table of Contents

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The following table details the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by our independent auditor during 

2018 and 2017 (in millions): 

Audit fees
Audit-related fees
Total

Year Ended December 31,
2017
2018

$

$

5.3
—
5.3

$

$

6.4
—
6.4

“Audit fees” above include those related to our annual audit and quarterly review procedures.

“Audit-related fees” primarily relate to securities offerings.

Pre-Approval Policy

The audit committee of our general partner’s board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter, which is available 
on our website at http://www.calumetspecialty.com. The charter requires the audit committee to pre-approve all audit and non-
audit services to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee does not delegate its pre-
approval responsibilities to management or to an individual member of the audit committee. Services for the audit, tax and all 
other fee categories above were pre-approved by the audit committee.

172

 
 
Table of Contents

Item 15. Exhibits

(a)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements

PART IV

The consolidated financial statements of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. are included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial 

Statements and Supplementary Data.”

In accordance with Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X, we are required to include in this Form 10-K for the period from January 
1, 2016 to June 27, 2016 (unaudited) and for the year ended December 31, 2015, consolidated financial statements of Dakota 
Prairie Refining, Inc., which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1. In accordance with Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-
X, only the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 are required to be audited. The Rule 3-09 financial 
statements for the period ended June 27, 2016 are unaudited.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial 

statements or notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

See Index to Exhibits of this Annual Report.

173

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

10.1

10.2†

10.3†

10.4†

Index to Exhibits

Description

— Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2017, by and between Calumet Lubricants 
Co., Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and Husky Superior Refining Holding Corp. (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
August 14, 2017 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2017, by and among Anchor Drilling 
Fluids USA, LLC, Calumet Operating LLC, Q’Max Solutions Inc. and Q’Max America Inc. (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
November 28, 2017 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Certificate of Limited Partnership of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference 
to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form S-1  filed  with  the  Commission  on 
October 7, 2005 (File No. 333-128880)).

— Amended  and  Restated  Limited  Partnership Agreement  of  Calumet  Specialty  Products  Partners,  L.P. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on February 13, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amendment  No. 1  to  the  First Amended  and  Restated Agreement  of  Limited  Partnership  of  Calumet 
Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 11, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amendment No. 2 to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Calumet Specialty 
Products  Partners,  L.P.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 18, 2008 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amendment No. 3 to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Calumet Specialty 
Products  Partners,  L.P.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 4, 2018 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Certificate of Formation of Calumet GP, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on October 7, 2005 (File No. 333-128880)).
— Amended  and  Restated  Limited  Liability  Company Agreement  of  Calumet  GP,  LLC  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
February 13, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Specimen  Unit  Certificate  representing  common  units  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.7  to  the 
Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form 10-Q  filed  with  the  Commission  on  November 4,  2010 
(File No. 000-51734)).

— Indenture, dated November 26, 2013, by and among Calumet Specialty Products, L.P., Calumet Finance 
Corp., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on November 26, 2013 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Indenture, dated March 31, 2014, by and among Calumet Specialty Products, L.P., Calumet Finance Corp., 
certain  subsidiary  guarantors  party  thereto  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National  Association,  as  trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on March 31, 2014 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Indenture, dated March 27, 2015, by and among Calumet Specialty Products, L.P., Calumet Finance Corp., 
certain  subsidiary  guarantors  party  thereto  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National  Association,  as  trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on March 30, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amended Crude Oil Sale Contract, effective April 1, 2008, between Plains Marketing, L.P. and Calumet 
Shreveport Fuels, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 20, 2008 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 18, 
2008 and effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 22, 2008 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Form of Phantom Unit Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 28, 2009 (File No. 000-51734)).
— F. William Grube Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated and effective December 31, 

2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed 
with the Commission on February 29, 2016 (File No. 000-51734)).

10.5

— Omnibus Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on 

Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 13, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

174

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
10.6†

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14†

10.15†

10.16

10.17

10.18*

10.19†

Description

— Form  of  Unit  Option  Grant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.4  to  the  Registrant’s  Registration 
Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the Commission on November 16, 2005 (File No. 333-128880)).
— Temporary  Waiver  Under  Supply  and  Offtake Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  14,  2017,  between 
Macquarie Energy North America Trading Inc. and Calumet Shreveport Refining LLC (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on 
April 2, 2018 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Temporary  Waiver  Under  Supply  and  Offtake Agreement,  dated  as  of  December  12,  2017,  between 
Macquarie Energy North America Trading Inc. and Calumet Shreveport Refining, LLC (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on 
April 2, 2018 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Consent Letter under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2017, 
by and among Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers, certain 
of its subsidiaries as Guarantors, the Lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, 
N.A. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Co-Syndication Agents, U.S. Bank National Association 
and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Co-Documentation Agents and Bank of America, N.A., 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book 
Runners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed 
with the Commission on April 2, 2018 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Consent Letter under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2017, 
by and among Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers, certain 
of its subsidiaries as Guarantors, the Lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, 
N.A. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Co-Syndication Agents, U.S. Bank National Association 
and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Co-Documentation Agents and Bank of America, N.A., 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book 
Runners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed 
with the Commission on April 2, 2018 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2018, by and among Calumet 
Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers, certain of its subsidiaries as 
Guarantors,  the Lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A and Wells Fargo 
Bank, N.A., as Co-Syndication Agents (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the commission on March 1, 2018 (File-No. 000-51734)).

— Amended and Restated Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2016, among Calumet Specialty 
Products  Partners,  L.P.,  the  obligors  party  thereto,  the  secured  hedge  counterparties  party  thereto  and 
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee and Collateral Trustee (incorporated by reference to 
exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the commission on April 21, 2016 
(File No. 000-51734)).

— Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated April 20, 2016, by and among the Collateral 
Trustee, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the obligors named therein (incorporated by 
reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the commission on April 
21, 2016 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Timothy Go Employment, Confidentiality, and Non-Compete Agreement (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 16, 
2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective as of December 10, 2015 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
December 11, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Supply and Offtake Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2017, between Macquarie Energy North America 
Trading  Inc.,  Calumet  Shreveport  Fuels,  LLC  and  Calumet  Shreveport  Lubricants  &  Waxes,  LLC 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with 
the Commission on August 7, 2017 (File No. 000-51734)).

— First Amendment to Supply and Offtake Agreement, dated March 28, 2018 between Macquarie Energy 
North America Trading Inc. and Calumet Shreveport Refining, LLC formerly known as Calumet Shreveport 
Lubricants and Waxes, LLC and successor by merger to Calumet Shreveport Fuels, LLC (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on 
May 15, 2015 ( File No. 000-51734)).

— Second Amendment  to  Supply  and  Offtake Agreement,  dated  December  21,  2018  between  Macquarie 
Energy North America Trading Inc. and Calumet Shreveport Refining, LLC formerly known as Calumet 
Shreveport Lubricants and Waxes, LLC and successor by merger to Calumet Shreveport Fuels, LLC.
— Calumet GP, LLC Annual Bonus Plan, dated February 23, 2017 and effective January 1, 2017 (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission 
on August 7, 2017 (File No. 000-51734)).

175

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
10.20†

10.21†

10.22

10.23

21.1*

23.1*

31.1*

31.2*

32.1**

Description

— Form of Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 (included as an attachment to  Exhibit 
10.3) to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 7, 2017 
(File No. 000-51734)).

— First Amendment  to  the  Form  of Award Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.2  to  the 
Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form 10-Q  filed  with  the  Commission  on  December  28,  2017 
(File No. 000-51734)).

— Buyer Parent Guaranty, dated as of August 11, 2017, by and between Husky Oil Operations Limited and 
Calumet Lubricants Co., Limited Partnership (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 14, 2017 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Employment and Transition Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2017, by and among Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P. and R. Patrick Murray, II (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 7, 2017 
(File No. 000-51734)).

— List of Subsidiaries of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.
— Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
— Sarbanes-Oxley Section 302 certification of Timothy Go.
— Sarbanes-Oxley Section 302 certification of D. West Griffin.
— Sarbanes-Oxley Section 906 certification of Timothy Go and D. West Griffin.

100.INS* — XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

†

*

Identifies management contract and compensatory plan arrangements.

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith.

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
PARTNERS, L.P.

By:

CALUMET GP, LLC
its general partner

By:

/s/    Timothy Go

Timothy Go

Chief Executive Officer

176

Date: March 7, 2019

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

/s/    Timothy Go

Timothy Go

/s/    D. West Griffin

D. West Griffin

Title

Date

Chief Executive Officer of Calumet GP, LLC
 (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 7, 2019

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of Calumet GP, LLC (Principal
Financial Officer)

Date: March 7, 2019

/s/    Christopher Bohnert

Christopher Bohnert

Chief Accounting Officer (Principal
Accounting Officer)

Date: March 7, 2019

/s/    Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.
Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.

Director and Chairman of the Board of
Calumet GP, LLC

Date: March 7, 2019

/s/    James S. Carter

James S. Carter

/s/    Robert E. Funk

Robert E. Funk

/s/    Stephen P. Mawer
Stephen P. Mawer

/s/    Daniel J. Sajkowski
Daniel J. Sajkowski

/s/    Amy M. Schumacher
Amy M. Schumacher

/s/    Daniel L. Sheets

Daniel L. Sheets

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Date: March 7, 2019

Date: March 7, 2019

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Date: March 7, 2019

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Date: March 7, 2019

Date: March 7, 2019

Date: March 7, 2019

177

 
SUBSIDIARIES OF CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

(As of December 31, 2018)

Exhibit 21.1

Name of Subsidiary
Calumet Operating, LLC
Calumet Refining, LLC
Calumet Shreveport Refining, LLC
Calumet Finance Corp.
Calumet Karns City Refining, LLC
Calumet Dickinson Refining, LLC
Calumet Missouri, LLC
Calumet Montana Refining, LLC
Calumet San Antonio Refining, LLC
Calumet Branded Products, LLC
Bel-Ray Company, LLC
Bel-Ray Company Pty Limited
Kurlin Company, LLC
Calumet Mexico, LLC
Calumet Specialty Oils de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Calumet Africa Proprietary Limited
Calumet Princeton Refining, LLC
Calumet Cotton Valley Refining, LLC
Calumet Specialty Products Canada, ULC
Calumet International, Inc.

Jurisdiction of Organization

   Delaware
   Delaware
   Delaware
   Delaware
   Delaware
   Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Australia
Delaware
Delaware
Mexico
South Africa
Delaware
Delaware
Canada
Delaware

 
  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Exhibit 23.1 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-208511) pertaining to 
the Calumet GP, LLC Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, 
L.P. of our reports dated March 7, 2019, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2018.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Indianapolis, Indiana 
March 7, 2019 

 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND RULE 15D-14(A) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED 

I, Timothy Go, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (the “registrant”); 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were 
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report. 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which 
this report is being prepared; 

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors 
(or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 7, 2019

/s/ Timothy Go

Timothy Go

Chief Executive Officer of Calumet GP, LLC, general partner of
Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.
(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND RULE 15D-14(A) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED 

I, D. West Griffin, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (the “registrant”); 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were 
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report. 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which 
this report is being prepared; 

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors 
(or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 7, 2019

/s/ D. West Griffin
D. West Griffin
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Calumet GP, 
LLC, general partner of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.
(Principal Financial Officer)

CERTIFICATION OF 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
UNDER SECTION 906 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002, 18 U.S.C. § 1350 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (the “Company”) on Form 10-
K for the year ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
“Report”), each of the undersigned officers of Calumet GP, LLC, the general partner of the Company, does hereby 
certify that: 

(a) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934. 

(b) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 

results of operations of the Company. 

March 7, 2019

March 7, 2019

/s/ Timothy Go
Timothy Go
Chief Executive Officer of Calumet GP, LLC, general partner of 
Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ D. West Griffin
D. West Griffin
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Calumet 
GP, LLC, general partner of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, 
L.P 
(Principal Financial Officer)